Home

HP P6350 User's Manual

Contents

1. 50 13 57 161 20 34 146 290 R3000 100 5 20 80 6 5 30 50 12 45 20 40 120 R5500 100 7 24 46 80 9 3 60 50 19 6l 106 20 59 169 303 R12000 100 5 1 18 80 7 15 24 50 14 28 Al 20 43 69 101 Shock and vibration specifications Table 31 page 216 lists the product operating shock and vibration specifications This information applies to products weighing 45 Kg 100 Ibs or less NOTE HP EVA products are designed and tested to withstand the operational shock and vibration limits specified in Table 31 page 216 Transmission of site vibrations through non HP racks ae ine these limits could cause operational failures of the system components Shock and vibration specifications 215 Table 31 Operating Shock Vibration Shock test with half sine pulses of 10 G magnitude and 10 ms duration applied in all three axes both positive and negative directions Sine sweep vibration from 5 Hz to 500 Hz to 5 Hz at 0 1 G peak with 0 020 displacement limitation below 10 Hz Sweep rate of 1 octave minute Test performed in all three axes Random vibration at 0 25 G rms level with uniform spectrum in the frequency range of 10 to 500 Hz Test performed for two minutes each in all three axes Drives and other items exercised and monitored running appropriate exerciser UIOX P Suite etc with appropriate operating system and hardware 216 Nonstandard rack specifi
2. Forkm AF BP PS Coed iion fie r de a ial Gie E is P D maya nv aTh ikar cine rAU SL bba paa deep Ei TTE ap E See re Ure U BS nn eee PEPE E ieee we EE EAA 1 eta Press og Heo Se Se n p Peo re eR save changer Seve Deaa 5 F i eens SS lt r erea E Gen NAAT ARO ied OO LOTT M z E eame T i pom l ireki Shree Mi e z Gj per BE L16 Ce Tacho Probie of pana sorbent mand cane ca E wee a Tee SAFa A Biri Gite Minit prem ape Saati Aital PR ek E ea Rereiet Fir oe T a virih L dirien H i r ei E E Tein Previa TA 1 Ge ee Pko op Tis Ba ae E vs A Gai et i l vee vores I vars ah vanes x Pe ea fa ree LE ee 6 ate ial Da aen G ots Sorter z Ses T Sete E ee eR The masking is visible by navigating to the LUN s presentation tab as illustrated in Figure 69 page 145 where it can be seen that the LUN is presented to the P6000 iSCSI Host port but no longer to a iSCSI or FCoE initiator A user may walk through the Virtual Disks tabs and note each TP Overcommited LUN and then present after the TP Overcommited state is cleared Or a user may first clear the TP Overcommitted state and then walk through the Virtual Disks presentation tabs and re present each LUN listed in the iSCSI HOST 01 02 03 04 lists which are found to no longer be presented to iSCSI or FCoE initiators 144 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Figure 69 or Windows 2008 initi
3. Config Parameters Config Authentication Refresh Save Target Settings Only 64 devices can be persisted bound Any changes made to devices not bound will not persist across car Port 1 iqn 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to add each additional iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE target iSCSI port Click Next To enable the changes enter the SMS password config Select the Target Settings tab Verify that the HBA state is Ready Link Up and each target entry s state is Session Active Figure 64 page 27 Figure 64 Target Settings tab SANsurfer iSCSI HBA Manager Host View Settings Wizards Help O Connect Refresh ISCSIHBA Port Options Target Options Statistics Diagnostics ea Host perf3 HBA 0 QLE4062C Rea o EE Porto ign 1991 05 com microsofperf3 sanbox com o lag Port 1 iqn 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com HBA Model QLE4062C iSCSI Port Alias Name State Ready Link Up Port Modified IPv4 Address 33 93 52 18 HBA iSCSI Name ign 1991 05 com microsoftperf3 sanbox com Target Discovery Config Discovered Targets Target Settings Target Information Greyed out entries are Pot
4. ccccessseeeceeseeeeesteeeeeesueeeeetenteeenenas 100 Installing the MPIO feature for Windows Server 2008 c ccccccssesseeeeeeceseteeeeeeesessteeeeeeeees 103 Installing the MPIO feature for Windows Server 2003 cccccceeseseceeeeeeeesetseeeeeseeseseeeeees 104 About Microsoft Windows Server 2003 scalable networking pack ccccccecceessseeceeeeeeeees 105 SNP setup with HP NC 3xxx GbE multifunction adapter cccccceeseereeeeecteeeeeerteeeeeneaees 105 iSCSI Initiator version 3 10 setup for Apple Mac OS X single path ccccceceeeeeeseereeeeeeees 105 Set up the iSCSI Initiator for Apple Mac OSX c ccesissnecectzacesacvitantxceneouniaantdavtvessesanseandsenexe 106 Storage setup for Apple Mac OS Kare ais siete Sis ester ies asl as eee ti a eae 109 iSCSI Initiator setup for Linus set iach satel cete ce cde deiarahe tt ante tual es Seteatelt hee 109 Installing and configuring the SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 iSCSI driver ceeeseeeeeeereeeeeees 109 Installing and configuring for Red Hat 5 ass Aa 42 hcciocinaten nie ealenieecdawene 111 Installing and configuring for Red Hat 4 and SUSE 9 0 0 cceccceecceeeeeseseeeeeeeeestseeeees 112 Installing the initiator for Red Hat 3 and SUSE 8 cies ees ek tess ea ellos 112 Assigning device TOMS esheets tthe cite Laden At cect aaa ld leat a ait al tidal aitae des 112 Target UG S59 oe Slee EEE uc nee EEEO A REEERE R ala it ta al aad aes 113 Mounting file Systennisiss iu
5. onossnnsssosssnoesnsssseonnirssseeonnssssesettrrssssstnsssessrtrrssssseenreresren 19 Rear power and UID module LEDS iccncucvsccscadaenausnanntdiedendusenoveiedduaicnanniesnedasdiacntennecettide 20 Unit identification UID buton eeeeesssssesssssssssrrrrrrrrrrrrrrreresssssssrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrereeesersessss 21 Power on standby button ssssssesssesseonssssssenesssssretestssssttsterssserttrrssssrttesssrsrrrsssesreert 21 SAS cables rrena e e a a raa a eee me a E a eer Tne ene ee 2 Controller SINC IOS US siaosinea bcus doceiawandy ald lv tindereauscs bans vaupieanenanshaesvaupieonsiidataisbaaniedetisiaowmideinarieeeen 2 Controller status Ileal ssiecigeastisiaveciviaixiasaieianstixcardaniaarceet nies rae eee 24 Controller status VE DS sisisusnsecs decasanisonaadeveedevnsdunanaadensdy estennnqensuyesdeveasmeewan easereonenummonnedeneys 25 Power supply mod le sieir risiet eissien earen aia N EREE E ENERE ERE ER E iiaeia 26 Battery ModulEsssssrsssrirdiroeseti ii ennenen aen i eraat etesueetunonaeendbcunetes 27 F n mod lene nepen e ar E ETE E tas imam cent A E EER 27 Management Mod tle cincucosecaedeectceoncteusihabnce eee TEE EEA 28 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE recessed maintenance button ccececceeceeeccccecceuteceusecceeceeateceeeeeees 28 Reset the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module and boot the primary image ccceeeeseteeeeeees 29 Reset iSCSI or iSCSI FCOE MGMT port IP address c cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecseeeeeeeee
6. f Select the Enabled check box g Click OK 5 Set up Discovery Addressing for the software initiator a Repeat Step 4 to open the iSCSI initiator Properties dialog box b Click the Dynamic Discovery tab c Click Add to add a new iSCSI target The Add Send Target Server dialog box is displayed see Figure 57 page 17 T16 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Figure 57 Add Send Target Server dialog box lt p Add Send Target Server x iSCSI Server 33 33 33 Port a260 Inheritance i Authentication may need to be configured before a session can x be established with any discovered targets CHAP Advanced d Enter the iSCSI IP address of the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module e Click OK 6 To verify that the LUNs are presented to the VMware host rescan for new iSCSI LUNs a In VMware s VI client select a server and click the Configuration tab b Choose Storage Adapters in the hardware panel and click Rescan above the Storage Adapters panel The Rescan dialog box is displayed see Figure 58 page 117 Figure 58 Rescan dialog box IV Scan for New Storage Devices Rescan all host bus adapters for new storage devices Rescanning all adapters can be slow M Scan for New MFS Volumes Rescan all known storage devices for new VMFS volumes that have been added since the last scan Rescanning known storage for new file systems is Faster than rescanning For new storage Ca
7. 36 Invalid Target for the Operation The specified target virtual disk already has Report the error to product support an existing data sharing relationship This can indicate a user or program error Not a Supported Version 37 There are no more events to retrieve This No action required No More Events message is informational only 38 The command lock is busy and being held Retry the request at a later time Lock Busy by another process 39 The storage system time is not set The Report the error to product support Time Not Set storage system time is set automatically by the management software AO The requested operation is not supported by Report the error to product support this firmware version This can indicate a user or program error Virtual disk Presented Al This is an internal error Report the error to product support No Logical Disk for Vdisk 42 The virtual disk specified is already Delete the associated presentation s presented to the client and the requested and retry the request operation is not allowed 43 Operation Denied On Slave The request is not allowed on the slave Report the error to product support controller This can indicate a user or program error 44 Not licensed for data replication This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support 183 Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value
8. Status code value o Successful Status Meaning The SCMI command completed successfully How to correct No corrective action required Object Already Exists The object or relationship already exists Delete the associated object and try the operation again Several situations can cause this message Presenting a LUN to a host e Delete the current association or specify a different LUN number Storage cell initialize e Remove or erase disk volumes before the storage cell can be successfully created Adding a port WWN to a host e Specify a different port WWN Adding a disk to a disk group e Delete the specitied disk volume before creating a new disk volume 2 Supplied Buffer Too Small The command or response buffer is not large enough to hold the specified number of items This can be caused by a user or program error Report the error to product support 3 Object Already Assigned This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Insufficient Available Data Storage There is insufficient storage available to perform the request Reclaim some logical space or add physical hardware 5 Internal Error An unexpected condition was encountered while processing a request Report the error to product support Invalid status for virtual disk This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support
9. 9 For each new device use the disk command to select another disk and then repeat through 6 Repeat this labeling procedure for each new device Use the disk command to select another disk When you finish labeling the disks enter quit or press Ctrl D to exit the format utility For more information see the System Administration Guide Devices and File Systems for your operating system available on the Oracle website http www oracle com technetwork indexes documentation index html NOTE Some format commands are not applicable to the EVA storage systems VMware Configuring the EVA with VMware host servers To configure an EVA with a VMware ESX server 1 2 3 6 Using HP P6000 Command View configure a host for one ESX server Verify that the Fibre Channel Adapters FCAs are populated in the world wide port name WWPN list Edit the WWWPN if necessary Set the connection type to VMware Add a port to the host defined in 1 Do not add host entries for servers with more than one FCA Check the VMware vCenter management GUI to find out the WWPN of your server see diagram below Figure 21 VMware vCenter management GUI Getting Started _ Summary Virtual Machines Performance Corgu awon Tasks amp Events Alarms Permissions Maps Storage Views Hardware S Hardware Storage Adapters Processors Type www ie vebbsx 6CSI ign 1998 01 com venmare localhost casl adapps
10. American National Standards Institute A non governmental organization that develops standards such as SCSI I O interface standards and Fibre Channel interface standards used voluntarily by many manufacturers within the United States A Fibre Channel topology that links multiple ports up to 126 together on a single shared simplex media Transmissions can only occur between a single pair of nodes at any given time Arbitration is the scheme that determines which node has control of the loop at any given moment See AL_PA See arbitrated loop A synonym of storage array storage system and virtual array A group of disks in one or more disk enclosures combined with controller software that presents disk storage capacity as one or more virtual disks See controller The process that takes place when one controller assumes the workload of a failed companion controller A management structure in which HP P6000 Command View is installed on the management module within the EVA controller enclosure asynchronous B backplane bad block bad block replacement bail lock battery baud bay bidirectional block blower cabinet cable assembly CAC cache cache battery carrier client clone communication LUN condition report Events scheduled as the result of a signal requesting the event or that which is without any specified time relation An electronic printed circuit board that distribut
11. Targets tab General Discovery Targets Persistent Targets Bound Volumes Devices Select a target and click Log On to access the storage devices for that target Click details to see information about the sessions connections and devices for that target Targets ign 2004 09 com hp feqw mez 5 1 01 5001438004c62F98 Connecte ign 2004 09 com hp feqw mez 5 1 01 5001438004c62f9c Connecte ign 2004 09 com hp feqw mez75 1 02 5001438004c62F98 Connecte ign 2004 093 com hp feqw mez75 1 02 5001438004c62f9c Connecte ign 2004 093 com hp feqw mez75 1 03 5001438004c62f98 Inactive ign 2004 09 com hp feqw mez 5 1 03 5001438004c62f9e Inactive ign 2004 09 com hp feqw mez 5 1 04 5001438004c62 98 Inactive ign 2004 09 com hp feqw mez75 1 04 5001438004c62f9 Inactive ign 2004 09 com hp feqw mez 5 2 01 5001438004c62f99 Connect ign 2004 03 com hp fcqw mez75 2 01 5001438004c62f9d Connecte ign 2004 09 com hp feqw mez 5 2 02 5001438004c62f99 Connecte 7 inp ANNA NA aam bebo mas FR 2 NI FON APONNARCHOA Cannan Details E Refresh OK Cancel Apply x c Select the target IQN keying off the module 1 or 2 field and the WWN field noted in Step 2 d and click Log On A dialog box opens Configure the target IQN e Select the Automatically box to restore this connection when the system boots e Select the Multipathing box to enable MPIO The target status is Connected when logged in NOTE HP recommends using the
12. eoe ATTO iSCSI Mac Initiator Xtend SAN Hosts Setup Status LUNs Y SanLabMac S09 local ign 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 2 01 500 Name iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 2 01 50014380025da539 iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 2 01 500 Alias Ports __ Network Node i Stat ____ Auto Login 33 33 52 90 3260 Connected Yes 108 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Storage setup for Apple Mac OS X 1 Present LUNs using HP P6000 Command View 2 Verity that the EVA LUNs are presented to the Macintosh iSCSI Initiator a Open the Xtend SAN iSCSI application b Select the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module target entry under the host name c Click the LUNs button A list of presented EVA LUNs is displayed Figure 49 page 109 Figure 49 Presented EVA LUNs eoe ATTO iSCSI Mac Initiator Xtend SAN Most Setup Status LUNs Y SanLabMac S09 local iqn 2004 09 com hp fegw mez50 2 01 5001 Name iqn 2004 09 com hp fegw mez50 2 01 50014380025daS39 iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 2 01 5001 Alias LUNs LUN Product Revision Serial Type Vender 0 HSV340 0005 12 HP 11 HSV340 0005 5001438 OHP NOTE If no LUNs appear in the list log out and then log in again to the target or a system reboot may be required 3 Set up the iSCSI drive on the iSCSI Initiator a Open Disk Utilities from the Apple Mac OS X Finder Applications list b Format and partition the EVA LUN as needed iSCSI Initiator s
13. 89 89 Oa Oa 44 44 60 68 43 43 60 6C 44 44 60 6C 43 43 60 6C 44 44 60 6C 43 43 60 6C 44 44 Commands 257 Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup FC4 FCOE 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 6c 4 iSCSI Presented Targets Name Alias lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup Name Alias lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup Name Alias lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup Name Alias lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup Name Alias lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup Name Alias lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup Name Show properties ign 2004 09 50201343803 50 01 43 80 1 ign 2004 09 foo2 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 1 iqn 2004 09 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 2 ign 2004 09 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 3 ign 2004 09 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 4 ign 2004 09 502 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 2 ign 2004 09 com hp fcgw 04 c6 89 60 04 c6 89 68 com hp fcgw 04 c6 89 60 04 c6 89 6c com hp fcgw 04 c6 89 60 04 c6 89 6c com hp fcgw 04 c6 89 60 04 c6 89 6c com hp fcgw 04 c6 89 60 04 c6 89 6c com hp fcgw 04 c6 89 60 04 c6 89 68 com hp fcgw Displays the module s CLI properties Authority None mez75 mez75 mez75 mez75 mez75 mez75 mez75 OL OT lt 02 03 04 lt 02 5001438004c68968 5001438004c
14. Retry the operation later If the error persists report the error to product support 223 Fail Lock Busy Storage Cell Lock Busy The requestor does not have the command lock to perform this command Retry the operation later If the error persists report the error to product support 224 Is Defer Copy Set Command not allowed while data replication group is set to DEFER COPY mode Take data replication group out of DEFER COPY mode and retry command 225 Related Operation Failed This operation failed because of another operation error occurring on the user supplied command list Report the error to product support Cannot Clear Multiple Inoperatives 226 A log disk shrink is in progress Retry the request later Log Shrink In Progress 227 A log disk deallocation is in progress Retry the request later Log Deallocation In Progress 228 A host adapter could not be added Report the error to product support Reserved WWN 229 The disk group is of improper redundancy Change the disk group to the proper Incompatible LDAD Type type redundancy and retry the command 230 The system needs to resynchronize in order Perform a resynchronization or restart to clear multiple inoperable conditions of the controllers Virtual Disk Thin Provision Overcommit 231 The data replication group is performing a Wait until the operation is done then DR Group
15. d User Info iSCSI port configuration has changed gapisetiscsiinterfaceparams_1 svc iSCSI port configuration changed 151891 d gapisetisns 1 svc iSNs User Info iSNS configuration has changed configuration changed 151892 qapisetntpparams 1 svc NTP User Info NTP configuration has changed configuration changed 151893 d User Info VLAN configuration has changed qapisetvlanparams 1 sve VLAN configuration changed 151894 gapisetlunmask_1 svc User Info LUN mask was added for LUN sa Lunmask added for LUN d 151895 gapisetlunmask_1 svc User Info LUN mask was removed for LUN sa Lunmask removed for LUN d 151896 capisetremintfcparams 1 sve Meragarent User Info Management port configuration has changed port configuration changed 151897 capisetbridgebasicinfo 1 svc Bridge User Info Module configuration has changed configuration changed 151908 GE d Port status changed User Info GE port d was enabled user by user to ENABLED 151909 GE d Port status changed User Info GE port d was disabled by user by user to DISABLED 151910 FC d Port status changed User Info FC port d was enabled by user by user to ENABLED 151911 FC d Port status changed User Info FC port zd was disabled by user by user to DISABLED 151912 qapimaptargetdevice_1 svc User Info Target at WWPN xx xx xx Xx xx Xx xx xx has been Target WWPN mapped to iSCSI portal d 2X 2X S 2X 2X 2X 2X
16. http h18004 www 1 hp com products servers proliantstorage racks index html Power distribution units PDU 1 PDU 2 AC power is distributed to the rack through a dual Power Distribution Unit PDU assembly mounted at the bottom rear of the rack modular PDU or on the rack monitored PDU The modular PDU may be mounted back to back either vertically AC receptacles facing down and circuit breaker switches facing up or horizontally AC receptacles facing front and circuit breaker switches facing rear For information about PDU support with the P63x0 P65x0 EVA see the HP P6300 P6500 Enterprise Virtual Arrays QuickSpecs For details and specifications about specific PDU models see the HP Power Distribution Units website htto h18004 www 1 hp com products servers proliantstorage power protection pdu html The standard power configuration for any HP Enterprise Virtual Array rack is the fully redundant configuration Implementing this configuration requires e Two separate circuit breaker protected 30 A site power sources with a compatible wall receptacle e One dual PDU assembly Each PDU connects to a different wall receptacle e Four to eight depending on the rack Power Distribution Modules PDMs per rack All PDMs are located side by side in pairs on the left side of the rack Each set of PDMs connects to a different PDU o Eight PDMs for 42U 47 U and 42U 5642 racks o Six PDMs for 36U racks o Four PDMs for 22U racks
17. page 167 Limitations HP P6000 Continuous Access is not supported with single path configurations Single path HBA server is not part of a cluster Booting from the SAN is not supported 162 Single path implementation Figure 83 IBM AIX Configuration 1 Network interconnection 5 SAN switch 1 2 Single HBA server Host 1 6 SAN switch 2 3 Dual HBA server Host 2 7 Controller A 4 Management server 8 Controller B VMware configuration Requirements e Switch zoning or controller level SSP must be used to ensure each single path HBA has an exclusive path to its LUNs e All nodes with direct connection to a disk must have the same access paths available to them e Single path HBA server can be in the same fabric as servers with multiple HBAs e In the use of snapshots and snapclones the source virtual disk and all associated snapshots and snapclones must be presented to the single path hosts that are zoned with the same controller In the case of snapclones after the cloning process has completed and the clone becomes an ordinary virtual disk you may present that virtual disk as you would any other ordinary virtual disk HBA configuration e Host 1 is a single path HBA e Host 2 is a dual HBA host with multipathing software See Figure 84 page 164 Risks e Single path failure may result in data loss or disk corruption NOTE For additional risks see VMware page 167 VMw
18. AN AVVERTENZA Questo dispositivo pu contenere una batteria Non tentare di ricaricare le batterie se rimosse Evitare che le batterie entrino in contatto con l acqua o siano esposte a temperature superiori a 60 C Non smontare schiacciare forare o utilizzare in modo improprio la batteria Non accorciare i contatti esterni o gettare in acqua o sul fuoco la batteria Sostituire la batteria solo con i ricambi HP previsti a questo scopo Le batterie e gli accumulatori non devono essere smaltiti insieme ai rifiuti domestici Per procedere al riciclaggio o al corretto smaltimento utilizzare il sistema di raccolta pubblico dei rifiuti o restituirli a HP ai Partner Ufficiali HP o ai relativi rappresentanti Per ulteriori informazioni sulla sostituzione e sullo smaltimento delle batterie contattare un Partner Ufficiale o un Centro di assistenza autorizzato Battery replacement notices 211 Japanese battery notice AIT VIC BIT OES AN ES ANAS YTVEARL TU SRAMHVET AYTUERVYUALTH OMS IS FBLA NGFUEKIZSSLEY 60 C 140 F DE DRRITASSELYTCEALY WNT UREA DB RLIY REGITKYILELY CCEA ARE tty KOKT RELET I YTVE RR ORA HR EON mEXRULT EL KYFY AVF yA Ebi RORE EELT E YFAOLERISMOICRRI SEH GHOMBMLVATL HP HP i bF Etl HPs bKF ORBIRIIBIKY CES ANYFYURMRMBLUBIERRAKIIOU TC OBRMIS HPOH gna BHt lt ES Spanish battery notice Declaraci n sobre las bater as AN ADVERTENCIA Este dispos
19. Configuring SNMP Trap Destination 5 Destination enabled 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled Configuring SNMP Trap Destination 6 Destination enabled 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled Configuring SNMP Trap Destination 7 238 Command reference Destination enabled 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled Configuring SNMP Trap Destination 8 Destination enabled 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Set system Configures the module s system wide parameters Authority Admin session Syntax set system Example 1 MEZ50 admin gt set system A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so System Symbolic Name Max 64 characters MEZ50 1 Controller Lun AutoMap 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled Target Access Control 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled Telnet 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled SSH 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Example 2 MEZ75 admin gt set system A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before rea
20. HP P6000 Command View manages the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules out of band IP through the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller management IP ports The HP P6000 Command View application server must be on the same IP network and in the same subnet with the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s management IP port e The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module iSCSI and FCoE Initiators or iSCSI LUN masking information does not reside in the HP P6000 Command View database All iSCSI Initiator and LUN presentation information resides in the iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE modules e The default iSCSI Initiator EVA host mode setting is Microsoft Windows The iSCSI initiator for Apple Mac OS X Linux Oracle Solaris VMware Windows 2008 and Windows 2012 host mode setting is configured with HP P6000 Command View NOTE Communication between HP P6000 Command View and the iSCSI modules is not secured by the communication protocol If this unsecured communication is a concern HP recommends a confined or secured IP network within a data center for this purpose HP P63x0 P65x0 EVA storage system software The iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE modules are not supported with HP P6000 Continuous Access Fibre Channel over Ethernet switch and fabric support The iSCSI FCoE modules provide FCoE target functionality This enables server side FCoE connectivity from Converged Network Adapters CNAs over 10 GbE lossless links and converged network switches to the HP P6000 to realize end to end FCoE config
21. l WARNING not understood or followed can result in personal injury CAUTION An alert that calls attention to important information that if i not understood or followed can result in data loss data corruption or damage to hardware or software An alert that calls attention to additional or supplementary IMPORTANT information TIP An alert that calls attention to helpful hints and shortcuts Customer self repair HP customer self repair CSR programs allow you to repair your EVA product If a CSR part needs replacing HP ships the part directly to you so that you can install it at your convenience Some 198 Support and other resources parts do not qualify for CSR Your HP authorized service provider will determine whether a repair can be accomplished by CSR For more information about CSR contact your local service provider or see the CSR website http www hp com go selfrepair Rack stability Rack stability protects personnel and equipment A WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury or damage to equipment e Extend leveling jacks to the floor e Ensure that the full weight of the rack rests on the leveling jacks e Install stabilizing feet on the rack e In multiple rack installations fasten racks together securely e Extend only one rack component at a time Racks can become unstable if more than one component is extended Rack stability 199 A Regulatory compliance notices Regulator
22. naa 600508b4000f1 9e10002400000690000 vmbba6 Co Powar Ninsionirt HP Fibre Channel Dick nae 600S08b4000F19 _ n99 60050864000F 1 9 10002400000 lt 10000 vmbba6 C0 HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600S06b4000F1 ae naa 600S06b4000F1 2e10002400000 50000 vmhba6 co Software HP Fibre Channel Disk nae 60050864000F19 _ ne 60050864000F1 5e 1000240000090000 vmhba C0 ay EEE HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600508b4000f1ae _ naa 600S08b4000F 1 9 10002400000 lt d0000 vmhba6 C0 a HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600508b4000f1a naa 600508b4000f1 ae10002400000d10000 vmhba Co ONS and Routing HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600S08b4000F lee noo 600S08b4000F12e10002400000e 10000 venhba CO eee HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600508b4000f1ae naa 600508b4000f1 a2 1000240000025000 vmbba6 Co HP Fibre Channel Dick nae 600S08b4000F19 naa 600508b4000f1 9 10002400000e90000 vmhba C0 PANEON HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600508b4000f1ae naa 600508b4000F 1 ae 1000240000026000 vmhba C0 Virtual Machine Startup Shutdown HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600508b4000f1ae naa 600508b4000f1 9 10002400000F 10000 venhba CO Virtual Machine Swapfile Location Seourky Profie Host Cache Configuration Device Details System Resource Allocation Local TEAC CD ROM mpx vmbhba0 C0 Agent VM Settings Location ID mpx vmhba0 C0 TO LO Advanced Settings Type cdrom Capacty Owner NMP Partition Format HP P6000 EVA Software Plug in for VMware VAAI The vSphere Sto
23. 1 DGA1 datal MOUNT SYSTEM 1SDGA1 datal SHOW DEV 1SDGA1 FULL Setting preferred paths You can use one of the following options for setting changing or displaying preferred paths To set or change the preferred path use the following command SET DEVICE 1SDGA83 PATH PGA0 5000 1FE1 0007 9772 SWITCH This allows you to control which path each virtual disk uses To display the path identifiers use the SHOW DEV FULL command For additional information on using OpenVMS commands see the OpenVMS help file HELP TOPIC For example the following command displays help information for the MOUNT command HELP MOUNT Oracle Solaris NOTE The information in this section applies to both SPARC and x86 versions of the Oracle Solaris operating system Oracle Solaris 61 Loading the operating system and software Follow the manufacturer s instructions for loading the operating system OS and software onto the host Load all OS patches and configuration utilities supported by HP and the FCA manufacturer Configuring FCAs with the Oracle SAN driver stack Oracle branded FCAs are supported only with the Oracle SAN driver stack The Oracle SAN driver stack is also compatible with current Emulex FCAs and QLogic FCAs Support information is available on the Oracle website http www oracle com technetwork server storage solaris overview index 136292 html To determine which non Oracle branded FCAs HP supports with the
24. 125 installing 125 QLogic iSCSI initiator adding targets to 126 presenting LUNs to 127 quit command 230 R rack defined 30 non standard specifications 213 rack configurations 30 rack stability warning 199 rear power and UID module defined 19 LEDs 20 reboot command 230 recycling notices 206 Red Hat Linux installing and configuring 111 112 regulatory compliance Canadian notice 201 European Union notice 201 identification numbers 200 Japanese notices 202 Korean notices 202 laser 204 recycling notices 206 Taiwanese notices 203 related documentation 197 reset command 230 S save command 231 Secure Path accessing 50 security credentials invalid 184 Security credentials needed 184 sensor notification 283 sensor table 278 set alias command 232 set chap command 233 set command 231 set fc command 233 set features command 234 set iscsi command 235 set isns command 236 set mgmt command 236 set ntp command 237 set properties command 237 set snmp command 238 set system command 239 set vpgroups command 239 show chap command 242 show command 240 show fc command 242 show features command 244 show initiators command 244 show initiators lun mask command 246 show iscsi command 247 show isns command 249 show logs command 249 show luninfo command 250 show lunmask command 252 show luns command 251 show memory command 252 show mgmt command 253 show ntp command 253 sh
25. 133 Only two remote relationships are allowed Need to reconfigure configuration to Only Two Remote Relations Are only have two remote destinations Allowed 134 The existing drive configuration does not Report the error to product support The Requested SRC Mode is Not support the requested SRC mode Possible 135 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Source Group Discarded but the Destination Group NOT Discarded 136 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Invalid DRM Group Tunnel Specitied 137 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Specified DRM Log Size Too Small 138 The disk group requested for the attempted Retry command using an appropriate Invalid Disk Group Specified command is not valid disk group identifier 139 Data replication group is already read only Disable read only mode in group DRM Group is Already Read Only 140 Data replication group is already Disable active active mode in group DRM Group is Already active active Active Active 141 The requested operation cannot be Retry command after DILX is complete DILX Is Already Running completed while Disk In Line Exerciser is in progress 142 Disk In Line Exerciser cannot be stopped No corrective action required DILX Is Not Running because it is not running 143 Invalid user defined log size Reissue operation with a valid log size Invalid
26. 182 Error messages Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value 27 Target Object Does Not Exist Meaning How to correct The operation cannot be performed because Report the error to product support the object does not exist This can indicate a user or program error Unrecoverable Media Error 28 A timeout has occurred in processing the Verify the hardware connections and Timeout request that communication to the device is successful 29 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Unknown Id 30 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Unknown Parameter Handle 31 The operation could not be completed Report the error to product support because one or more of the disk media had an unrecoverable error Transport Error 32 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Invalid State 33 A SCMI transport error has occurred Verify the hardware connections communication to the device and that the management software is operating successfully 34 Volume is Missing Resolve the condition and retry the request Report the error to product support The operation could not be completed because the drive volume is in a missing state 35 Invalid Cursor The supplied cursor or sequence number is Report the error to product support invalid This may indicate a user or program error
27. 2 Controller 1 3 Management module status LEDs A Ethernet port 5 Management module 6 Controller 2 7 Rear UID push button 8 Enclosure status LEDs O O 9 Enclosure power push button 10 Power supply 2 11 DP A and DP B connection to back end storage 12 FP1 and FP2 connection to front end host or SAN 13 FP3 and FP4 connection to front end host or SAN 14 Manufacturing diagnostic port 15 Controller status and fault LEDs Figure 4 P6000 EVA FC iSCSI controller enclosure rear view 1 Power supply 1 2 Controller 1 3 Management module status LEDs A Ethernet port 5 Management module 6 Controller 2 7 Rear UID push button 8 Enclosure status LEDs 9 Enclosure power push button 10 Power supply 2 11 Serial port 12 SW Management port 13 DP A and DP B connection to back end storage 14 1GbE ports 1 4 15 FP3 and FP4 connection to front end host or SAN 16 Manufacturing diagnostic port 17 Controller status and fault LEDs 18 iSCSI module recessed maintenance button Controller enclosure 23 Figure 5 P6000 EVA iSCSI FCoE controller enclosure rear view 1 Power supply 1 10 Power supply 2 2 Controller 1 11 1OGbE ports 1 2 3 Management module status LEDs 12 DP A and DP B connection to back end storage 4 Ethernet port 13 Serial port 5 Management module 14 FP3 and FP4 connection to front end host or SAN 6 Controller 2 15 SW Management port 7 Re
28. 2X 2X mapped to iSCSI portal d 151913 qapimaptargetdevice_1 svc User Info Target at WWPN xx xx xx Xx xx Xx xx xx has been Target WWPN unmapped from iSCSI portal d 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X unmapped from iSCSI portal sd 152082 qapiaddmodifyinitiator_1 svc User Info Initiators configuration has changed Initiator Configuration Changed 152083 gapiremoveinitiator_1 svc User Info Initiator has been removed Initiator Removed 152129 sysTempMon Left PCM User Info Left power and cooling module PCM is or has Installed been installed 152130 sysTempMon Left PCM User Info Left PCM is or has been uninstalled Un installed 152131 sysTempMon Right PCM User Info Right PCM is or has been installed Installed 152132 sysTempMon Right PCM User Info Right PCM is or has been uninstalled Un installed 296 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module log messages Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continued 152133 sysTempMon Power for Left User Info Left PCM is connected AC power PCM Plugged in 152134 sysTempMon Power for Left User Info Left PCM is not connected to AC power PCM Un plugged unplugged 152135 sysTempMon Power for Right User Info Right PCM is connected AC power PCM Plugged in 152136 sysTempMon Power for Right User Info Right PCM is not connected to AC
29. Link Rate 0 Auto 1 1Gb 2 2Gb 4 4Gb 8 8GB Auto J Frame Size 0 512B 1 1024B 2 2048B 2048 Execution Throttle Min 16 Max 65535 256 J All attribute values for Port 1 that have been changed will now be saved Configuring FC Port 2 Port Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled Link Rate 0 Auto 1 1Gb 2 2Gb 4 4Gb 8 8GB Auto Frame Size 0 512B 1 1024B 2 2048B 2048 ij Execution Throttle Min 16 Max 65535 256 All attribute values for Port 2 that have been changed will now be saved Configuring FC Port 3 Port Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled J Frame Size 0 512B 1 1024B 2 2048B 2048 Execution Throttle Min 16 Max 65535 256 J All attribute values for Port 3 that have been changed will now be saved Configuring FC Port 4 Port Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled Frame Size 0 512B 1 1024B 2 2048B 2048 Execution Throttle Min 16 Max 65535 256 All attribute values for Port 4 that have been changed will now be saved Set features Applies license keys to the module The date and time must be set on the module prior to applying a new feature key This option is not currently supported It will be supported in a future release Authority Admin session Syntax set features Example MEZ75 admin gt set features A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wis
30. Offload Options for interface 33 IP Storage Subnet with index 10003 TCP Transmit Checksum IP Transmit Checksum TCP Receive Checksum IP Receive Checksum TCP Large Send TCP Chimney Offload 4 To modify TOE Chimney settings use the commands gt netsh int ip set chimney enabled gt netsh int ip set chimney disabled For more information go to http support microsoft com kb 912222 iSCSI Initiator version 3 10 setup for Apple Mac OS X single path The EVA4400 and EVA connectivity option supports the Macintosh Xtend iSCSI Initiator provided by ATTO Technologies For more details please visit htto www attotech com Set up the iSCSI Initiator 105 Set up the iSCSI Initiator for Apple Mac OS X Install the ATTO iSCSI Macintosh Initiator v3 10 following the install instructions provided by the vendor Run the Xtend SAN application to discover and configure the EVA iSCSI targets The Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator can discover targets either by static address or iSNS For static address discovery l 2 a Select Discover Targets and then select Discover by DNS IP Figure 44 page 106 Figure 44 Discover targets 0090 ATTO iSCSI Mac Initiator Xtend SAN foss initiator Foise SanLabMac S09 local Discover by ONS IP Discover by iSNS Discovered Targets iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 5001438002S5da53c Add the static IP ad
31. QLIS HandleTeb iSNS App Error Event notification attempt to connect to the iSNS Connection Failed server failed 43265 QLUT_AllocateTpbExtension App Error Failed to allocate memory for TPB extension TPB allocation failed 43267 QLUT_AllocateTpbExtension App Error Failed to allocate data segment descriptor DSD Alloc of DSD failed for buffer length sd buffer len d 43268 QLUT AllocateTpbExtension App Error Failed to allocate data buffer length d Data buffer allocation failed length d 53254 System Booting Up App Info Module is booting up 53357 QLBA_ProcessTpb App Info Decompression failed Disabling compression temporarily 287 Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continued 53584 QLIS LoginPduContinue App Info iSCSI session full feature login Ox x SES STATE LOGGED IN NORMAL 53585 QLIS LoginPduContinue App Info iSCSI session discovery login Ox x SES STATE LOGGED IN DISCOVERY 53586 QLIS LoginPduContinue App Info iSCSI login of Initiator s Initiator s 53587 QLIS_LoginPduContinue App _ Info iSCSI login of Target s Target s 54274 QLFC_Login Origin 0x x VP App Info FC login occurred origin xx 1 adapter 2 Index 0x x Id 0x x target 3 initiator VP virtual port xx ID loop ID xx 54275 QLFC_ Login Port ID App _ Info FC login occurred with port ID xx xx
32. Setup Username and Password for Initiator for Normal Session For Example To set a CHAP username and password for initiator authentication by the target s uncomment the following lines node session auth username username node session auth password password node session auth username iqn 1994 05 com redhat c813cacl13 sanergy33 node session auth password CHAPSecret01 Setup Username and Password for Initiator for Discovery Session For example To set a discovery session CHAP username and password for the initiator authentication by the target s uncomment the following lines discovery sendtargets auth username username discovery sendtargets auth password password discovery sendtargets auth username iqn 1994 05 com redhat c813cac13 sanergy33 discovery sendtargets auth password CHAPSecret01 Save the file and start or restart iscsi root sanergy33 iscsi l etc init d iscsi start or etc init d iscsi restart Using the iscsiadm do a discovery For example root sanergy33 iscsi l iscsiadm m discovery t sendtargets p LO 10 2 23 Set up the iSCSI Initiator 135 6 Using the iscsiadm do a login into the iSCSI Target For example root sanergy33 iscsi iscsiadm mode node targetname iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 login The following is a sample iscsid conf file for CHAP CHAP Settings kkkkkkxkkkkkkx k To enable CHAP authentication set node sess
33. Wi cej informacji mo na uzyska od lokalnej firmy zajmuj cej wywozem nieczys o ci 208 Regulatory compliance notices Portuguese recycling notice Descarte de equipamentos usados por utilizadores dom sticos na Unido Europeia Este s mbolo indica que n o deve descartar o seu produto juntamente com os outros lixos domiciliares Ao inv s disso deve proteger a sa de humana e o meio ambiente levando o seu equipamento para descarte em um ponto de recolha destinado reciclagem de res duos de equipamentos el ctricos e electr nicos Para obter mais informa es contacte o seu servi o de tratamento de res duos dom sticos Romanian recycling notice Casarea echipamentului uzat de c tre utilizatorii casnici din Uniunea European Acest simbol nseamn s nu se arunce produsul cu alte de euri menajere n schimb trebuie s proteja i s n tatea uman i mediul pred nd echipamentul uzat la un punct de colectare desemnat pentru reciclarea echipamentelor electrice si electronice uzate Pentru informa ii suplimentare va rug m s contacta i serviciul de eliminare a de eurilor menajere local Slovak recycling notice Likvid cia vyraden ch zariaden pou vate mi v dom cnostiach v Eur pskej nii Tento symbol znamen e tento produkt sa nem likvidova s ostatn m domov m odpadom Namiesto toho by ste mali chr ni ludsk zdravie a ivotn prostredie odovzdan m odpadov ho zariadenia na zbernom miest
34. connected It is used to improve the manageability of physical cables Input Output module The enclosure element that is the Fibre Channel drive enclosure interface to the host or controller A 2 digit decimal number portion of the HSV controller termination code display that defines one of 48 locations in the Termination Code array that contains information about a specific event The communication that uses the same communications channel as the operational data A drive enclosure EMU condition report that may require action This condition is for information only and does not indicate the failure of an element All condition reports have precedence over an INFORMATION condition A configuration step that binds the controllers together and establishes preliminary data structures on the array Initialization also sets up the first disk group called the default disk group and makes the array ready for use See I O module See ambient temperature A set of protocols used between components such as cables connectors and signal levels Just a Bunch of Disks Kilo A scientific notation denoting a multiplier of one thousand 1 000 Kilobyte A unit of measurement defining either storage or memory capacity 1 For storage a KB is a capacity of 1 000 10 bytes of data 2 For memory a KB is a capacity of 1 024 2 bytes of data Local area network A group of computers and associated devices that share a common communicatio
35. device side loop pair normally works independently but can take over for the other in case of failure 2 Data Redundancy The level to which user data is protected Redundancy is directly proportional to cost in terms of storage usage the greater the level of data protection the more storage space is required 307 redundant power configuration reporting group RoHS room temperature RPO SCSI SCSI 3 SCSI 3 Enclosure Services selective presentation serial transmission SES SFP solid state disk SSD SSN storage carrier storage pool storage system Storage System Name switch 308 Glossary A capability of the Enterprise storage system racks and enclosures to allow continuous system operation by preventing single points of power failure e Fora rack two AC power sources and two power conditioning units distribute primary and redundant AC power to enclosure power supplies e Fora controller or drive enclosure two power supplies ensure that the DC power is available even when there is a failure of one supply one AC source or one power conditioning unit Implementing the redundant power configuration provides protection against the loss or corruption of data An Enterprise Storage System controller pair and the associated disk drive enclosures The Enterprise Storage System controller assigns a unique decimal reporting group number to each EMU on its loops Each EMU collects disk drive environmen
36. example CHAPsecret01 e Select the index of the iSCSI Initiator e To Enable CHAP select O then enter the CHAP secret Enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller iSCSI presented target e To enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller Discovered iSCSI Initiator entry using the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller CLI e Enter the set CHAP command e Select the Presented Target the initiator will log in to e Enable CHAP and enter a CHAP secret For example hpstorageworks Set up the iSCSI Initiator 137 3 Enable CHAP for the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator a b c d ere mao Ena l m n Click the General tab Click Secret in the middle of the screen Click Reset Enter the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller iSCSI Presented Target CHAP secret For example hpstorageworks Click Discovery e For manually discovering iSCSI target portals Click Add under Target Portals Enter the IP address of the iSCSI port of the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller Click Advanced Select the CHAP Login Information check box Enter the CHAP secret for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator in the Target Secret box For example CHAPsecret01 f Click OK and the initiator completes target discovery panoga e Using iSNS for target discovery a Click Add under iSNS Servers b Enter the IP address of the iSNS server c Click OK Click Targets Select the appropriate targe
37. gt Set up the iSCSI Initiator 123 Select the desired options on the Load Balance Policy menu to set the policy Figure 59 iSCSI Initiator MPIO properties General Discovery Targets Persistent Targets Bound Volumes Devices Target Properties Sessions Devices Properties x Thana nen bina das iene mmm med bse ETEF annin bm thm bmod iile Device Details E3 General MPIO Load Balance Policy TATE PEELE EIE EE Description The fail over policy employs one active path and designates all other paths as standby The standby paths will be tried on a round robin approach upon failure of the active path until an available path is found This device has the Following paths ype eig 0x50000 Conne Standby nja FFFFFFFFS9c89254 40000 0x50001 Conne Active nja FFFFFFFF89c89254 40000 Load balancing features of Microsoft MPIO for iSCSI The features of Microsoft MPIO for iSCSI include the following 124 Failover Only No load balancing is performed There is a single active path and the rest of the paths are standby paths The active path is used for sending all I O If the active path fails one of the standby paths is used When the formerly active path is reconnected it becomes active and the activated standby path returns to standby Round Robin All paths are active paths they are used for sending I O in a round robin fashion Round Robin with a subset of path
38. iise naisbecaseinrrnarnadainamiansaaurieauaa EaR EEN ER ai Enae ns 197 DIe CU MENS A AE A E E E 197 Webs ilese ramene a a E E E E 197 Typographic conventions ssssseeeeeeeeseeoeseessseeetsrsseeetttessrtttttsesrsrtttssssssetissesssettesessserreresest 198 ETE CE E e E ce Gea tes ect ee a ea tcae rece teeaiuaeciee tree tsehvedenelentasdiadech dead iaeees 198 R ck ST CHINE casiccssistinstcal sisiane ain ieai eiea aio a Ea cea ata AE S a aa 199 A Regulatory complianos TONGES ssssrissrissiriirkis kii ks kki RKn KEE KN KENNIS 200 Regulatory compliance identification NUMbETS ccccceseessseeeeeeeeesenseeeeeceeeseeeeeeeeeseseseeeeeeeees 200 Federal Communications Commission MGHCG scscrelsasieneoxsvseselesslencennidetedeiawvesdonudierdeeeteawenradens 200 FCC rating label raseeris aE E a a Aa iaai 200 Class A equi Te Uhl ot cases opcsenieatenetie ae pcruustaucnc a aaeain EErEE AE E Ean E sae EEEE a aS 200 Class B ee TSI Zoe ae statute taeda de aeces icc ace chee tweeceast eae deneacaele dee Soseauecnaceteereaecuaumacieees 200 Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo United States only 201 Modificato Lean amnemmnte etree pene e eee eea e rae ra A E yore ty ere e aSa 201 Cables seesi eia a E E E E Ea EEE EN E R ana 201 Canadian notice Avis Canadien ccccccssssssssssesseesccccccccceccesceseceeeeeesssssssssesessescecececceeeees 201 Class A eg pinehiliscsie2s se sacccentecanctdy ceedeesuatirieie
39. prost ed tim e jej p ed te na k tomu ur en sb rn pracovi t kde se zab vaj recyklac elektrick ho a elektronick ho vybaven Pro v ce informac kontaktujte spole nost zab vaj c se sb rem a svozem domovn ho odpadu Danish recycling notice Bortskaffelse af brugt udstyr hos brugere i private hjem i EU Dette symbol betyder at produktet ikke m bortskaffes sammen med andet husholdningsaffald Du skal i stedet den menneskelige sundhed og milj et ved at afl evere dit brugte udstyr p et dertil beregnet indsamlingssted for af brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr Kontakt n rmeste renovationsafdeling for yderligere oplysninger 206 Regulatory compliance notices Dutch recycling notice Inzameling van afgedankte apparatuur van particuliere huishoudens in de Europese Unie Dit symbool betekent dat het product niet mag worden gedeponeerd bij het overige huishoudelijke afval Bescherm de gezondheid en het milieu door afgedankte apparatuur in te leveren bij een hiervoor bestemd inzamelpunt voor recycling van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur Neem voor meer informatie contact op met uw gemeentereinigingsdienst Estonian recycling notice Aravisatavate seadmete likvideerimine Euroopa Liidu eramajapidamistes See mark n itab et seadet ei tohi visata olmepr gi hulka Inimeste tervise ja keskkonna s stmise nimel tuleb ravisatav toode tuua elektriliste ja elektrooniliste seadmete k itlemiseg
40. set ntp A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so NTP 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled 0 TimeZone Offset from GMT Min 12 00 Max 12 00 00 00 8 0 IP Address 1 IPv4 or IPv6 0 0 0 0 207 126 97 57 IP Address 2 IPv4 or IPv6 0 0 0 0 IP Address 3 IPv4 or IPv6 0 0 0 0 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Set properties Configures CLI properties for the module Example Commands 237 MEZ50 admin gt set properties A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so CLI Inactivty Timer 0 Disable 1 15min 2 60min Disabled 0 CLI Prompt Max 32 Characters MEZ50 J All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Set SNMP Configures the general simple network management protocol SNMP properties as well as configuring eight trap destinations Authority Admin session Syntax set snmp irap_destinations lt DEST_NUM gt Keywords trap_destinations Specifies the setting of the trap destinations Exampl
41. show snmp show rpcinfo show stats show snmp show system show stats show targets fc iscsi show system show targets fc iscsi show vpgroups vpgroup index shutdown target rm rm targetmap add rm add rm Commands 221 History Image CLI command iSCSI module CLI command qualifier iSCSI FCoE module CLI command qualifier traceroute iSCSI Server Connectivity Command Set lunmask add rm show initiators _lunmask lunmask show initiators_lunmask show lunmask Displays a numbered list of the previously entered commands Authority None Syntax history Example MEZ50_02 admin gt history Save capture admin start admin start save logs save fru fru save save traces save capture image list 10 show system 11 show mgmt 12 history 13 history MEZ50_ 02 admin gt DAINAHAUHFWNE 1o Updates the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s firmware image and cleans up removes the image files in the module s var ftp directory Authority Admin session Syntax image cleanup list file unpack file Keywords cleanup Removes all firmware image files in the module s var tp directory These are files transferred by the user when updating the module s firmware image list file Displays a list of the firmware image files in the module s var ftp directory upack file Unpacks the firmware image file
42. 10 Controller B Figure 74 Single path HBA server with OpenVMS 26465a 1 Network interconnection 6 SAN switch 1 2 Single HBA server Host 1 7 SAN switch 2 3 Dual HBA server Host 2 8 Fabric zone 4 Management server 9 Controller A 5 Multiple single HBA paths 10 Controller B Supported configurations 151 HP UX configuration Requirements e Proper switch zoning must be used to ensure each single path HBA has an exclusive path to its LUNs e Single path HBA server can be in the same fabric as servers with multiple HBAs e Single path HBA server cannot share LUNs with any other HBAs e In the use of snapshots and snapclones the source virtual disk and all associated snapshots and snapclones must be presented to the single path hosts that are zoned with the same controller In the case of snapclones after the cloning process has completed and the clone becomes an ordinary virtual disk you may present that virtual disk as you would any other ordinary virtual disk HBA configuration e Host 1 is a single path HBA host e Host 2 is a multiple HBA host with multipathing software See Figure 75 page 153 Risks e Disabled jobs hang and cannot umount disks e Path or controller failure may results in loss of data accessibility and loss of host data that has not been written to storage NOTE For additional risks see HP UX page 164 Limitations e HP P6000 Continuous Access is not suppo
43. 41257 QLIS LoginPduContinue App Error iSCSI login PDU contains invalid initiator name The Invalid initiator name format and character set used to form the initiator Initiator name is invalid 41265 QLIS LoginPduContinue App Error iSCSI target login was attempted to a portal iSCSI1 Target not configured for or iSCSI2 on which the target is not presented Portal 41267 QLIS_ LoginPduContinue App Error iSCSI login PDU received for a target with a target Target not found Target name unknown to the module name 41268 QLIS_ LoginPduContinue App Error iSCSI login PDU received without a target name for Missing target name a normal session 41270 QLIS LoginPduContinue TSIH App Error iSCSI login PDU received without an initiator name is 0 but InitiatorName key value key value not provided 41272 QLIS LoginPduContinue App Error iSCSI login PDU received with an incorrect initiator CONN_STATE_IN LOGIN Unknown task tag for a session which is partially logged in InitTaskTag This would occur if a login PDU other than the initial login PDU used an initiator task tag which was different than the initiator task tag provided in the initial login PDU 41283 QLIS_ LoginPduContinue TSIH App Error iSCSI login PDU was received with a target session 0x x out of range identifying handle TSIH out of range This would occur if the iSCSI initiator attempting the login failed to used the TSIH value provided in th
44. 45 Not DR group member Meaning The operation cannot be performed because the virtual disk is not a member of a Continuous Access group How to correct Configure the virtual disk to be a member of a Continuous Access group and retry the request 46 Invalid DR mode The operation cannot be performed because the Continuous Access group is not in the required mode Contigure the Continuous Access group correctly and retry the request 47 The target DR member is in full copy operation rejected The operation cannot be performed because at least one of the virtual disk members is in a copying state Wait for the copying state to complete and retry the request 48 Security credentials needed Please update your system s ID and password in the Storage System Access menu The management software is unable to log in to the storage system The storage system password has been configured Use the management software to save the password specified so communication can proceed 49 Security credentials supplied were invalid Please update your system s ID and password in the Storage System Access menu The management software is unable to login to the device The storage system password may have been re configured or removed Use the management software to set the password to match the device so communication can proceed 50 Security credentials supplied were invalid Please update
45. 50 um is equivalent to 0 000050 m A simulated disk drive created by the controllers as storage for one or more hosts An active member of a virtual disk family is accessible by one or more hosts for normal storage An active virtual disk member and its snapshot if one exists constitute a virtual disk family An active member of a virtual disk family is the only necessary member of a virtual disk family See also virtual disk virtual disk copy virtual disk family See controller Arbitrated loop physical address A 1 byte value the arbitrated loop topology uses to identify the loop ports This value becomes the last byte of the address identifier for each public port on the loop Storage system rules that govern how virtual disks are created Allocate Completely and Allocate on Demand are the two rules used in creating virtual disks e Allocate Completely The space a virtual disk requires on the physical disks is reserved even if the virtual disk is not currently using the space e Allocate on Demand The space a virtual disk requires on the physical disks is not reserved until needed Asymmetric logical unit access Operating systems that support asymmetric logical unit access work with the EVA s active active functionality to enable any virtual disk to be accessed through either of the array s two controllers The air temperature in the area where a system is installed Also called intake temperature or room temperature
46. A a a Reed a aia 250 Show LURS renererien e e e E a are seen paras oles 251 Show UNMASK iiniiisssisiissserenris ii E AE RETE A EE E 252 Show WMS AU gn sts tie rec ceseneta ee w atete toy ise tesa dome sen EEES ESS rre antes eresse seere se serene 252 Show mgm eias eiiie ae AEE E EAEE AA EEE EE E EE AEE LEA Ra 253 Showe NIP esera E eaetoreamanaraeedteanenmenamEMTantRe 253 Show perfis ea E E E EERE EENE ETETE E E A E E OEE 254 Show presented HOGS Sesser rieecuesasdmnceaieeduectenspinloneveeneeeesunayensasecuesmrnesureamdocedsenesuebeneecs 255 Show properties sssiirerrinirin in ern rE E ERE cen we ed EEEE AEAEE E EEE EREE aR anane eiia 258 Shows SNM Po ee resene SE E E eas a E E eases 259 SHOW ICIS ee a E E E E eo aneaialnmeaas 259 BNI SYSTEM ereen enS e E EEE EE EE E E E E 261 PATI MEI hI S re saree of oa esta Sabicea igetnca n outta aks tbtt strt anna gee de raien human view een estas eats oe eee 262 Show VEGIOUDS iosspisreissso neita a EE EE E E E E A aa 262 SKUI OWN esee e e e TINE SY E e R E ere TNS TOT roar 263 Target erano E R ae 263 SSPE esscr niae vee a en a A A EE a a E aca EEEE E EEEREN 264 D Using RUCEN ONEC LEE 265 Logging on to an iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE nied ice ae iractcc eta nceneaei ieee 265 Understanding the guest GeCOUN oc eacecscsntvcxaneersetinuanstendiererdcidaenancdecdieatdbiacsdiesnsetentdeaesiteneadtes 265 Working with iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module contiqurationssi ci2 2 a esiosencrsieucrconacteadeseniceaes 266 Modifying a CONG
47. Access Not accessible Description A list of the FC ports on the module The table contains as many entries as there are FC ports on the module qsrFcPortEntry Syntax QsrFcPortEntry Access Not accessible Description Each entry row contains information about a specific FC port An FC port entry consists of the following sequence of objects qsrFcPortRole QsrPortRole qsrFcPort Index unsigned32 qsrFcPortNodeWwn PhysAddress qsrFcPortWwn PhysAddress qsrFcPortId PhysAddress qsrFcPortType Unsigned32 qsrFcLinkStatus QsrLinkStatus qsrFcLinkRate QsrLinkRate qsrFcPortRole Syntax QsrPortRole Access Not accessible Description Operational role of this port FCP mode or frame shuttle mode qsrFcPortindex Syntax Unsigned32 Access Not accessible Description A positive integer indexing each FC port in a given role 272 Simple Network Management Protocol qsrFcPortNodeWwn Syntax PhysAddress Access Read only Description World wide name of the node that contains this port qsrFcPortWwn Syntax PhysAddress Access Read only Description World wide name for this port qsrFcPortld Syntax PhysAddress Access Read only Description Interface s 24 bit FC address identifier qsrFcPortType Syntax Unsigned32 Access Read only Description Type of FC port as indicated by the us
48. Click Next to proceed e Click Finish to complete the task and return to the Baselines and Groups tab The HP P6000 Baseline should now be listed in the left pane Importing the VAAI Plug in is complete To install the plug in see Installing the VAAI Plug in on each ESX ESXi host page 79 Installing the VAAI Plug in on each ESX ESXi host l 2 3 4 From the vCenter Server click the Home icon in the navigation bar Click the Hosts and Clusters icon in the Inventory pane Click the DataCenter that has the ESX ESXi hosts that you want to stage Click the Update Manager tab VUM automatically evaluates the software recipe compliance for all ESX ESXi Hosts Above the right pane click Attach to open the Attach Baseline or Group dialog window Select the HP P6000 Baseline entry and then click Attach To ensure that the patch and extensions compliance content is synchronized again click the DataCenter that has the ESX ESXi hosts that you want to stage Then in the left panel right click the DataCenter icon and select Scan for Updates When prompted ensure that Patches and Extensions is selected and then click Scan Stage the installation a Click Stage to open the Stage Wizard b Select the target VMware hosts for the extension that you want to install and then click Next c Click Finish Complete the installation a Click Remediate to open the Remediation Wizard b Select the target VMware host that
49. Digests 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled All attribute values for Port 3 that have been changed will now be saved Configuring iSCSI Port 4 Port Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled Port Speed 0 Auto 1 100Mb 2 1Gb Auto MTU Size 0 Normal 1 Jumbo 2 Other Normal Window Size Min 8192B Max 1048576B 32768 IPv4 Address 0 0 0 0 IPv4 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 IPv4 Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 IPv4 TCP Port No Min 1024 Max 65535 3260 IPv4 VLAN 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled IPv6 Address 1 ae IPv6 Address 2 IPv6 Default Router es IPv6 TCP Port No Min 1024 Max 65535 3260 IPv6 VLAN 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled iSCSI Header Digests 0 Enable 1 Disab Set iSNS Configures iSNS parameters for a module Example MEZ50 lt 2 gt admin gt set isns A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so iSNS 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled 0 iSNS Address IPv4 or IPv6 0 0 0 0 10 3 6 33 TCP Port No 3205 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Set Mgmt Configures the module s management port 10 100 Example 1 236 Command reference MEZ50 lt 1l gt admin gt set mgmt A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter
50. Disable Disabled All attribute values for Port 1 that have been changed will now be saved Configuring iSCSI Port 2 Port Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled Port Speed 0 Auto 1 100Mb 2 1Gb Auto MTU Size 0 Normal 1 Jumbo 2 Other Normal Window Size Min 8192B Max 1048576B 32768 IPv4 Address 33 33 52 97 IPv4 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 IPv4 Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 IPv4 TCP Port No Min 1024 Max 65535 3260 J IPv4 VLAN 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled IPv6 Address 1 EE IPv6 Address 2 zg IPv6 Default Router ss IPv6 TCP Port No Min 1024 Max 65535 3260 IPv6 VLAN 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled iSCSI Header Digests 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled iSCSI Data Digests 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled All attribute values for Port 2 that have been changed will now be saved Configuring iSCSI Port 3 Commands 235 Port Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled Port Speed 0 Auto 1 100Mb 2 1Gb Auto MTU Size 0 Normal 1 Jumbo 2 Other Normal Window Size Min 8192B Max 1048576B 32768 IPv4 Address 0 0 0 0 IPv4 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 IPv4 Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 IPv4 TCP Port No Min 1024 Max 65535 3260 IPv4 VLAN 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled IPv6 Address 1 m IPv6 Address 2 IPv6 Default Router EE IPv6 TCP Port No Min 1024 Max 65535 3260 IPv6 VLAN 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled iSCSI Header Digests 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled iSCSI Data
51. Discovery Favorite Targets Volumes and Devices RADIUS Configuration M Target portals The system will look for Targets on Following portals 33 33 50 96 3260 Default Default To add a target portal click Discover Portal Discover Portal To remove a target portal select the address above and then click Remove ISNS servers The system is registered on the Following iSNS servers To add an iSNS server click Add Server Add Server Remove To remove an iSNS server select the server above and then click Remove More about Discovery and iSNS OK Cancel Apply a From HP P6000 Command View click the EVA storage system icon to start the iSCSI storage presentation In adding a host the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules are the target EVA storage system Figure 33 Add a host vepisascsi varissiscsi H vetpts3_jscsi 2G Hosts SCSI MPX Host 01 amp SCSI WPX Host 02 SCSI WPX Host 03 SCSI WPX Host 04 8B 5113139 E sw113139_jscsi E swt131SSiscst b b Select the Hosts folder Hosts _ Add a Host Required Basic Settings nws p g Type C Fibre channel iscsi Cro iSCSI node name in1391 05 com microsoft iszsvri 0053 cxofusion adapps hp com Ezi oR fr 1991 05 com microsottiszsvr100S3 cxofusion adapps hp com OpersoaSvstem e 2 Advanced Settings Chap Status isani 7 Comm
52. Issue Initiator cannot login to iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module target ccccseceeeeeeseteeeees 176 8 Contents Issue Initiator logs in to iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller target but EVA assigned LUNs are not appearing on the WANTON co seurelet ct diacanedcetucede Seessnusseneends auoadncdeed ulesansinedndecsdasenaseroeaniedes 176 Issue EVA presented virtual disk is not seen by the initictor cceeeeeseeceeetteeeeeeteeeeeees 176 Issue Windows initiators may display Reconnecting if NIC MTU changes after connection has VMSA I a EEA ces ha teeters de bass canara een nes N acai tel cep deepiaeets 177 Issue When communication between HP P6000 Command View and iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module is down use following DPNOINS sreceedecniresentepescbaiesnarcecieyesaciiecndaeamasiekeeeredeeteueela 177 HP P6000 Command View issues and SelUtans saceesiccceneicratedenrpoareieieterseniwinticterauhseamenieces 178 TE e O A EEE E A es A TA ntteeees 180 9 Support and other resources seessseesssseeeseeeeeenenonssssssssrerrrerreerreesss 197 Contacting EP tea is tad oben das dese aah AE EE E E E E T ae eee eae 197 HP technical UNO I i acca tacts adead Guat teatderia uted onaticdacpaedanctimadinoalamednideeuedeatensapeedatectemumiaeesenten 197 GU bstription SEVICE spisi ce suviveniccienatcvsunaeeatiahiudiensentnelinedieta EE AEE eit 197 Documentation Teedbackasorsinnccisiasmnienadieaadiiaiedenaaisemenidraelsaimemnananses 197 Related documentation
53. Linux Auto failback done by the host No preference Operating tips and information 37 Table 8 Failback settings by operating system continued Operating system Default behavior Supported settings Path A B Failover only Path A B Failover Failback OpenVMS Host follows the unit No preference Path A B Failover only Path A B Failover Failback recommended Oracle Solaris Host follows the unit No preference Path A B Failover only Path A B Failover Failback VMware Host follows the unit No preference Path A B Failover only Path A B Failover Failback Windows Failback performed on the host No preference Path A B Failover only Path A B Failover Failback If preference has been configured to ensure a more balanced controller configuration the Path A B Failover Failback setting is required to maintain the configuration after a single controller reboot Changing virtual disk failover failback setting Changing the failover failback setting of a virtual disk may impact which controller presents the disk Table 9 page 38 identifies the presentation behavior that results when the failover failback setting for a virtual disk is changed NOTE If the new setting moves the presentation of the virtual disk to a new controller any snapshots or snapclones associated with the virtual disk are also moved Table 9 Impact on virtual disk presentation when changing
54. MPxIO round robin e MPxIO auto failback iSCSI Initiator operating system considerations e Host mode setting Oracle Solaris e Does not support TOE NICs or iSCSI HBA e Does not support LUN O 92 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines VMware iSCSI Initiator rules and guidelines The VMware iSCSI Initiator supports the following e Native iSCSI software initiator in VMware ESX 4 0 3 5 e Guest OS SCSI Controller LSI Logic and or BUS Logic BUS Logic with SUSE Linux only e ESX server s native multipath solution based on NIC teaming on the server e Guest OS boot from an iSCSI or an iSCSI FCoE presented target device e Virtual Machine File System VMFS data stores and raw device mapping for guest OS virtual machines e Multi initiator access to the same LUN via VMFS e VMware ESX server 4 0 3 5 native multipath solution based on NIC teaming iSCSI Initiator operating system considerations e Host mode setting VMware e Does not support hardware iSCSI initiator iSCSI HBA Supported IP network adapters For the latest information on network adapter support see the product release notes or the Single Point of Connectivity Knowledge SPOCK at http www hp com storage spock You must sign up for an HP Passport to enable access Table 19 page 93 lists the IP network adapters supported by the iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE controller Table 19 Operating system and multipath software support Operating
55. Management to view and control the iSCSI LUNs see Figure 66 page 129 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Figure 66 Example HP MPIO DSM Manager with iSCSI devices EB computer Management olx Ele Action yew Help m e Am ha hel HA iSCSI port 0 10 162 Shortest Queue Service Time SQST iSCSI port P 11 162 Active Shortest Queue Service Time SQST iSCSI port J0 14 162 Active Shortest Queue Service Time SQST iSCSI port f 0 15 162 Active Shortest Queue Service Time SQST Be Computer Management Local H System Tools B 4 Task Scheduler S aj Event viewer E R Shared Folders m Be Local Users and Groups a Reliabilty and Performance a Device Manager E3 Storage A HP MPIO DSM Manager SB S0001Fe1s0002F70 6005038400107271 zzz 84001072716 3 50014380025C4170 SY 50050884008478C0 BY 50001FE15007DF20 3 bY 50001FE1S0069710 iaf Disk Management 4 E Services and Applications zj Microsoft Windows Cluster support Microsoft Cluster Server for Windows 2003 iSCSI failover clustering is supported by the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules For more information see http www microsoft com windowsserver2003 technologies storage iscsi iscsicluster mspx Requirements e Operating system Windows Server 2003 Enterprise SP2 R2 x86 x64 e Firmware minimum version 3 1 0 0 released November 2009 e Initiator o Persistent Reservation registry key for Micr
56. Microsoft MPIO Multipathing Support for iSCSI check box For Windows Server 2008 MPIO is installed separately See Figure 30 page 96 Set up the iSCSI Initiator 95 Figure 30 iSCSI Initiator Installation Sottware Update Installation Wizard gt lt Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Installation ae Microsoft iSCSI Initiator will be upgraded from 2 0x Installation Options gt E Virtual Port Driver IF friaa Service F Software Initistor IZ Microsoft MPIO Multipathing Support for iSCSI lt Beck Next gt Cancel c Click the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator icon to open the Control Panel applet The iSCSI Initiator Properties window opens d Click the Discovery tab see Figure 31 page 96 Figure 31 iSCSI Initiator Properties Discovery tab General Discovery Targets Persistent Targets Bound Volumes Devices r Larget Portals Address Port Adapter IP Address 10 6 6 70 3260 Default Default Add Remove Refresh rISNS Servers Add Refresh OK Cancel Apply e In the Target Portals section click Add A dialog box opens to enter the iSCSI port IP Address f Click OK The Discovery is now complete 2 Set up the iSCSI Host and virtual disks on HP P6000 Command View 96 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Figure 32 iSCSI Initiator Properties Discovery tab Windows 2008 iSCSI Initiator Properties Targets
57. NG IGN ssi tse fl ca ivsceene ize dn einsnnnned aad sedadaawen teed dave nendsinente vereereenemueneiene 267 Saving and restoring iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller configurations ccsceeeeesteeeesetteeeeeees 267 Contents 1 Restoring iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module configuration and persistent data ccccceeeesreeeees 267 E Simple Network Management Protocol cccccccccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 269 SNMP POCA ISS sesiet aE a AEE raat ate tard nore a T AE E EEES 269 SNMP trap configuration ip OWNS secicetcxctncinisenteetenctincnctsewaliniienestseavehintassineedetereases 269 Management Information Base cccccccceeesesseeeeeceessseeceececesesneeeeeccesesseeeeesesesessseeeeeeeeestsaaeees 270 Network port Glee cs cteiane aw osrencetelauenaxemecaneusa AEA EERE REEE E E EA AAE iA 270 EC pork tables a urs a ET E E E AE A ean 272 Initiator object table aanemeter tenn ree reece Cone Ono Re none NEE E EE SEE E ETE ener Tr aa 273 IUN able ee e a a a S E E E E 275 VP group fabless eiia heated aain EATR EE EE AEAEE EES EA 277 Sensoria blenn E E E S E 278 Notihicathions serres E nny ee Meee Pe err eenrer ere are ote 279 System IONE ONO SC Seales tis cscavsendstduadaontebusesdedsensevendoaruedsdlctepieusaniedsaedS moasebereddigsciuebule 280 Notification OE NS ccc dineiae sent tn vdlntasce bait easatecone dv n cn abe ol astsd nan in nied vais Gomi duuetudaserneaeae 280 Agent startup INCH COH ON yc sscateasrcmcton Girctanteoncla
58. SRAM test failed 291 Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continued 292 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module log messages 102422 d qlutm_init Diagnostic FC Fatal FC2 processor POST failed failed port 2 POST failed 102423 d qlutm_init Failed to FC Fatal FC processor failed to return diagnostic results return diagnostic result to Bridge 102656 d QLInitializeAdapter FC Fatal FC processor failed reset Reset ISP failed 102657 d QLInitializeAdapter FC Fatal FC processor firmware load failed Load RISC code failed 102658 d QLInitializeAdapter FC Fatal FC processor receive sequencer code load failed Load ISP2322 receive sequencer code failed 102659 d QLInitializeAdapter FC Fatal FC processor transmit sequencer code load failed Load ISP2322 transmit sequencer code failed 102662 d QLInitializeAdapter FC Fatal FC processor firmware checksum failed Verify Checksum command failed x 102680 d QLInitializeFW FAILED FC Fatal FC processor firmware initialization failed 102688 d FC Fatal FC processor paused due to internal parity error QLInterruptServiceRoutine Risc pause x with parity error hcecr x Disable adapter 102689 d FC Fatal FC processor returned an invalid interrupt status QLInterruptServiceRoutine Invalid interrupt status SX 102716 d QLIsrEventHandler FC Fata
59. StorageWorks MEZ75 2 2 In HP P6000 Command View click the General tab and then click the Locate button Use the Locate ON and Locate OFF buttons to control the blue LED see Figure 87 page 175 Figure 87 Locate Hardware Device Storage Systems Locate Hardware Device 25o EVA Storage Network OK Locate ON Locate OFF 2 a CVEVA_4K50 a P6500 10GiSCSi FCoE Virtual Disks Click the appropriate button to turn the location indicator on your hardware device on or off GG FCoE eq soi Click OK to exit When you leave this page the location indicator on your hardware device will remain in the state in which you have set it G s22E aA s220 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s log data The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules maintain logs that can be displayed or collected through the CLI The log is persistent through reboots or power cycles To view the log use the CLI command show logs See iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages page 284 for log data descriptions iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module statistics Statistics are available via the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module CLI for the iSCSI and Fibre Channel ports To view the statistics us the CLI command show stats Troubleshoot using HP P6000 Command View HP P6000 Command View can display the properties for each iSCSI module At a glance you can check each module s software revision serial number temperature and power cooling status see Figure 88 page 175 Figure 88 iSCSI a
60. To turn off an illuminated UID light press the UID button The UID light on the front and the rear of the enclosure will turn off Power supply module Two power supplies provide the necessary operating voltages to all controller enclosure components If one power supply fails the remaining power supply is capable of operating the enclosure Replace any failed component as soon as possible NOTE If one of the two power supply modules fails it can be hot replaced Power supply LED One LED provides module status information O se alae p L cS O O 17106 LED status _ Doseiption O O Off No power On Normal no fault conditions Fan module Fan modules provide cooling necessary to maintain proper operating temperature within the disk enclosure If one fan fails the remaining fan is capable of cooling the enclosure Replace any failed component as soon as possible NOTE If one of the two fan modules fail it can be hot replaced SAS disk enclosures 17 Fan module LED One bi color LED provides module status information A G6 S ee SO S A OI OX W wide X HS OME 17107 LED color LED status Descriptio
61. User Defined Log Size 144 Invalid data replication group identifier Retry the command with an existing Invalid Second Handle Paramed specified data replication group 145 Data replication group already auto Unsuspend group and reissue DRM Group Already Auto suspended operation Suspended 190 Error messages Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value 146 Specified Option lis Not Yet Implemented Meaning An unsupported code load attempt was made How to correct Code load the EVA firmware with a supported method 147 DRM Group Is Already Present Only Data replication group is already present_only Disable active active or read only and retry operation 148 The Presented Unit Identifier Is Invalid This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Target Bad Identifier 149 This is an internal error Report the error to product support Internal SCS Error 150 This is an internal error Report the error to product support Invalid SCS Function Code 151 The command is not supported Report the error to product support Unsupported SCS Function Code 152 The requested command cannot be Replace the failed drive and retry the Init PS Failed completed because a physical drive is failed command 153 The object identifier included with the Verify that the parameters of the command is invalid This can indicate a user or pro
62. VAAI commands did not complete successfully VMware 77 78 NOTE VAAI device status will be Unknown until all VAAI primitives are attempted by ESX on the device and completed successfully Upon completion VAAI device status will be Supported Installing the VAAI Plug in using VUM NOTE e This installation method is supported for use with VAAI Plug in versions 1 00 and 2 00 in ESX ESXi 4 1 environments e Installing the plug in using VMware Update Manager is the recommended method Installing the VAAI Plug in using VUM consists of two steps 1 Importing the VAAI Plug in to the vCenter Server page 78 2 Installing the VAAI Plug in on each ESX ESXi host page 79 Importing the VAAI Plug in to the vCenter Server 1 Obtain the VAAI Plug in software package and save it on the system that has VMware vSphere client installed a Go to the HP Support Downloads website at http www hp com support downloads b Locate the HP P6000 EVA Software Plug in for VMware VAAI and then download it to a temporary folder on the server c Expand the contents of the downloaded zip file into the temporary folder and locate the HP EVA VAAI offline bundle file The filename will be in one of the following formats hp_vaaip_p6 000 offline bundle xyz zip where xyz represents the VAAI Plug in version 2 Open VUM a Double click the VMware vSphere Client icon on your desktop and then log in to the v
63. VMware ESX 4 0 0 164009 Seiny Rated Samay Wit adWes Resource Olocstion Seeforeace RETIRE Users cage Crees Persson Hardware ve WS Heath Satus Networking RA AJIN AHN Proce tins Processors Memory Vihan Switch eSuaitehd Ramowe Procerties Storage Tehwokng Storage Adaptis Tirtwotk Adacters Aivancad Satings brice Atoe 2 Bind mon Oo software Foxos Vitu Sari Switch barava Propertios fee Conligue tice Se an DMS end Routing P tC 2 Vitu Machine Saitup utdown wall 33 vetos Machine Swachh Location lcd Pa Seeurky Profle O LS Qy Syston Pesource Mocabor veh 30 50 4 65 Advenced Sains Bis 100 fl P Le umn inom g 3 Open a firewall port by enabling the iSCSI software client service a Using the VMware VI client select the server b Click the Configuration tab and then click Security Profile c Click the Properties link The Firewall Properties dialog box is displayed see Figure 55 page 1 16 Set up the iSCSI Initiator 115 Figure 55 Firewall Properties dialog box rack87 s05 sanbox com Mvare ESX 4 0 0 164009 ecg ie a ee ee eee Corfi uraton Nea pe Aedes Me eee cd Hardware Security Profile Heath Maus Firewall Roiroch Properties Processors Incoming Connections Memory OTA See enoa fren Firewall Properties Lof xj Storage Natwerking Remote Access Storage Adapters 5 By default remote clients are prevented From accessing services on this hos
64. a cluster e Booting from the SAN is supported on single path HBA servers Figure 82 Linux Itanium configuration 26464a 1 Network interconnection 5 SAN switch 1 2 Single HBA server Host 1 6 SAN switch 2 3 Dual HBA server Host 2 7 Controller A 4 Management server 8 Controller B Linux Itanium configuration 161 IBM AIX contiguration Requirements Switch zoning or controller level SSP must be used to ensure each single path HBA has an exclusive path to its LUNs Single path HBA server can be in the same fabric as servers with multiple HBAs Single path HBA server cannot share LUNs with any other HBAs In the use of snapshots and snapclones the source virtual disk and all associated snapshots and snapclones must be presented to the single path hosts that are zoned with the same controller In the case of snapclones after the cloning process has completed and the clone becomes an ordinary virtual disk you may present that virtual disk as you would any other ordinary virtual disk HBA configuration Host 1 is a single path HBA host Host 2 is a dual HBA host with multipathing software See Figure 83 page 163 Risks Single path failure may result in loss of data accessibility and loss of host data that has not been written to storage Controller shutdown results in loss of data accessibility and loss of host data that has not been written to storage NOTE For additional risks see IBM AIX
65. ahedawesredmtaee kanueieecavedetuanaunenrecniewleualeeineds 56 Compiling the driver for multiple Kerni6lS sx cicncmevedansseursenueseadeceddnucomushes Sediawseaidaderelussiameds 57 Uninstalling the Linux Component Seccesceeceheckstaceterserd ede lexedenlasitucendeceeutuaadwchenleantadinedivewentord 57 Using the source RE Micesistarscivswsysdivocint seb iadrwsicn saat aulienatetaispsesadtuertiadnesipusneationstialsdiigetuateuiedailens 57 HBA AINET S cene eee a EE eS vey no e r e 58 Verifying virtual disks from the NOstsviccuncacntaceuntestencineeuiossanuateconieiebaianseniemtieneneees 58 OPENVMS eee re E E A te ear 58 4 Contents Updating the AlphaServer console code Integrity Server console code and Fibre Channel FCA TIE ANY GIN aan nosis Spay e E 58 Verifying the Fibre Channel adapter software installation csssceceeeeseeeeenteeeeenaeeeesneaeeees 58 Console LUN ID and OS unit ID cscdvsciandnandsvntes sant ornanntlea de tencouasanivereentenaremnaeaeatunannenrayeeias 59 Adding OpenVMS hostSssssissieiiiieis nissai irinin NE EEEREN SE iaia ihar aasia edin 59 Scanning he OWS ccc cttcneemdevGeuntonute desu raagae tedbeeudc anes tdautueesiastenes EEEN T E EEn 60 Configuring virtual disks trom the OpenVMS NOst vxtcsnccancceciietsccsecicsndaedlehicenseinadaetlucidensecxanses 61 Setting preferred MLNS dire octvexcsueaictenen teenie deere TENAR EEEE A RE 6l Oracle Solaris esseri enn nendin Vet a ann ror hnes ds errie trae tren e neni Easa a eae
66. allowed to the storage system has been reached session before attempting a new login 102 Invalid Cookie The command cookie sent in the attempted command is invalid Retry the operation later If the error persists report the error to product support Attribute Mismatch 103 The login session is no longer valid due to Log in again Login Timed Out timeout 104 The virtual disk has reached the maximum Remove a snapshot before attempting Maximum Snapshot Depth number of allowed snapshots this command again 105 Case 1 Creation of the virtual disk failed Case 1 Specify a valid capacity due to an invalid capacity value Case 2 Virtual disk mirror policy does not match other snapshots value Case 2 Choose a valid mirror policy value 106 Password Not Set Management agent was not able to log in because password is not set Set a password before logging in Without a password no login is required Duplicate LUN WWID 107 Invalid port when trying to get host port Check if the port number refers to a Not Host Port information valid host port and try again 108 A virtual disk with this WWID is already Unpresent the already presented presented virtual disk or change the WWID of this virtual disk 188 Error messages 109 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support System Inoperative 110 This is an internal error Report the error to
67. as file and print services The notation to represent 10 or 1 billion 1 000 000 000 An encoded bit transmission rate of one billion 10 bits per second The convention of applying an alloy or gray color to a CRU tab lever or handle to identify the unit as warm swappable Host Bus Adapter See also FCA A computer that runs user applications and uses or can potentially use one or more virtual disks created and presented by the controller pair See FCA See host The HSV Controller display that indicates the status of the storage system Fibre Channel links A connection point to one or more hosts through a Fibre Channel fabric A host is a computer that runs user applications and that uses or can potentially use one or more of the virtual disks that are created and presented by the controller pair 303 host side ports hot pluggable hub 1 O module IDX in band communication INFORMATION condition initialization Input Output module intake temperature interface J JBOD KB LAN laser Last Fault View Last Termination Error Array LED License Key light emitting diode link logon 304 Glossary See host port The ability to add and remove elements or devices to a system or appliance while the appliance is running and have the operating system automatically recognize the change A communications infrastructure device to which nodes on a multi point bus or loop are physically
68. configured Example 1 MEZ50 admin gt set fc A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so WARNING The following command might cause a loss of connections to both ports Configuring FC Port 1 Port Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled Link Rate 0 Auto 1 1Gb 2 2Gb 4 4Gb 8 8GB Auto Frame Size 0 512B 1 1024B 2 2048B 2048 Execution Throttle Min 16 Max 65535 256 All attribute values for Port 1 that have been changed will now be saved Configuring FC Port 2 Port Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled Commands 233 Link Rate 0 Auto 1 1Gb 2 2Gb 4 4Gb 8 8GB Auto Frame Size 0 512B 1 1024B 2 2048B 2048 Execution Throttle Min 16 Max 65535 256 All attribute values for Port 2 that have been changed will now be saved Example 2 MEZ75 admin gt set fe A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so WARNING The following command might cause a loss of connections to both ports Configuring FC Port 1 Port Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled
69. e Each controller enclosure has two power supplies o Controller PS 1 connects to the left PDM in a PDM pair with a black 66 cm 26 inch power cord Controller PS 2 connects to the right PDM in a PDM pair with a gray 152 cm 60 inch power cord NOTE Drive enclosures when purchased separately include one 50 cm black cable and one 50 cm gray cable The configuration provides complete power redundancy and eliminates all single points of failure for both the AC and DC power distribution PDU Iconnects to AC PDM 1 1 to 1 4 A PDU 1 failure e Disables the power distribution circuit e Removes power from the left side of the PDM pairs e Disables drive enclosures PS 1 e Disables the controller PS 1 PDU 2connects to AC PDM 2 1 to 2 4 Power distribution units 31 PDMs A PDU 2 failure e Disables the power distribution circuit e Removes power from the right side of the PDM pairs e Disables drive enclosures PS 2 e Disables the controller PS 2 Depending on the rack there can be up to eight PDMs mounted in the rear of the rack e The PDMs on the left side of the PDM pairs connect to PDU 1 e The PDMs on the right side of the PDM pairs connect to PDU 2 Each PDM has seven AC receptacles The PDMs distribute the AC power from the PDUs to the enclosures Two power sources exist for each controller pair and disk enclosure If a PDU fails the system will remain operational CAUTION The AC power distribut
70. enabled iscsiadm list discovery 3 The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module has multiple iSCSI ports available to the Solaris iSCSI initiator To discover the targets available enter the following command for each iSCSI port IP address that the iSCSI initiator will access iscsiadm add discovery address iscsi port IP address 4 Verity discovery address entries iscsiadm list discovery address 5 Once discovery addresses are entered the Solaris initiator polls each address for all targets available To list the discovered targets available to the initiator enter the following command iscsiadm list target Example iscsiadm list target Target iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 2 01 50014380025da539 Alias TPGT 0 ISID 4000002a0000 Connections 1 Target iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 Alias TPGT 0 ISID 4000002a0000 Connections 1 NOTE The iSCSI Initiator must discover all targets presented by each iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s iSCSI port that will be used in a multipath configuration 6 Create the iSCSI device links for the local system devfsadm i iscsi Modity target parameter MaxRecvDataSegLen Oracle recommends setting the Maximum Receive Data Segment Length to 655536 bytes for each iSCSI discovered target Refer to the following URL for more information hitp wikis sun com display StorageDev iSCS Features Related to RFC 3720 Parameters To modify target parameter MaxRecvDataSe
71. enclosures Each controller pair and all associated disk enclosures form a single storage system The rack provides the capability for mounting standard 483 mm 19 in wide controller and disk enclosures NOTE Racks and rack mountable components are typically described using U measurements U measurements are used to designate panel or enclosure heights The U measurement is a standard of 41mm 1 6 in The racks provide the following e Unique frame and rail design Allows fast assembly easy mounting and outstanding structural integrity e Thermal integrity Front to back natural convection cooling is greatly enhanced by the innovative multi angled design of the front door e Security provisions The front and rear door are lockable which prevents unauthorized entry e Flexibility Provides easy access to hardware components for operation monitoring e Custom expandability Several options allow for quick and easy expansion of the racks to create a custom solution Rack configurations 30 The standard rack for the P63x0 P65x0 EVA is the 42U HP 10000 Intelligent Series rack The P63x0 P65x0 EVA is also supported with 22U 36U 42U 5642 and 47U racks The 42U 5642 is a field installed option The 47U rack must be assembled on site because the cabinet height creates shipping difficulties For more information on HP rack offerings for the P63x0 P65x0 EVA see P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware
72. failover failback setting New setting Impact on virtual disk presentation No Preference None The disk maintains its original presentation Path A Failover If the disk is currently presented on Controller 2 it is moved to Controller 1 If the disk is on Controller 1 it remains there Path B Failover If the disk is currently presented on Controller 1 it is moved to Controller 2 If the disk is on Controller 2 it remains there Path A Failover Failback If the disk is currently presented on Controller 2 it is moved to Controller 1 If the disk is on Controller 1 it remains there Path B Failover Failback If the disk is currently presented on Controller 1 it is moved to Controller 2 If the disk is on Controller 2 it remains there Implicit LUN transition 38 Implicit LUN transition automatically transfers management of a virtual disk to the array controller that receives the most read requests for that virtual disk This improves performance by reducing the overhead incurred when servicing read I Os on the non managing controller Implicit LUN transition is enabled in all versions of XCS P63x0 P65x0 EVA operation When creating a virtual disk one controller is selected to manage the virtual disk Only this managing controller can issue Os to a virtual disk in response to a host read or write request If a read I O request arrives on the non managing controller the read request must be transferre
73. fb 0a 4b 9 FCOE 20 00 4 ce 46 f6 62 69 10 00 f4 ce 46 fe 62 69 10 FCOE 20 00 4 ce 46 f6 62 6d 10 00 4 ce 46 fe 62 6d 11 FCOE 20 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 4c 21 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 4c 12 FCOE 20 01 00 00 ab cd 20 88 20 01 00 00 12 3a 45 68 13 FCOE 20 01 00 00 2a 8f 2a 50 20 01 00 00 a5 a5 f 8 14 ISCSI iqn 1995 com microsoft serverl Please select an Initiator from the list above q to quit 14 A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so OS Type 0 Windows 1l Linux 2 Solaris 3 OpenvMS 4 VMWare 5 Mac OS X 6 Windows2008 7 Windows2012 8 HP UX 9 AIX 10 Other Windows2008 6 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved 224 Command reference Logout Exits the command line interface and returns you to the login prompt Authority None Syntax logout Example MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt logout none login Lunmask Maps a target LUN to an initiator and also removes mappings The CLI prompts you to select from a list of virtual port groups targets LUNs and initiators Authority Admin session Syntax lunmask add remove Keywords add Maps a LUN to an initiator After you enter the command the CLI displays a series of prompts from which you choose the initiator t
74. file systems and stops the iSCSI daemon terminating all connections to iSCSI devices CAUTION File systems not listed in etc fstab iscsi cannot be automatically unmounted iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Presenting EVA storage for Linux To set up LUNs using HP P6000 Command View 1 Set up LUNs using HP P6000 Command View For procedure steps see Step 2 2 Setup the iSCSI drive on the iSCSI Initiator a Restart the iSCSI services etc re d initd iscsi restart b Verify that the iSCSI LUNs are presented to the operating system by entering the following command fdisk 1 Setting up the iSCSI Initiator for VMware The software iSCSI Initiator is built into the ESX server VMkernel and uses standard 10 GigE GigE NICs to connect to the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules To set up software based iSCSI storage connectivity 1 Install the appropriate license from VMware to enable the iSCSI software driver using the VMware instructions 2 Configure the VMKernel TCP IP networking stack for iSCSI support Configure the VMkernel service console with dedicated virtual switch using a dedicated NIC for iSCSI data traffic Follow the instructions from VMware Figure 54 page 115 shows an example of a configuration Figure 54 Configuration tab rocki sS sonboxcom vSphere Chen Ble Edt Wew pverteey Adewiristretion Phoms Heb bo EJ m g nvmntoy gt BB inner d D aies sabac com rack7 sUS sanbox com
75. for offloading TCP network processing to hardware TCP Chimney is a feature that allows TCP IP processing to be offloaded to hardware Receive Side Scaling allows receive packet processing to scale across multiple CPUs HP s NC3xxx Multifunction Gigabit server adapters support TCP offload functionality using Microsoft s Scalable Networking Pack SNP For more support details read the latest HP adapter information for more support details To download the SNP package and for more details see http support microsoft com kb 912222 NOTE Windows Server 2003 SP2 includes SNP functionality SNP setup with HP NC 3xxx GbE multifunction adapter Microsoft s Scalable Networking Pack works in conjunction with HP s NC3xxxx Multifunction Gigabit server adapters for Windows 2003 only To set up SNP on a Windows 2003 server 1 Install the hardware and necessary software for the NC3xxx Multifunction Gigabit server adapter following the manufacturer s installation procedures 2 Download the SNP package from the Microsoft website hitp support microsoft com kb Vi2222 a To start the installation immediately click Run or b To copy the download to your computer for installation at a later time click Save A reboot is required after successful installation 3 After reboot verify TCP offload settings by opening a Command Prompt window and issuing the command C gt netsh interface ip show offload The following is displayed
76. from the host After you create the virtual disks and rescan or restart the host follow the host specific conventions for configuring these new disk resources For instructions see the documentation included with your server HP UX To create virtual disks for HP UX scan the bus and then create volume groups on a virtual disk Scanning the bus To scan the FCA bus and display information about the devices 1 Enter the command ioscan fnCdisk to start the rescan All new virtual disks become visible to the host 2 Assign device special files to the new virtual disks using the insf command insf e NOTE Lowercase e assigns device special files only to the new devices in this case the virtual disks Uppercase E reassigns device special files to all devices The following is a sample output from an ioscan command 52 Configuring application servers ioscan fnCdisk ioscan fnCdisk Class I H W Patch Driver S W H W Type Description State ba 3 0 6 lba CLAIMED BUS_NEXUS Local PCI Bus Adapter 782 fe 2 0 6 0 0 td CLAIMED INTERFACE HP Tachyon XL 2 FC Mass Stor Adap dev td2 fep o 0 6 0 0 39 fcp CLAIMED INTERFACE FCP Domain ext_bus 4 0 6 00 39 13 0 0 fcparray CLAIMED INTERFACE FCP Array Interface target 5 0 6 0 0 39 13 0 0 0 tgt CLAIMED DEVICE etl 4 0 6 0 0 39 13 0 0 0 0 sctl CLAIMED DEVICE HP HSV340 dev rscsi c4todo disk 22 0 6 0 0 39 13 0 0 0 1 sdisk CLAIMED DEVICE
77. gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID 4 20 0b 4 21 0b 4 ef 09 06 FC4 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 4 20 07 4 21 07 4 ef 0d 07 FC3 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 2 20 07 4 21 07 4 ef 09 07 FC4 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 2 20 0a f 4 21 0a f4 ef 0d 08 FC3 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 3 20 0a f4 21 0a f 4 ef 09 08 FC4 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 3 20 0c f4 21 0c 4 ef 0d 09 FC3 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 4 20 0c f4 21 0c f 4 ef 09 09 Ce Ce 80 80 Ce Ce 80 80 sce rce 80 80 ce Ce 80 80 Ce Ce 80 80 Ice ce 80 80 ce ce 46 46 04 04 46 46 04 04 46 46 04 04 46 46 04 04 46 46 04 04 46 46 04 04 46 46 fb f b C6 C6 ifb f b C6 C6 f b f b vG C6 f b fb C6 aG fb fb ed oss CG s f b SED C6 a6 f b fb Oa Oa 89 89 Oa Oa 89 89 Oa Oa 89 89 Oa Oa 89 89 Oa Oa 89 89 Oa Oa
78. hp Networking mhas SCSI ign 1998 01 com vermare localhost casl adapps hp Storage Adapters mha cst ign 1998 01 com venmare localhost casl adapps hp hbs SCSI ign 1998 01 com vermvareslocalhost casl adapps hp Network Adapters QLE406Xc iSCSI Host Bus Adapter Advanced Settings vihbss SCSI ign 2000 04 com qlogic qle4062 96 port 1 Power Menagenere vmb CSI ign 2000 04 com logic qle4062c be96 port2 Cohware Brocade 425 825 F mhbr Fibre Channel 20 00 00 05 1 b2 e1 1b 10 00 00 05 10 b2 e1 1b Licensed Features whbs Fibre Channel 20 00 00 05 1e b2 e1 1c 10 00 00 05 1e b2 e1 1 Time Configuration 1SP2532 based 8Gb Fibre Channel to PCI Express HBA DNS and Routing vmhbaz Fibre Channel 0 01 43 80 06 2d 82 69 50 01 43 80 06 2d 82 68 Authentication Services mhb Fibre Channel 80 01 43 80 06 2d 82 6b 50 01 43 80 06 2d 82 63 Power Management Smart Array P410i Virtual Machine Startup Shutdown vebbat Block SCSI Virtual Machine Swapfile Location Securty Profile Details Host Cache Configuration System Resource Alocation Model ICHI0 4 port SATA IDE Controller Agent VM Settings Targets 1 Devkes 1 Paths 1 Advanced Settings View Devices Paths Name Identifier Runtime N Paced TEAS OR AAR faan bh ON man hk ATA eer Repeat this procedure for each ESX server Configuring an ESX server This section provides information about configuring the ESX server 70 Configuring applica
79. is no longer supported Report the error to product support No Derived Unit for Virtual Disk 187 A data replication configuration is using an Upgrade the source and or unsupported mix of firmware versions on the source and destination side destination arrays to bring the mix into compliance Invalid Logical Disk 188 The supplied port number is invalid Correct the port parameter and retry Invalid Port Specified command 189 Specified data replication group not found Check the data replication group Unknown Group parameter and retry 190 The empty container being converted toa Heal the inoperative condition and Target Object Is Inoperative snapshot or snapclone is inoperative then retry the attach operation 191 A reserved opcode was passed via SCMI Report the error to product support Invalid Read 16 Operand command 192 A SCMI command was passed with an Report the error to product support Invalid Controller invalid destination controller 193 An invalid page code was requested via Report the error to product support Invalid Read 16 Special Page SCMI command 194 Cannot set Failsafe mode while the group Change asynchronous mode and retry Cannot Set Failsafe is in asynchronous mode operation 195 Case 1 An attach operation was attempted Case 1 Retry operation using an using a non empty container Case 2 A mirror clone operation was attempted using a virtual disk that was not a mirror c
80. it using the following command rpm ivh hp qla2x00 version revision architecture rpm HBA drivers For most configurations and latest version of linux distributions native HBA drivers are the supported drivers Native driver means the driver that is included with the OS distribution NOTE The term inbox driveris also sometimes used and means the same as native driver However in some configurations it may require use of an out of box driver which typically requires a driver package be downloaded and installed on the host In those cases follow the documentation of the driver package for instruction Driver support information can be found on the Single Point of Connectivity Knowledge SPOCK website htto www hp com storage spock NOTE Registration is required to access SPOCK Verifying virtual disks from the host To verify the virtual disks first verify that the LUN is recognized and then verify that the host can access the virtual disks e To ensure that the LUN is recognized after a virtual disk is presented to the host do one of the following o Reboot the host o Execute the following command where X is the SCSI host enumerator of the HBA echo gt sys class scsi_host host X scan e To verify that the host can access the virtual disks enter the more proc scsi scsi command The output lists all SCS devices detected by the server An P63x0 P65x0 EVAs LUN entry looks similar to
81. leaving the minimum supported virtual disk space in the virtual disk Case 2 A shrink operation on an existing virtual disk would shrink the virtual disk beneath the minimum supported virtual disk capacity Case 3 Retry the operation using a smaller supported capacity Case 3 An expand operation on an existing virtual disk or the creation of a new virtual disk results in a virtual disk larger than the maximum supported virtual disk capacity 180 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Insufficient Memory 181 There were not enough available drives of Add more drives of the requested type Insufficient Drive Type the requested type to complete the or change the requested drive type operation 192 Error messages Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value Meaning How to correct Invalid on DRM Mixed Configurations 182 The supplied list of drives contained multiple Correct the list such that only one type Mixed Drive Types drive types of drive is used 183 An attempt to enable the OCP Locate LED No corrective action required Already On failed because the LED is already enabled 184 An attempt to disable the OCP Locate LED No corrective action required Already Off failed because the LED is already disabled 185 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Virtual Disk Info Failed 186 This error
82. list of all Fibre Channel disks presented to the OpenVMS host 60 Configuring application servers NOTE Restarting the host system shows any newly presented virtual disks because a hardware scan is performed as part of the startup If you are unable to access the virtual disk do the following Check the switch zoning database Use HP P6000 Command View to verify the host presentations Check the SRM console firmware on AlphaServers Ensure that the correct host is selected for this virtual disk and that a unique OS Unit ID is used in HP P6000 Command View Configuring virtual disks from the OpenVMS host To set up disk resources under OpenVMS initialize and mount the virtual disk resource as follows l Enter the following command to initialize the virtual disk INITIALIZE name of virtual disk volume label Enter the following command to mount the disk MOUNT SYSTEM name of virtual disk volume label NOTE The SYSTEM switch is used for a single stand alone system or in clusters if you want to mount the disk only to select nodes You can use the CLUSTER switch for OpenVMS clusters However if you encounter problems in a large cluster environment HP recommends that you enter a MOUNT SYSTEM command on each cluster node View the virtual disk s information with the SHOW DEVICE command For example enter the following command sequence to configure a virtual disk named data1 in a stand alone environment INIT
83. made to this device that are not expressly approved by Hewlett Packard Company may void the user s authority to operate the equipment Cables When provided connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI EMI connector hoods in order to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations Canadian notice Avis Canadien Class A equipment This Class A digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Cet appareil num rique de la class A respecte toutes les exigences du R glement sur le mat riel brouilleur du Canada Class B equipment This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Cet appareil num rique de la class B respecte toutes les exigences du R glement sur le mat riel brouilleur du Canada European Union notice This product complies with the following EU directives e Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EC e EMC Directive 2004 108 EC Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmonized European standards European Norms which are listed on the EU Declaration of Conformity issued by Hewlett Packard for this product or product family Canadian notice Avis Canadien 201 This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed on the product This marking is valid for non Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom products e g Bl
84. of drives are used to initialize the storage cell and that the drives are each included only once No Tag For Identifier 162 This error indicates that a product support Report the error to product support Bad Routine command is invalid or no longer supported 163 The identifier supplied with the command Verify that the parameters of the does not correspond to an object in the system command are correct and retry 164 Bad Loop Number This error only applies to product support commands Report the error to product support 191 Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value 165 Too Many Port WWNs Meaning The system has reached the limit of client adapters so the command attempted cannot add another How to correct Remove an adapter connection before attempting the command again 166 The port WWN supplied with the command Retry the command with an accurate Port WWN Not Found is not correct port WWN 167 The virtual disk identifier supplied with the Retry the command with an accurate No Virtual Disk For Presented Unit command is not correct virtual disk identifier 168 The client identifier supplied with the Retry the command with an accurate No Client For Presented Unit command is not correct client identifier 169 The command is not supported Either the data replication destination Unsupported is a different version that does not suppo
85. of the command line CTRL B Moves the cursor to the end of the command line Authority requirements The various set commands perform tasks that may require you to be in an administrator session Note that e Commands related to monitoring tasks are available to all account names e Commands related to configuration tasks are available only within an Admin session An account must have admin authority to enter the admin start command which opens an admin session see admin command Commands This section lists and describes the HP P6000 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module s CLI commands in alphabetical order Each command description includes its syntax keywords notes and examples Command syntax 217 Admin Opens and closes an administrator admin session Any command that changes the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s configuration must be entered in an Admin session An inactive Admin session times out after 15 minutes Authority Admin session Syntax admin start or begin end or stop cancel Keywords start or begin Opens the Admin session end or stop Closes the Admin session The logout shutdown and reset commands also end an Admin session cancel Terminates an Admin session opened by another user Use this keyword with care because it terminates the Admin session without warning the other user and without saving pending changes NOTE Closing a Telnet window during an Admin sessio
86. opens 4 Under System Shutdown click Power Down If you want to delay the initiation of the shutdown enter the number of minutes in the Shutdown delay field The controllers complete an orderly shutdown and then power off The disk enclosures then power off Wait for the shutdown to complete 5 Turn off the power to the rack power distribution units Even though the disk enclosures are powered off in Step 4 unless the power on the rack distribution units are turned off the O modules remain powered on in a standby state Shutting down the storage system from the array controller A CAUTION Use this power off method for emergency shutdown only This is not an orderly shutdown and cached data could be lost 1 Push and hold the power switch button on the back panel of the P63x0 P65x0 EVA see callout 9 in Figure 3 page 23 2 Wait 4 seconds The power button and the green LED start to blink NOTE Use this power off method for emergency shutdown only This is not an orderly shutdown and cached data could be lost 3 After 10 seconds the power shuts down Starting the storage system To start a storage system perform the following steps 1 Turn on the SAN switches and wait for all switches to complete the power on boot process It may be necessary to wait several minutes for this to complete NOTE Before applying power to the rack PDUs ensure that the power switch on the controller enclosure is off Sto
87. protecting cable connectors 39 file systems mounting 114 unmounting 114 unmouting 114 front status and UID module defined 16 LEDs 16 fru command 220 G generic notification 283 guest account understanding 265 H hardware device locating 175 help obtaining 197 help command 220 high availability HSV Controllers 21 history command 222 host system presenting 118 hosts adding 59 adding to IBM AIX 54 adding to OpenVMS 59 HP technical support 197 HP P6000 Command View adding hosts with 51 creating virtual disk with 52 troubleshooting 175 using 51 HP UX create virtual disks 52 creating volume groups 53 failure scenarios 164 single path implementation 152 I O module defined 18 LEDs 19 IBM AIX adding hosts 54 creating virtual disks 54 failure scenarios 167 single path implementation 162 verifying virtual disks 54 image already loaded 186 image command 222 image incompatible 186 image write error 186 implicit LUN transition 38 incompatible attribute 184 initiator command 223 initiator object table 273 initiator setup Linux 109 invalid parameter id 181 quorum configuration 181 target handle 181 target id 181 time 181 invalid cursor 183 invalid state 183 invalid status 185 invalid target 183 iopolicy setting 66 IP network adapters 93 iSCSI Apple Mac Initiator 91 Apple Mac initiator 105 CLI 265 configuration rules 87 configuring MPIO de
88. qsrEventTimeStamp e qsrEventSeverity e qsrEventDescription Generic notifications are sent for the following events e FC port configuration change port number 1 of 4 e iSCSI port configuration change port number 1 of 4 e iSNS configuration change e NTP configuration change e Module configuration change e Management port configuration change e Firmware upgrade complete e Reboot module Notifications 283 F iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module log messages This appendix provides details about messages logged to a file The message log is persistent because it is maintained across module power cycles and reboots Information in Table 35 page 284 is organized as follows e The ID column specifies the message identification numbers in ascending order e The Log Message column indicates the message text displayed in the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s CLI Note that O o Log messages for the iSCSI driver module are common to both iSCSI ports Log messages beginning with 0 denote iSCSI port 1 GE1 and log messages beginning with 1 denote iSCSI port 2 GE2 Log messages for the FC driver module are common to both FC ports Log messages beginning with 0 denote FC port 1 FC1 and log messages beginning with 1 denote FC port 2 FC2 e The Module Type column specifies the message reporting module where O o o o 0 O App Application module FC FC driver iSCSI iSCSI driver Sys
89. qsrUpperThreshold Syntax Integer32 Access Read only Description Upperlevel threshold for this sensor qsrLowerThreshold Syntax Integer32 Access Read only Description Lower level threshold for this sensor qsrSensorState Syntax INTEGER Access Read only Description State of this sensor indicating the health of the system Unknown The sensor value thresholds cannot be determined Normal The sensor value is within normal operational limits Warning The sensor value is approaching a threshold Critical The sensor value has crossed a threshold Notifications The module provides the notification types described in this section NOTE Every notification uses gsrBladeSlot as one of the objects This determines the originator module for the same notification Notifications 279 System information objects System information objects provide the system serial number version numbers hardware sottware agent and number of ports FC GE qsrSerialNumber Syntax SnmpAdminString Access Read only Description System serial number qsrHwVersion Syntax SnmpAdminString Access Read only Description qsrSwVersion System hardware version number Description Syntax SnmpAdminString Access Read only Description System software firmware version number qsrNoOfFcPorts Syntax Unsigne
90. requires devices in both classes to bear a label indicating the interference potential of the device as well as additional operating instructions for the user FCC rating label The FCC rating label on the device shows the classification A or B of the equipment Class B devices have an FCC logo or ID on the label Class A devices do not have an FCC logo or ID on the label After you determine the class of the device refer to the corresponding statement Class A equipment This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at personal expense Class B equipment This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio freque
91. s32 aGiscsi GO perf Vdisk017 8 Vdisk018 Vaisk019 Vdisk020 aA Hosts aA Disk Groups G Data Replication aS Hardware BS iSCSI Devices E iSCSI Controller 01 iSCSI Controller 02 E Controller Enclosure a3 Disk Enclosure 1 Disk Enclosure 2 iSCSI Controller Properties Save changes Eaj Toe FoPons encosue P Port 1 C IP Port 2 Base name jiqn 2004 09 com hp fegw mez 5 Connection Good 20 Port enable Enabled gt Actual link rate 10000 Mbps Enable Enabled z MAC address F4 CE 46 FB 0A 39 IP address 53 33 50 89 Firmware version 1 0 0 0 Subnet mask 255 255 0 0 IPu6 Less T Gateway address 0 0 0 0 Enable Disabled Address 1 Security Less gt P6300_1GiSCSI CHAP status Disabled gt a DEVELOPMET_4K50 Header digests Disabled CVEVA_4K75 Data digests i gests Disabled S P6500_perf75 iSHS Less TCP Less T iSNS server enabled Window size 22768 z Address MTU size Normal gt 0 0 0 0 Avail connection 2048 IPv4 VLAN Total connection 2048 VLAN state Disabled IPv6 VLAN onl VLAN id bl VLAN state Disabled gt VLAN priority oz Issue Initiator logs in to iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller target but EVA assigned LUNs are not appearing on the initiator Solution 1 The initiator needs to log in to the target wh
92. show fc FC Port Information FC Port Port Status Port Mode Link Status Current Link Rate Programmed Link Rate WWNN WWPN Port ID WWNN WWPN Port ID WWNN WWPN Port ID WWNN WWPN Port ID Firmware Revision No Frame Size Execution Throttle Connection Mode FC Port Port Status Port Mode Link Status Current Link Rate Programmed Link Rate WWNN WWPN 242 Command reference FC1 Enabled FCP Up 4Gb Auto 20 00 00 c0 dd 00 00 75 VPGROUP_1 21 00 00 c0 dd 00 00 75 VPGROUP_1 00 00 ef VPGROUP_1 20 01 00 c0 dd 00 00 75 VPGROUP_2 21 01 00 c0 dd 00 00 75 VPGROUP_2 00 00 e8 VPGROUP_ 2 20 02 00 c0 dd 00 00 75 VPGROUP_3 21 02 00 c0 dd 00 00 75 VPGROUP_3 00 00 e4 VPGROUP_3 20 03 00 c0 dd 00 00 75 VPGROUP_4 21 03 00 c0 dd 00 00 75 VPGROUP_4 00 00 e2 VPGROUP 4 501 03 2048 256 Loop FC2 Enabled FCP Up 4Gb Auto 20 00 00 c0 dd 00 00 76 VPGROUP_1 21 00 00 c0 dd 00 00 76 VPGROUP_1 Port ID 00 00 ef VPGROUP_1 WWNN 20 01 00 c0 dd 00 00 76 VPGROUP_2 WWPN 21 01 00 c0 dd 00 00 76 VPGROUP_2 Port ID 00 00 e8 VPGROUP_2 WWNN 20 02 00 c0 dd 00 00 76 VPGROUP_3 WWPN 21 02 00 c0 dd 00 00 76 VPGROUP 3 Port ID 00 00 e4 VPGROUP_3 WWNN 20 03 00 c0 dd 00 00 76 VPGROUP 4 WWPN 21 03 00 c0 dd 00 00 76 VPGROUP 4 Port ID 00 00 e2 VPGROUP_4 Firmware Revision No 5 01 03 Frame Size 2048 Execution Throttle 256 Connection Mode Loop FC Port FCOE1 Port Status Enabled Port Mode F
93. storage system will be unable to communicate with your server Use the HP P6000 Control Panel to change the default operating mode Using the management module 45 NOTE Change your browser settings for the HP P6000 Control Panel as described in the HP P6000 Command View Installation Guide You must have administrator privilege to change the settings in the HP P6000 Control Panel To change the default operating mode 1 Connect to the management module using one of the methods described in Connecting through a public network page 44 or Connecting through a private network page 45 2 Log into the HP P6000 Control Panel as an HP P6000 administrator The HP P6000 Control Panel is displayed 3 Select Administrator Options gt Configure Controller Host Ports Figure 17 page 46 4 Select the controller Figure 19 iSCSI Controller Shutdown Options Siena Sse Controller 1 Host Port Properties System Good Controller 4 Good Controller 1 Controller 2 Controller 2 Good a Management Options Fibre Channel Switch n Operational state Not installed User Options View system information FP41 Less details t Configure User login options Operational state Good Connection state O Logged into fabric World Wide Name 5001 4380 013B F318 Address 01 1D 00 Speed 4 Ghis View detailed system information Topology Configure Administrator login options View n
94. the HP Parts Store online hitp www hp com buy parts Replacing the failed component A CAUTION Components can be damaged by electrostatic discharge ESD Use proper anti static protection e Always transport and store CRUs in an ESD protective enclosure e Do not remove the CRU from the ESD protective enclosure until you are ready to install it e Always use ESD precautions such as a wrist strap heel straps on conductive flooring and an ESD protective smock when handling ESD sensitive equipment e Avoid touching the CRU connector pins leads or circuitry e Do not place ESD generating material such as paper or non anti static pink plastic in an ESD protective enclosure with ESD sensitive equipment e HP recommends waiting until periods of low storage system activity to replace a component e When replacing components at the rear of the rack cabling may obstruct access to the component Carefully move any cables out of the way to avoid loosening any connections In particular avoid cable damage that may be caused by Kinking or bending o Disconnecting cables without capping If uncapped cable performance may be impaired by contact with dust metal or other surfaces o Placing removed cables on the floor or other surfaces where they may be walked on or otherwise compressed Replacement instructions Printed instructions are shipped with the replacement part Instructions for all replaceable compo
95. the enclosures in the expansion rack are numbered from 15 to 24 starting at the bottom Those services that establish the mechanical environment electrical environment and external indicators and controls for the proper operation and maintenance of devices with an enclosure as described in the SES SCSI 3 Enclosure Services Command Set SES Rev 8b American National Standard for Information Services 301 Enclosure Services Interface Enclosure Services Processor Enterprise Virtual Array environmental monitoring unit error code ESD ESI ESP event Event Information Packet Event Number Evt No exabyte HP P6000 Command View GUI F fabric fabric port failover failsafe fan FATA Fault Management Code FC HBA FCA FCC FCoE FCP 302 Glossary See ESI See ESP The Enterprise Virtual Array is a product that consists of one or more storage systems Each storage system consists of a pair of HSV controllers and the disk drives they manage A storage system within the Enterprise Virtual Array can be formally referred to as an Enterprise storage system or generically referred to as the storage system See EMU The portion of an EMU condition report that defines a problem Electrostatic Discharge The emission of a potentially harmful static electric voltage as a result of improper grounding Enclosure Services Interface The SCSI 3 engineering services interface implementation develop
96. the module qsrLunEntry Syntax QsrLunEntry Access Not accessible Description Each entry row contains information about a specific LUN This table extends scsiDscLunTable in QLOGIC SCSI MIB The entries in this table show other attributes of the LUN The QsrLunEntry contains of following sequences of objects qsrLunWwuln PhysAddress qsrLunVendorId SnmpAdminString qsrLunProductIid SnmpAdminString qsrLunProdRevLevel SnmpAdminString qsrLunSize Unsigned32 qsrLunState INTEGER Management Information Base 275 qsrLunVPGroupid INTEGER qsrLunVPGroupname SnmpAdminString qsrLunWwuln Syntax PhysAddress Access Read only Description The worldwide unique LUN name WWULN for the LUN qsrLunVendorld Syntax SnmpAdminString Access Read only Description Vendor ID for the LUN qsrLunProductld Syntax SnmpAdminString Access Read only Description Product ID for the LUN qsrLunProdRevLevel Syntax SnmpAdminString Access Read only Description Product revision level for the LUN qsrLunSize OBJECT TYPE Syntax Unsigned32 Access Read only Description Size of the LUN in megabytes qsrLunState Syntax Integer 1 online 2 offline 3 reserved Access Read only Description State of the LUN online or offline qsrLunVPGroupid Syntax Integer Access Read only Description ID of the VP group to which t
97. version 4 13 01 or earlier for each LUN that users will access add an entry to the kernel drv sd conf file name sd class scsi target 20 lun 1 name sd class scsi target 21 lun 1 name sd class scsi target 30 lun 1 name sd class scsi target 31 lun 1 If LUNs are preconfigured in the kernel drv sd conf file after changing the configuration file use the devfsadm command to perform LUN rediscovery 7 If the qla2300 driver is version 4 15 or later verify that the following or a similar entry is present in the kernel drv sd conf file name sd parent qla2300 target 2048 To perform LUN rediscovery after configuring the LUNs use the following command opt QLogic Corporation drvutil qla2300 qlreconfig d qla2300 s 8 Reboot the server to implement the changes to the configuration files NOTE The qla2300 driver is not supported for Oracle StorEdge Traffic Manager Oracle Storage Multipathing To configure a QLogic FCA using the Oracle SAN driver stack see Configuring FCAs with the Oracle SAN driver stack page 62 Fabric setup and zoning To set up the fabric and zoning 1 Verify that the Fibre Channel cable is connected and firmly inserted at the array ports host ports and SAN switch 2 Through the Telnet connection to the switch or Switch utilities verify that the WWN of the EVA ports and FCAs are present and online 3 Create a zone consisting of the WWNs of the EVA ports and FCAs and then ad
98. virtual disk access from the Ost scteisaledoceteeteeclecatedeckieiewalvdcreceesicalardludedateradenigeieeenenes 52 Configuring virtual disks from the WOStissearteceseonnteatecaedan bie Gov densennedeekseseinntevecedecsausaieeidetdeckinceweeds 52 APUN e E E eal 52 Scanning the US cb neosseetatoceseemieonivekelocaiecstivmissselesederekenhaieeldecdaranioatmecsincsdnoaiantiesndeccduoahies 52 Creating volume groups on a virtual disk using vgCreate cccccccceeeeesseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeettaeeees 53 BM AX rea E E E E I iden Saveeidovernsaaie 54 Accessing IBM AIX AUIS 1 cacncdoctencadedcenetiauedauscceeeeaddntuesaehenend dadusinedeneededdbeceeaneauatactecientiens 54 Adding NOSIS xs2n2tcnatacsteeeerrrinnusesiaaicnciexaeuieyretal eines aul oe an A 54 Creating and presenting virtual disks cccccccccceeesececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeceseeseeeeesccesseeeeeeeesetssaeeess 54 Verifying virtual disks from the NOSt cisentixiceavarciderenciean es ieadoniasaianseldcnsreiaiciensiiaeiematniausestuses 54 EED EE EE EEE E E E AET 55 Driver failover mModesiirenseiniinani eae an aE AEE A T a 55 Mistletoe hese puseneaarn Seseeeomeesteed reece dartiauseecienesgnorepundsaheeeed euseanadaeieteonted 55 Upgrading Linux Components iiaie ornteetedstecavesrcnh Aad enerersheendadateunicenbealadasecnanesebiealazarsceunets 56 Upgrading qla2x00 REA casos neeccetaceed oeseuaaedaskcusnnsedennetecesucaunnsevaceduseinaeteertdetdaecemeeess 56 Detecting third party SHV AS cs ca dtechshs cased
99. xx 2X 2X 2X 54276 QLFC_Login Node Name App _ Info FC login occurred with WWNN 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX 54277 QLFC_Login Port Name App Info FC login occurred with WWPN 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX 54306 QLFC Logout Origin 0x x App Info QLFC_Logout Origin Ox x VP Index Ox x Id VP Index 0x x Id 0x x Ox x 54307 QLFC_ Logout Port ID App _ Info FC Logout Port ID 2x 2x 2x 2X 2X 2X 54308 QLFC_Logout Node Name App Info FC Logout Node Name xx xx xx XX XX XX XX XX 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 54309 QLFC_Logout Port Name App Info FC Logout Port Name xx xx xx XX XX XX XX XX 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 54359 QLFC Logout Port Name App Info FC login event notification VP virtual port xx 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 54683 QLIS OpenConnectionNotification App Info iSCSI target connection opened for port d data Target connection opened description block DDB a Port d DDB d 54938 QLIS OpenConnectionNotification App Info Event notification iSCSI open connection request Target connection opened Port d DDB d 54939 QLIS HandleTeb App Info Event notification iSCSI close connection request UTM_EC_CLOSE CONNECTION or or connection closed UTM_EC_CONNECTION_ CLOSED 54940 QLIS HandleTeb App Info Event notification iSCSI connectio
100. your system s ID and password in the Storage System Access menu The management software is already logged in to the device This message is informational only No action required 51 Storage system connection down The Continuous Access group is unable communicate to the remote site Verify that devices are powered on and that device hardware connections are functioning correctly In particular validate that the inter site link is functioning correctly Incompatible attribute 52 No virtual disks are members of the Add one or more virtual disks as DR group empty Continuous Access group members and retry the request 53 The request cannot be performed because Retry the request with valid attributes one or more of the attributes specified is incompatible for the operation Currently this error code is only used for mirror clone operations and is returned when a fracture or invert is requested and all operations are not alike 54 Vdisk is a DR group member The requested operation cannot be performed on a virtual disk that is already a member of a data replication group Remove the virtual disk as a member of a data replication group and retry the request Vdisk is not presented 55 The requested operation cannot be No action required Vdisk is a DR log unit performed on a virtual disk that is a log unit 56 The battery system is missing or discharged Report the error to product su
101. 0 Index LUN VpGroup 0 0 VPGROUP_1 1 1 VPGROUP_1 2 2 VPGROUP_1 3 3 VPGROUP_1 4 4 VPGROUP_1 5 5 VPGROUP_1 6 6 VPGROUP_1 7 7 VPGROUP_1 8 8 VPGROUP 1 9 9 VPGROUP_1 10 10 VPGROUP_1 q 11 VPGROUP_1 12 12 VPGROUP_1 Please select a LUN to present to the initiator q to quit 12 Index IP WWNN MAC WWPN 0 20 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 43 21 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 43 1 20 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 44 21 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 44 Please select a portal to map the target from the list above q to quit 0 FC presented target WWPN 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 68 i 3s Target Device is already mapped on selected portal Example 3 The following example shows the lunmask rm remove command MEZ50 admin gt lunmask rm Index WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 30 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 38 1 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 30 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 3 c Please select a Target from the list above q to quit 1 LUN AIH FPWNHEO 1 I 1 to 10 11 12 13 Please select a LUN presented to the initiator q to quit 12 Commands 227 Passwd 0 ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com Please select an Initiator to remove a to remove all g to quit 0 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Example 4 The following shows an example of the Lunmask rm command with virtual port groups MEZ75 admin gt lunmask rm Index WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89
102. 0 C De batterijen mogen niet worden beschadigd gedemonteerd geplet of doorboord Zorg dat u geen kortsluiting veroorzaakt tussen de externe contactpunten en laat de batterijen niet in aanraking komen met water of vuur Gebruik ter vervanging alleen door HP goedgekeurde batterijen Batterijen accu s en accumulators mogen niet worden gedeponeerd bij het normale huishoudelijke afval Als u de batterijen accu s wilt inleveren voor hergebruik of op de juiste manier wilt vernietigen kunt u gebruik maken van het openbare inzamelingssysteem voor klein chemisch afval of ze terugsturen naar HP of een geautoriseerde HP Business of Service Partner Neem contact op met een geautoriseerde leverancier of een Business of Service Partner voor meer informatie over het vervangen of op de juiste manier vernietigen van accu s battery notice Avis relatif aux piles AN AVERTISSEMENT cet apporeil pout contenir des piles N essayez pas de recharger les piles apr s les avoir retir es Evitez de les mettre en contact avec de l eau ou de les soumettre des temp ratures sup rieures 60 C N essayez pas de d monter d craser ou de percer les piles N essayez pas de court circuiter les bornes de la pile ou de jeter cette derni re dans le feu ou l eau Remplacez les piles exclusivement par des pi ces de rechange HP pr vues pour ce produit Les piles modules de batteries et accumulateurs ne doivent pas tre jet s ave
103. 0 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 6c LUN Initiator 7 10 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 73 Show memory Displays free and total physical system memory and GE port connections Does not display information about free space in var ftp Authority None Syntax show memory Example MEZ75 admin gt show memory Memory Units Free Total Physical 85MB 916MB 252 Command reference Buffer Pool 9812 9856 Nic Buffer Pool 53427 81920 Process Blocks 8181 8192 Request Blocks 8181 8192 Event Blocks 4096 4096 Control Blocks 1024 1024 1K Buffer Pool 4096 4096 4K Buffer Pool 512 512 Sessions 4096 4096 Connections 10GE1 2048 2048 10GE2 2048 2048 Show mgmt Displays the module s management port 10 100 configuration Authority None Syntax show mgmt Example MEZ75 admin gt show mgmt Management Port Information IPv4 Interface Enabled IPv4 Mode Static IPv4 IP Address 10 6 6 130 IPv4 Subnet Mask 255 255 240 0 IPv4 Gateway 10 6 4 201 IPv6 Interface Disabled Link Status Up MAC Address 4 ce 46 fb 0a 40 Show NTP Displays the module s network time protocol NTP configuration Authority None Syntax show ntp Example MEZ50_02 admin gt show ntp NTP Information Mode Disabled Status Offline TimeZone Offset 00 00 MEZ50_02 admin gt Commands 253 Show perf Displays the port read write initiator or target performance in bytes per second Authority N
104. 0 P65x0 EVAs HP recommends that when accessing HP P6000 Command View on either the management server server based management or the management module array based management you use the same network This is recommended until a multi homed solution is available which would allow the management module access to be configured on a separate network private or different If you use a laptop to connect to the management module configure the laptop to have an address in the same IP range as the management module for example 192 168 0 2 with a subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 The management module has an MDI X port that supports straight through or crossover Ethernet cables Use a Cat5e or greater cable to connect the management module from its Ethernet jack 2 Figure 18 page 44 to the management server Using the management module 43 Figure 18 Management module 1 Status LEDs 3 Reset button 2 Ethernet jack Connecting through a public network 1 2 3 Initialize the P63x0 EVA or P65x0 EVA storage system using HP P6000 Command View If it is currently connected disconnect the public network LAN cable from the back of the management module in the controller enclosure Press and hold the recessed Reset button 3 Figure 18 page 44 for 4 to 5 seconds The green LED on the management module 1 Figure 18 page 44 blinks to indicate the configuration reset has started The reset may take up to 2 minutes to complete
105. 0 f7 0f Port ID ef 0f 01 Status Logged In Type FCOE OS Type Windows2008 WWNN 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 53 WWPN 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 53 Port ID ef 12 01 Status Logged In Type FCOE OS Type Windows WWNN 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 54 WWPN 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 54 Port ID ef 13 01 Status Logged In Type FCOE OS Type Windows WWNN 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 5d WWPN 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 5d Port ID ef 16 01 Status Logged In Type FCOE OS Type Windows WWNN 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 5e WWPN 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 5e Port ID ef 17 01 Status Logged In Type FCOE OS Type Windows WWNN 20 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 77 WWPN 10 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 77 Port ID ef la 0O1 Status Logged In Commands 245 Type FCOE OS Type Windows2008 WWNN 20 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 73 WWPN 10 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 73 Port ID ef 1e 01 Status Logged In Type FCOE OS Type Windows2008 WWNN 20 00 f4 ce 46 fb 0a 4b WWPN 21 00 f4 ce 46 fb 0a 4b Port ID ef 10 01 Status Logged In Type FCOE OS Type Windows WWNN 20 00 f4 ce 46 fe 62 69 WWPN 10 00 f4 ce 46 fe 62 69 Port ID ef 0e 01 Status Logged In Type FCOE OS Type Windows2008 WWNN 20 00 4 ce 46 fe 62 6d WWPN 10 00 4 ce 46 fe 62 6d Port ID ef 0a 01 Status Logged In Type FCOE OS Type Other WWNN 20 00 f4 ce 46 fb 0a 4c WWPN 21 00 f4 ce 46 fb 0a 4c Port ID ef 14 01 Status Logged In Type FCOE OS Type Windows Show initiators LUN mask Displays all LUNs mapped to a user selected Initiator Authority None Syn
106. 002709fd 2 enter its number If you cannot access the virtual disks Verify the zoning sec 128 gt sec 128 gt sec 128 gt sec 128 gt sec 128 gt sec 128 gt sec 128 gt sec 128 gt For Oracle Solaris verify that the correct WWPNs for the EVA lpfc q1a2300 driver have been configured and the target assignment is matched in kernel drv sd conf lpfc and qla2300 4 13 01 Labeling and partitioning the devices A Label and partition the new devices using the Oracle format utility CAUTION When selecting disk devices be careful to select the correct disk because using the label partition commands on disks that have data can cause data loss 1 2 Enter the format command at the root prompt to start the utility Verify that all new devices are displayed If not enter quit or press Ctrl D to exit the format utility and then verify that the configuration is correct see Configuring virtual disks from the host page 67 Record the character type device file names for example c1t2d0 for all new disks You will use this data to create the file systems or to use the file systems with the Solaris or Veritas Volume Manager When prompted to specify the disk enter the number of the device to be labeled When prompted to label the disk enter Y Because the virtual geometry of the presented volume varies with size select autoconfigure as the disk type Oracle Solaris 69 7 8
107. 1 MEZ50 10GbE 4 Gb P65x0 array controller HSV360 with iSCSI FCoE 613469 001 MEZ75 1 GB cache DIMM for P63x0 controller 587246 001 2 GB cache DIMM for P63x0 P65x0 controller 583721 001 4 GB cache DIMM for P65x0 controller 681646 001 Array battery for P63x0 P65x0 controller 8 CELL 671987 001 Vv Array battery for P63x0 P65x0 controller 6 CELL 671988 001 y Array battery 460581 001 y Array power supply 519842 001 J Array fan module 460583 001 y Array management module 460584 005 y Array LED membrane display 461489 001 Array midplane 461490 005 Replaceable parts 83 84 Table 16 Controller enclosure replacement parts continued Description Spare part number CSR status Array riser assembly 461491 005 Array power UID 466264 001 P6300 bezel assembly 583395 001 s P6500 bezel assembly 583396 001 J P63x0 bezel assembly 676972 001 s P65x0 bezel assembly 676973 001 y Y cable 2 m 583399 001 SAS cable SPS CA EXT Mini SAS 2M 408767 001 Table 17 Disk enclosure replaceable parts Description Spare part number CSR status Disk drive 300 GB 10K SFF 6G M6625 SAS 583711 001 s Disk drive 450 GB 10K SFF 6G M6625 SAS 613921 001 v Disk drive 600 GB 10K SFF 6G M6625 SAS 613922 001 s Disk drive 146 GB 15K SFF 6G M6625 SAS 583713 001 s Disk drive 200 GB 15K LFF
108. 1 6 SAN switch 2 3 Dual HBA server Host 2 7 Controller A 4 Management server 8 Controller B Linux Itanium configuration Requirements e Switch zoning or controller level SSP must be used to ensure each single path HBA has an exclusive path to its LUNs e All nodes with direct connection to a disk must have the same access paths available to them e Single path HBA server can be in the same fabric as servers with multiple HBAs e In the use of snapshots and snapclones the source virtual disk and all associated snapshots and snapclones must be presented to the single path hosts that are zoned with the same 160 Single path implementation controller In the case of snapclones after the cloning process has completed and the clone becomes an ordinary virtual disk you may present that virtual disk as you would any other ordinary virtual disk e Linux 64 bit servers can support up to 14 single or dual path HBAs per server Switch zoning and SSP are required to isolate the LUNs presented to each HBA from each other HBA configuration e Host 1 is a single path HBA e Host 2 is a dual HBA host with multipathing software See Figure 82 page 161 Risks e Single path failure may result in data loss or disk corruption NOTE For additional risks see Linux page 166 Limitations e HP P6000 Continuous Access is not supported with single path configurations e Single path HBA server is not part of
109. 1 HP 4 Gb Fibre Channel Driver PciROM 0F 01 01 002 4 Note the driver handle in the first column 22 in the example 5 Using the driver handle enter the drvdfg driver handle command to find the Device Handle ct r1 For example Shell gt drvcfg 22 Configurable Components Drv 22 Ctrl 25 Lang eng OpenVMS 59 6 Using the driver and device handle enter the drvdfg s driver handle device handle command to invoke the EFI Driver configuration utility For example Shell gt drvcfg s 22 25 7 From the Fibre Channel Driver Configuration Utility list select item 8 Info to find the WWN for that particular port Output similar to the following appears Adapter Path Acpi PNP0002 0300 Pci 01 01 Adapter WWPN 50060B00003B478A Adapter WWNN 50060B00003B478B Adapter S N 3B478A Scanning the bus Enter the following command to scan the bus for the OpenVMS virtual disk MC SYSMAN IO AUTO LOG A listing of LUNs detected by the scan process is displayed Verify that the new LUNs appear on the list NOTE The console LUN can be seen without any virtual disks presented The LUN appears as 1 GGAx where x represents the console LUN ID on the controller After the system scans the fabric for devices you can verify the devices with the SHOW DEVICE command SHOW DEVICE NAME OF VIRTUAL DISK FULL For example to display device information on a virtual disk named 1 DGA50 enter SHOW DEVICE 1 DGA50 FULL The fo
110. 125 Installing the Qlogic ISG SMABAr coi teens fe ae tad Dott on oan d Deka crn ie 125 Installing the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator services and MPIO ccceeesceeeeeeteeeeeetseeeeeeteeeeeeeas 125 Configuring the logiciSCSMABA f csteiencentzivbezavieintiexavetel daniceetusepheed seed sanasekiedeniaaelsanbec 125 Adding targets to Qlogic iSCSI lhitiatot ss ce scccecs Gc cectetuls Seda vacndctetoats Seasiwiadaeiloetytansease 126 Presenting LUNs to the Qlogic iSCSIMNNiGtoriccscscuvers wate ese et cs eee lay 127 Installing the HP MPIO Full Featured DSM for EVA c cccceeesseecessceeceeneeeceetteeeecesneeeeneeas 128 Microsoft Windows Cluster support s2n 2cc2encsulncan tere matanoce nd mae eee iets 129 Microsoft Cluster Server for Windows 2003 c ccsccccesesteeceeeneeeceteaeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeenaaees 129 RECO STIS A ois cece As Shae decile ce es ie ote tele ate hin reece Aa a E O aca g wee EEE ae SEEEN 129 Setting the Persistent Reservation registry key c cccccccesceeeseeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeseeeesteeseeeeesensaes 129 Microsoft Cluster Server for Windows 2008 ccccccessssseeeeeeneeeeeseneeeeeteeeeeeneeeeeeteaees 130 REQUITEMONIS AA saviteningmnduady aeyhtoniwdusd nabyneadnesindnhs nab dsaehess 130 Setting MLL omer Us Lars iil 2 h e ceeeneeemen ae eames rr eS ree rte een Or top Rn ROP Te nee ae 131 CHAP Pes CHORE aniso iei e E e E EE EE T EE EE E TEE sare 131 Microsoft Initiator CHAP secret festrichons ax is ciisesctetoieovesieose
111. 2 Customer self repair IGia h o cas ocedegncdnctontenduauaaueandede acy sntiedanteadsGuscadwateadaeeseeensatnauadatedGieaunaaetneedteade 82 Partsonly Warranty Services i ci lt inaincemnents E E E ean 82 Best practices for replacing hardware COMPONENTS cccccceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeseeaeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeens 82 Component replacement Videos aitci sartsessntiiiar eda wanda A eaeebenadalaed 82 Verifying component TONGS c c rcrensersanaysndeteend vneasaueneheddaadednehagndedd eoeadednanouededdededduoundevennteod 82 DASA yey the spare IGN ccs scte chee cnc centweped inia EER NEER 82 R placeable Nok re rpertea ete setesgeloteec dies ys aera pe Sees dete i e S EE E E EE dete EEEE EN EEEE EG 83 Replacing the failed component za cascecetetss beereicalvsaieastepreaedieceienycetoreucadentsecienierencetateteanenercanes 85 Replacement I SHUN ONS axed teed pacesosduteresneetoncenceutin covered i GiuetacnsdpetneacvaeubaeGyysdoonAedeeriueahensiondbtanvies 85 5 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines cccccccceceeee 87 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module rules and supported maximums c cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeeeeeeaes 87 HP P6000 Command View and iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module management rules and guidelines 87 HP P63x0 P65x0 EVA storage system SONWONEG xzeca tees cncecetsaiecaicenirenciweiewetsedeieieeleneenneieeneines 87 Fibre Channel over Ethernet switch and fabric SUPPOrt cccccceceeeesceceeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeees
112. 2012 Windows Server 2003 HP MPIO Full Featured Supported Supported DSM for EVA Microsoft generic DSM Supported Supported Preferred Installing the MPIO feature for Windows Server 2012 NOTE Microsoft Windows 2012 includes a separate MIOP feature that requires installation for use Microsoft Windows Server 2012 also includes the iSCSI Initiator Download or installation is not required Installing the MPIO feature for Windows Server 2012 100 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines 1 Check the box for Multipath I O in the Add Features page Figure 37 Add Features page Select features Before You Begin Select one or more features to install on the selected server installation Type Features Description Server Selection 7 Multipath 1 0 along with the Server Roles Cl tania 9 Microsoft Device Specific Module C Media Foundation DSM or a third party DSM E oain prods ppl fx cag mcg Confirmation v EMultipath 1 0 ag ss to a storage device on C Network Load Balancing C Peer Name Resolution Protocol C Quality Windows Audio Video Experience C RAS Connection Manager Administration Kit CM C Remote Assistance C Remote Differential Compression gt E Remote Server Administration Tools 1 of 40 instal C RPC over HTTP Proxy C Simple TCP IP Services vi SMB 1 0 CIFS File Sharing Support Installed 2 Click Next and then click Install 3 After the server reboots add s
113. 232 chap Sets the CHAP secrets See the set CHAP command page 233 fc lt PORT_NUM gt Sets the FC port parameters set FC command page 233 features Applies license keys to the module See the set features command page 234 iscsi lt PORT_NUM gt Sets the iSCSI port parameters See the set iSCSI command page 235 isns Sets the Internet simple name service iSNS parameters See the set iSNS command page 236 mgmt Sets the management port parameters See the set mgmt command page 236 ntp Sets the network time protocol NTP parameters See the set NTP command page 237 properties Configures CLI properties for the module See the set properties command page 237 snmp trap_destinations Sets the simple network management protocol SNMP lt DEST_NUM gt parameters Sets system parameters such as symbolic name and log level See the set SNMP command page 238 system Sets system parameters such as symbolic name and log level See the set system command page 239 vpgroups vpgroup index Sets virtual port groups VPGs on the module See the set VPGroups command page 239 Allows an alias name to be assigned to a presented iSCSI target Authority Admin session Syntax set alias Example MEZ50 lt 2 gt press q or Q Index WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 igqn 1986 03 com hp fcgw 1 igqn 1986 03 com hp fcgw 2 igqn 1986 03 com h
114. 28 bit identifier for each component of an array UUIDs are internal system values that users cannot modify Variable disk capacity that is defined and managed by the array controller and presented to hosts as a disk Can be called Vdisk in the user interface A clone or exact replica of another virtual disk at a particular point in time Only an active virtual disk can be copied A copy immediately becomes the active disk of its own virtual disk family See also active member of a virtual disk family A virtual disk and its snapshot if a snapshot exists constitute a family The original virtual disk is called the active disk When you first create a virtual disk family the only member is the active disk See also active member of a virtual disk family virtual disk copy The level to which user data is protected Redundancy is directly proportional to cost in terms of storage usage the greater the level of data protection the more storage space is required Optimized for O speed and efficient use of physical disk space but provides no data redundancy Optimized for data redundancy and I O speed but uses the most physical disk space Provides a balance of data redundancy I O speed and efficient use of physical disk space 309 Vraid6 W World Wide Name write back caching write caching WWN 310 Glossary Offers the features of Vraid5 while providing more protection for an additional drive failure but uses additi
115. 437 I O Completed 0 260 Command reference Unexpected I O Revd iSCSI Format Errors Header Digest Errors Data Digest Errors Sequence Errors IP Xmit Packets IP Xmit Byte Count IP Xmit Fragments Revd Packets Revd Byte Count Revd Fragments Datagram Reassembly Count Error Packets Fragment Rcvd Overlap IP Fragment Revd Out of Order IP Datagram Reassembly Timeouts TCP Xmit Segment Count TCP Xmit Byte Count TCP Revd Segment Count 686069 TCP Revd Byte Count 74913437 TCP Persist Timer Expirations o TCP Rxmit Timer Expired TCP Rcvd Duplicate Acks TCP Revd Pure Acks TCP Xmit Delayed Acks TCP Xmit Pure Acks TCP Rcvd Segment Errors TCP Rcvd Segment Out of Order TCP Rcvd Window Probes TCP Rcvd Window Updates TCP ECC Error Corections 1 tg 4 H H HH H ta tu g wg OrRFOGCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCCOCCOCO0C oO OO0O0O0C00O000 0 iSCSI Port Statistics iSCSI Port 1LOGE2 Interrupt Count 0 Target Command Count 0 Initiator Command Count 0 MAC Xmit Frames 5 MAC Xmit Byte Count MAC Xmit Multicast Frames MAC Xmit Broadcast Frames MAC Xmit Pause Frames MAC Xmit Control Frames MAC Xmit Deferrals MAC Xmit Late Collisions MAC Xmit Aborted MAC Xmit Single Collisions MAC Xmit Multiple Collisions MAC Xmit Collisions MAC Xmit Dropped Fram O w Ko oO O ODODO Show system Displays module product information including the serial number hardware and software versions port quant
116. 44 initiators _lunmask Displays initiators and the LUNs to which they are mapped See the show initiators LUN mask command page 246 iscsi port _num Displays iSCSI port information and configuration See the show iSCSI command page 247 isns port _num Displays the module s iSCSI name server iSNS configuration show iSNS command page 249 logs Displays the module s logging information See the show logs command page 249 luninfo Displays complete LUN information for a specified target and LUN See the show LUNinfo command page 250 luns Displays LUN information and their targets See the show LUNs command page 251 system Sets system parameters such as symbolic name and log level See the show system command page 261 lunmask Displays LUN mappings See the show lunmask command page 252 memory Displays memory usage See the show memory command page 252 mgmt Displays the module s management port 10 100 configuration See the show mgmt command page 253 ntp Displays the module s network time protocol NTP configuration See the show NTP command page 253 perf byte init_rbyte init_wbyte tgt_rbyte tgt_wbyte Displays module s performance See the show perf command page 254 presented _ targets fc or iscsi Displays targets presented by the module FC iSCSI or both Se
117. 68 1 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 6c Please select a Target from the list above q to quit 0 Index VpGroup Name 1 VPGROUP_1 2 VPGROUP_2 3 VPGROUP_ 3 4 VPGROUP_4 Multiple VpGroups are currently ENABLED Please select a VpGroup from the list above q to quit 1 Index LUN VpGroup 0 0 VPGROUP_1 1 1 VPGROUP_1 2 2 VPGROUP_1 3 3 VPGROUP_1 4 4 VPGROUP_1 5 5 VPGROUP_1 6 6 VPGROUP_1 7 7 VPGROUP_1 8 8 VPGROUP_1 9 9 VPGROUP_1 10 10 VPGROUP_1 11 11 VPGROUP_1 12 12 VPGROUP_1 Please select a LUN presented to the initiator q to quit 12 Index Type Initiator 0 FC 20 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0d 1 FC 20 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0f 2 FCOE 20 00 4 ce 46 fe 62 6d Please select an Initiator to remove a to remove all q to quit 2 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Changes the guest and administrator passwords Authority Admin session 228 Command reference Syntax passwd Ping Example MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt passwd Press q and the ENTER key to abort this command Select password to change 0 guest l admin 1 account OLD password account NEW password 6 128 chars please confirm account NEW password Password has been changed Verifies the connectivity of management and GE ports This command works with both IPv4 and IPv Authority Admin session Syntax ping Example 1 Ping through an iSCSI data port to anoth
118. 6896c 5001438004c6896c 5001438004c6896c 5001438004c6896c 5001438004c68968 Syntax show properties Example 258 Command reference MEZ75 admin gt show properties CLI Properties Inactivty Timer Disabled Prompt String MEZ75 Show SNMP Displays the module s simple network management protocol SNMP and any configured traps Authority None Syntax show snmp Example MEZ75 admin gt show snmp SNMP Configuration Read Community public Trap Community private System Location System Contact Authentication traps Disabled System OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 3873 1 20 System Description HP StorageWorks MEZ75 Show stats Displays the module statistics FC and iSCSI Authority None Syntax show stats Example MEZ75 admin gt show stats FC Port Statistics FC Port Interrupt Count Target Command Count Initiator Command Count Link Failure Count Loss of Sync Count Loss of Signal Count Primitive Sequence Error Count Invalid Transmission Word Count Invalid CRC Error Count FC Port Interrupt Count Target Command Count Initiator Command Count Link Failure Count Loss of Sync Count Loss of Signal Count Primitive Sequence Error Count Invalid Transmission Word Count Invalid CRC Error Count FC1 101689711 0 125680315 FC2 122918453 0 124846653 0 oOoWOO O Commands 259 FC Port FC3 Interrupt Count 292953354 Target Command Count 129313203 Initiator Comman
119. 6G M6612 SAS 660676 001 v Disk drive 300 GB 15K LFF 6G M6612 SAS 583716 001 s Disk drive 400 GB 15K LFF 6G M6612 SAS 660677 001 v Disk drive 450 GB 15K LFF 6G M6612 SAS 583717 001 y Disk drive 600 GB 15K LFF 6G M6612 SAS 583718 001 s Disk drive 500 GB 7 2K SFF 6G M6625 SAS MDL 583714 001 y Disk drive 900 GB 7 2K SFF 6G M6625 SAS MDL 665749 001 s Disk drive 1000 GB 7 2K LFF 6G M6612 SAS MDL 660678 001 v Disk drive 2 TB 7 2K LFF 6G M6612 SAS MDL 602119 001 y Disk drive 3 TB 7 2K LFF 6G M6612 SAS MDL 687045 001 s I O board SAS 2600 519316 001 I O board SAS 2700 519320 001 Voltage Regulator Module VRM 519324 001 Front Unit ID 519322 001 e Power supply 460W 511777 001 s Backplane 12 slot SAS 2600 519317 001 Backplane 25 slot SAS 2700 519321 001 Fan module 519325 001 y Fan module interconnect board 519323 001 Bezel kit 581330 001 Rear power UID 519319 001 E Replacing array components Table 17 Disk enclosure replaceable parts continued External mini SAS Cable 0 5m 408765 001 Rackmount kit 1U 2U 519318 001 For more information about CSR contact your local service provider or see the CSR website htto www hp com go selfrepair To determine the warranty service provided for this product see the warranty information website http www hp com go storagewarrant To order a replacement part contact an HP authorized service provider or see
120. 6l Loading the operating system and software cccccccccceseseeneeeeeeeceseneeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeseesenseeeeeenes 62 Configuring FCAs with the Oracle SAN driver stack cccccesssecceceeeeeteceeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeesseaeeees 62 Configuring Emulex PCAs with the lpfc driver 2 covcunceiancumucaeinesmainacwamendee 62 Configuring Qlogic FCAs with the qla2300 driver ccccccccecceeeeseeneeeeesceeseeeeeeessssaaeees 64 Fabric setup and BONING secesccbafeateettesscastereeterealecere Seeeetitealulexstactacettestedeunairenctsvadphinedieeeetine 65 Oracle StorEdge Traffic Manager MPxlO Oracle Storage Multipathing cccceseeeeeeeees 65 Configuring with Veritas Volume ManOGel sraxceletsanncrcieccceeateenredieisliepnieeatenewbees 66 Configuring virtual disks from the OSE lt n0sciveceadusesecacousdeced ean deudevendcedonendinedernaduesdebidavedeesadveeds 67 Verifying virtual disks from the host catrepeciecaleveridereiealaalecedatswniveducelcenternindiusaeGreerendatecs 68 labeling and partitioning the WeVCSSasrsncescseseravoreswncesereteustneeeneseianbidesaviqeedereeselonesteowels 69 WW CNG si izheciasie cca sihenisawsanu sau setentnabnsduseaduciesedmuntcvenens aiaa e a a a Guid aeS 70 Configuring the EVA with VMware host ServerS cccccceeeeesseeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeescesnseeeeeeeeseteaseees 70 Configuring an ESX server a scesccsagtazeity tasersnaucdesnnday sncnantaene devine noncnanee saeauiedndnenoneclaawecl eaweneudteanedad 70 Se
121. 80 04 c6 89 68 00 00 aa Current Optimized 2 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 6c 00 00 b1 Active Show LUNs Displays LUN information for each target Authority None Syntax show luns Example MEZ75 admin gt show luns z Target WWPN VpGroup 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 68 VPGROUP _ VPGROUP__ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP__ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP__ VPGROUP__ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP__ VPGROUP__ VPGROUP __ VPGROUP __ VPGROUP_ 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 6c VPGROUP _ VPGROUP__ VPGROUP__ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP__ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP _ VPGROUP__ VPGROUP__ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP_ VPGROUP_ oma IA UFWNHERO I NORPRPRPRPRPRPRFRRPRPRPRPRPRBWNHRRRPRPRPRPRPRRPRPRPR OrRPrRPrRPUWOANIHAUNFWNFRFOWDOAOO NFO Commands 251 VPGROUP_3 0 VPGROUP_4 0 Show lunmask Displays all initiators mapped to a user specified LUN Authority None Syntax show lunmask Example MEZ75 admin gt show lunmask Index WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 68 1 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 6c Please select a Target from the list above q to quit 1 Index LUN VpGroup 0 0 VPGROUP_1 1 1 VPGROUP_1 2 2 VPGROUP_1 3 3 VPGROUP 1 4 4 VPGROUP_ 1 5 5 VPGROUP_1 6 6 VPGROUP 1 7 7 VPGROUP_1 8 8 VPGROUP 1 9 9 VPGROUP_1 10 10 VPGROUP_1 11 11 VPGROUP_1 12 12 VPGROUP_1 13 0 VPGROUP_2 14 0 VPGROUP_ 3 15 0 VPGROUP_4 Please select a LUN from the list above q to quit 7 Target 5
122. 98 01 com verware k9S 34c6 lt c4 1 00023d000008 iqn 2004 09 com hp Fr Agent M Settings ymbhba37 C1 T3 L5 Advanced Settings ign 1998 01 com vimmvare b9S 34c6cc41 i9n 2004 09 com hp Fegw mezS0 2 01 5001438004c6a2d9 192 168 4 2 3260 Use the GUI to change policies or you can use the following commands from the CLI ESX 4 x commands e The esxcli nmp device setpolicy device naa 6001438002a56f220001100000710000 psp VMW_PSP_MRU command sets device naa 6001438002a56 220001100000710000 with an MRU multipathing policy e The esxcli nmp device setpolicy device naa 6001438002a56f220001100000710000 psp VMW_PSP_FIXED command sets device naa 6001438002a56 220001100000710000 with a Fixed multipathing policy e The esxcli nmp device setpolicy device naa 6001438002a56 220001100000710000 psp VMW_PSP_RR command sets device naa 6001438002a56 220001100000710000 with a RoundRobin multipathing policy NOTE Each LUN can be accessed through both EVA storage controllers at the same time however each LUN path is optimized through one controller To optimize performance if the LUN multipathing policy is Fixed all servers must use a path to the same controller VMware 71 You can also set the multipathing policy from the VMware Management User Interface MUI by clicking the Failover Paths tab in the Storage Management section and then selecting Edit link for each LUN whose policy you want to modify ESXi 5 x com
123. AA Possible node settings Node 1 Node 2 Node 3 Node 4 A WN When the HP Full Featured DSM for EVA is installed it sets up Persistent Reservation in the registry by default For more information on the HP DSM see http h20000 www 2 hp com bizsupport TechSupport Document ndex jsp contentlype SupportManual amp lang en amp cc us amp doclndexld 64179 amp taskld 101 amp prodTypeld 18964 amp prodSeriesld 421492 Microsoft Cluster Server for Windows 2008 iSCSI Failover clustering is supported on the HP StorageWorks MPX200 Multifunction Router For more information see http technet microsoft com en us library cc754482 aspx Requirements e Operating system Windows Server 2008 Enterprise SP2 R2 x86 x64 e Firmware Minimum version 3 1 0 0 released November 2009 e Initiator Multiple NIC iSCSI HBA ports four recommended one public one private two storage for higher availability and performance o MPIO use HP DSM or the Microsoft Generic DSM HP recommends using the latest available DSM e Connectivity Dual blade configuration for redundancy 130 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Setting up authentication Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP is an authentication protocol used for secure logon between the iSCSI Initiator and iSCSI target CHAP uses a challenge response security mechanism for verifying the identity of an initiator without revealing a secret passwo
124. Advanced button to selectively choose the Local Adapter Source IP and Target Portal The Target Portal IP Address is the iSCSI port to which this initiator connection path is defined Depending on the operating system open Server Manager or Computer Management Select Disk Management Select Action gt Rescan Disks Verify that the newly assigned disk is listed If not a reboot may be required Prepare the disk for use by formatting and partitioning Microsoft MPIO includes support for the establishment of redundant paths to send I O from the initiator to the target For Windows Server 2008 and Microsoft Windows 2012 MPIO is a separate feature that has to be installed separately Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator Version 2 x includes MPIO and has to be selected for installation Setting up redundant paths properly is important to ensure high availability of the target disk Ideally the system would have the paths use separate NIC cards and separate network infrastructure cables switches iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules HP recommends separate target ports Set up the iSCSI Initiator 99 Microsoft MPIO support allows the initiator to log in to multiple sessions to the same target and aggregate the duplicate devices into a single device exposed to Windows Each session to the target can be established using different NICs network infrastructure and target ports If one session fails another session can continue processing I O without i
125. Async Operation add remove or shrink operation retry 232 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Remove Log Full 233 The operation cannot proceed because an Delete the data replication group and DR Groups Exist active data replication group exists retry 234 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Cannot Resolve a Raid Inoperative 235 Data replication destination does not support Ensure both sides of the data Invalid DR Destination the source requested RAID type replication system are the same Redundancy Type firmware and retry 236 This operation is not supported on large The virtual disk must be smaller than Unsupported Large Virtual Disk virtual disks 2 TB to proceed 237 This operation is not supported on thin The operation is not supported on this Unsupported Thin Provisioning provision virtual disks firmware 238 The operation caused a check condition Ensure the EVA is in a good state and SCSI Sensebyte Check Condition retry 239 The EVA ran out of space and a thin Add more disks and retry provision virtual disk needs to expand Unstable Device Configuration 240 The virtual disks have the same disk group Review the supported process of online Same Disk Group and and raid redundancy LUN migration and retry Redundancy 241 Some disk drives are in exception processing Ensure the EVA is in a good state and or the back end is unstabl
126. B Xen configuration Requirements e Switch zoning or controller level SSP must be used to ensure each single path HBA has an exclusive path to its LUNs e All nodes with direct connection to a disk must have the same access paths available to them e Single path HBA server can be in the same fabric as servers with multiple HBAs e In the use of snapshots and snapclones the source virtual disk and all associated snapshots and snapclones must be presented to the single path hosts that are zoned with the same controller In the case of snapclones after the cloning process has completed and the clone becomes an ordinary virtual disk you may present that virtual disk as you would any other ordinary virtual disk HBA configuration e Host 1 is a single path HBA e Host 2 is a dual HBA host with multipathing software See Figure 80 page 159 158 Single path implementation Risks Limitations Single path failure may result in data loss or disk corruption HP P6000 Continuous Access is not supported with single path configurations Single path HBA server is not part of a cluster Booting from the SAN is not supported Figure 80 Xen configuration 1 Network interconnection 5 SAN switch 1 2 Single HBA server Host 1 6 SAN switch 2 3 Dual HBA server Host 2 7 Controller A 4 Management server 8 Controller B Linux 32 bit configuration Requirements Switch zoning or controller level SSP mu
127. C port update Event status is reported as is the update x mb1 3 x x x contents of the FC processor s mailbox 1 2 and 3 registers 139265 QBRPC_ Initialize Entered User Error RPC remote procedure call server initialization entry point 139266 QBRPC_Initialize GetBridge User Error Get System API memory allocation failed Mem Allocation error 139267 QBRPC_Initialize GetBridgeAdv User Error Get System Advanced API memory allocation failed Mem Allocation error 139268 QBRPC_Initialize GetMgmt Mem User Error Get Management API memory allocation failed Allocation error 139269 QBRPC_Initialize GetIscsi User Error Get iSCSI API memory allocation failed Mem Allocation error 139270 OBRPC_Initialize GetIscsiAdv User Error Get iSCSI advanced API memory allocation failed Mem Allocation error 139271 QBRPC_Initialize GetIsns Mem User Error Get iSNS API memory allocation failed Allocation error 139272 QBRPC_Initialize GetFcIntfc User Error Get FC Interface API memory allocation failed Mem Allocation error 139273 QBRPC_Initialize GetFcAdv User Error Get FC Advanced API memory allocation failed Mem Allocation error 139280 QBRPC_Initialize GetFcSfp User Error Failed memory allocation for Get FC SFP API Mem Allocation error 139281 QBRPC_Initialize GetLog Mem User Error Failed memory allocation for Get Log API Allocation error Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages c
128. CD with the HP P6350 P6550 EVA You can download the image from the HP Software Depot at the following URL and burn a CD if needed hitp www software hp com Adding disk drives to the storage system As your storage requirements grow you may be adding disk drives to your storage system Adding new disk drives is the easiest way to increase the storage capacity of the storage system Disk drives can be added online without impacting storage system operation Consider the following best practices to improve availability when adding disks to an array e Set the add disk option to manual e Add disks one at a time waiting a minimum of 60 seconds between disks e Distribute disks vertically and as evenly as possible to all the disk enclosures e Unless otherwise indicated use the SET DISK GROUP command in the HP Storage System Scripting Utility to add new disks to existing disk groups e Add disks in groups of eight e For growing existing applications if the operating system supports virtual disk growth increase virtual disk size Otherwise use a software volume manager to add new virtual disks to applications See the HP Disk Drive Replacement Instructions for the steps to add a disk drive See Replacement instructions page 85 for a link to this document Handling fiber optic cables This section provides protection methods for fiber optic connectors Contamination of the fiber optic connectors on either a transceiver
129. CP Link Status Up Current Link Rate 10Gb Programmed Link Rate Auto WWNN 20 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 43 WWPN 21 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 43 Port ID ef 0d 01 Firmware Revision No 5 02 03 Frame Size 2048 Execution Throttle 256 Connection Mode Point to Point SFP Type 10Gb Enode MAC Address f4 ce 46 fb 0a 43 Fabric Provided MAC Address 0e fc 00 ef 0d 01 VlanId 5 Priority Level 3 Priority GroupId T Priority GroupPercentage 60 FC Port FCOE2 Port Status Enabled Port Mode FCP Link Status Up Current Link Rate 10Gb Programmed Link Rate Auto WWNN 20 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 44 WWPN 21 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 44 Port ID ef 09 01 Firmware Revision No 5 02 03 Frame Size 2048 Execution Throttle 256 Connection Mode Point to Point SFP Type 10Gb Enode MAC Address 4 ce 46 fb 0a 44 Fabric Provided MAC Address Oe fc 00 ef 09 01 Vlanid 5 Priority Level 3 Priority GroupId T Priority GroupPercentage 60 Example 2 MEZ50_02 admin gt show fc FC Port Information FC Port 1 Port Status Enabled Link Status Up Commands 243 Current Link Rate Programmed Link Rate WWNN WWPN Port ID Firmware Revision No Frame Size Execution Throttle Connection Mode FC Port Port Status Link Status Current Link Rate Programmed Link Rate WWNN WWPN Port ID Firmware Revision No Frame Size Execution Throttle Connection Mode Show features 4Gb Auto 20 00 00 c0 dd 00 01 50 21 00 00 c0 dd 00 01 50 00 00 ef 5 01 03 2048 256 Loop 2 Enabled
130. Center Server using administrator privileges b Click the Home icon in the navigation bar In the Solutions and Applications pane click the Update Manager icon to start VUM NOTE Ifthe Solutions and Applications pane is missing the VUM Plug in is not installed on your vCenter Client system Use the vCenter Plug ins menu to install VUM 3 Import the Plug in a Select the Patch Repository tab b Click Import Patches in the upper right corner The Import Patches dialog window will appear c Browse to the extracted HP P6000 VAAI offline bundle file The filename will be in the following format hp _vaaip p6000 xyz zip or hp _vaaip p6000 offline bundle xyz zip where xyz will vary depending on the VAAI Plug in version Select the file and then click Next Wait for the import process to complete e Click Finish Configuring application servers 4 Create a new Baseline set for this offline plug in a Select the Baselines and Groups tab b Above the left pane click Create c In the New Baseline window e Enter a name and a description Example HP P6000 Baseline and VAAI Plug in for HP EVA e Select Host Extension e Click Next to proceed to the Extensions window d In the Extensions window e Select HP EVA VAAI Plug in for VMware vSphere x x where x x represents the plug in version e Click the down arrow to add the plug in in the Extensions to Add panel at the bottom of the display e
131. Click Add under Target Portals Enter the IP address of the iSCSI port of the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module Click Advanced Select the CHAP Login Information check box Enter the CHAP secret for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules discovered iSCSI Initiator in the Target Secret box For example CHAPsecret01 panga f Click OK and the initiator completes Target discovery e Using iSNS for target discovery a Click Add under iSNS Servers b Enter the IP address of the iSNS server c Click OK Click Targets Select the appropriate target for login Click Log On Click Advanced Select the CHAP Login Information check box Enter the CHAP secret for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules discovered iSCSI Initiator in the Target Secret box Click OK Click OK and the initiator completes normal login Enabling CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module discovered iSCSI initiator entry CHAP can be enabled via CLI only To enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules discovered iSCSI Initiator entry using the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s CLI 1 If the iSCSI Initiator is not listed under set chap command 134 a b HP Command View Option add the initiator iqn name string via HP Command View s Add Host tab e Goto HP Command View and select Hosts then select the Add Host tab and enter the iqn name string CLI Option Enter the initiator add command and add the iSCSI Initiator that is about to do discovery 2 If t
132. CoE configuration rules and guidelines Modity load balancing to none load balance none Modify auto failback to disable auto failback disable Add the following lines to cover the 4x00 6x00 8x00 P6000 HP arrays device type scsi options list HP HSV symmetric option symmetric option 0x1000000 NOTE You must enter six spaces between HP and HSV as shown Example HP storage array settings in kernel drv scsi_vhci conf Copyright 2004 Sun Microsystems Inc All rights reserved Use is subject to license terms pragma ident scsi_vhci conf 1 9 04 08 26 SMI name scsi_vhci class root Load balancing global configuration setting load balance none will cause all I O to a given device which supports multipath I O to occur via one path Setting load balance round robin will cause each path to the device to be used in turn load balance none Automatic failback configuration possible values are auto failback enable or auto failback disable auto failback disable For enabling MPxIO support for 3rd party symmetric device need an entry similar to following in this file Just replace the SUN SENA part with the Vendor ID Product ID for the device exactly as reported by Inquiry cmd device type scsi options list SUN SENA symmetric option symmetric option 0x1000000 HHHHHHHH HHH device type scsi options list HP HSV sym
133. Configure iSNS Target Discovery settings optional Figure 61 Connect to host screen SANsurfer iSCSI HBA Manager File Host View Settings Wizards Help Connect Refresh a iSCSI HBA Enter Hostname or IP Address focathost xj ej Connect Clear HBA Port Selection S amp Port 0 ian Port ian Welcome to the HBA port configuration wizard This wizard will help you configure the selected Host HBA ports and its attached target devices HBA ports with the following iSCSI names have been detected on the selected host To proceed with the wizard select an HBA port and click the New button If you do not wish to continue click the Cancel button Select HBA iSCSI Name Serial Number _ Configured oO HBA 0 QLE4062C Por igqn 1991 05 commicrosoftpert3 sanboxcom _ 6840824419353 Yes HBA O QLE40620 Por ign 1991 05 commicrosoftpert3 sanboxcom 6840824419353 g Yes 9 Kolci og _ Save Target Settings Port 1 iqn 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com Adding targets to QLogic iSCSI Initiator To add the HBA Port iSCSI targets 1 Click the green plus sign see Figure 63 page 127 2 Enter the first iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s target port IP address 126 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Figure 63 HBA Port Target Configuration SANsurfer iSC
134. D is green Verify that the power source is working a Verify that the power supplies are working by viewing the power supply LEDs If necessary remove and reinstall the power supplies to verity that they are seated properly b Remove and inspect AC power cords from both power supplies and reconnect them N Diagnostic steps Is the enclosure front fault LED amber Answer Possible Reasons Actions No System functioning properly No action required Yes e Front Status and UID module might e Be sure that the Front Status and UID not be inserted properly might module is undamaged and is fully have a damaged connector or seated might have failed e Check rear fault LEDs to isolate e Possible error condition exists failed component e Contact an authorized service provider for assistance Is the enclosure rear fault LED amber Answers Possible Reasons Actions No Functioning properly No action required Yes Rear power and UID module might not e Be sure that the rear power and UID be inserted properly might have a module is undamaged and is fully damaged connector or might have seated failed F e Contact an authorized service provider for assistance If the disk enclosure does not initialize 169 Is the power on standby button LED amber Is the power supply LED amber e The power on standby button has not been pressed firmly or held long enough e
135. GROUP_1 0 VPGROUP_ 1 VPGROUP_ 2 VPGROUP_ PRR Please select an Initiator from the list above Target 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Show iSCSI Displays iSCSI information for the specified port If you do not specify the port this command displays all ports WWNN WWPN Ol Ol Ol Ol Ol Ol Ol Ol a5 a5 a5 a5 a5 a5 a5 a5 230 50 30 50 30 504 230 50 230 50 30 50 230 50 30 50 01 o1 Ol Ol Ol Ol 243 s43 43 243 43 43 243 43 80 80 80 80 780 80 80 80 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 5d 5d 5d 5d 5d 5d 5d 5d a5 a5 a5 a5 a5 a5 a5 a5 38 38 238 238 3c 23 C 230 73e q to quit ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf2 sanbox com ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf10 sanbox com gt to quit LUN Number 0 1 Authority None Syntax show iscsi port _nun Keywords port nun The number of the iSCSI port to be displayed Example MEZ50 admin gt show iscsi iSCSI Port Information iSCSI Port Port Status Link Status iSCSI Name Firmware Revision Current Port Speed Programmed Port Speed MTU Size Window Size MAC Address GE1 Enabled Up ign 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 0 1 0 0 0 1Gb FDX Auto Normal 327 68 00 23 7d 4 15 a5 Commands 247 IPv4 Address 33 33 52 96 I
136. Ger t enth lt m glicherweise einen Laser der nach den US amerikanischen FDA Bestimmungen und nach IEC 60825 1 als Laserprodukt der Klasse 1 zertifiziert ist Gesundheitssch dliche Laserstrahlen werden nicht emittiert Die Anleitungen in diesem Dokument m ssen befolgt werden Bei Einstellungen oder Durchf hrung sonstiger Verfahren die Uber die Anleitungen in diesem Dokument bzw im Installationshandbuch des Laserger ts hinausgehen kann es zum Austritt gef hrlicher Strahlung kommen Zur Vermeidung der Freisetzung gef hrlicher Strahlungen sind die folgenden Punkte zu beachten Versuchen Sie nicht die Abdeckung des Lasermoduls zu ffnen Im Inneren befinden sich keine Komponenten die vom Benutzer gewartet werden k nnen Benutzen Sie das Laserger t ausschlie lich gem den Anleitungen und Hinweisen in diesem Dokument Lassen Sie das Ger t nur von einem HP Servicepartner reparieren Italian laser notice AN AVVERTENZA AVVERTENZA Questo dispositivo pu contenere un laser classificato come prodotto laser di Classe 1 in conformit alle normative US FDA e IEC 60825 1 Questo prodotto non emette radiazioni laser pericolose L eventuale esecuzione di comandi regolazioni o procedure difformi a quanto specificato nella presente documentazione o nella guida di installazione del prodotto pu causare l esposizione a radiazioni nocive Per ridurre i rischi di esposizione a radiazioni pericolose attenersi alle seguenti precauz
137. HP HSV340 dev dsk c4t0d1 dev rdsk c4to0d ext_bus 5 0 6 0 0 39 13 255 0 fcpdev CLAIMED INTERFACE FCP Device Interface target 8 0 6 0 0 39 13 255 0 0 tgt CLAIMED DEVICE ctl 20 0 6 0 0 39 13 255 0 0 0 sctl CLAIMED DEVICE HP HSV340 dev rscsi c5t0d0 ext_bus 10 0 6 0 0 39 28 0 0 fcparray CLAIMED INTERFACE FCP Array Interface target 9 0 6 0 0 39 28 0 0 0 tgt CLAIMED DEVICE etl 40 0 6 0 0 39 28 0 0 0 0 sctl CLAIMED DEVICE HP HSV340 dev rscsi c10t0odo disk 46 0 6 0 0 39 28 0 0 0 2 sdisk CLAIMED DEVICE HP HSV340 dev dsk c10t0d2 dev rdsk cl10t0d2 disk 47 0 6 0 0 39 28 0 0 0 3 sdisk CLAIMED DEVICE HP HSV340 dev dsk c10t0d3 dev rdsk c10t0d3 disk 48 0 6 0 0 39 28 0 0 0 4 sdisk CLAIMED DEVICE HP HSV340 dev dsk c10tod4 dev rdsk cl10t0d4 disk 49 0 6 0 0 39 28 0 0 0 5 sdisk CLAIMED DEVICE HP HSV340 dev dsk c10t0d5 dev rdsk cl10t0d5 disk 50 0 6 0 0 39 28 0 0 0 6 sdisk CLAIMED DEVICE HP HSV340 dev dsk c10tod dev rdsk c10t0d 6 disk 51 0 6 0 0 39 28 0 0 0 7 sdisk CLAIMED DEVICE HP HSV340 dev dsk c10t0d7 dev rdsk c10t0d7 Creating volume groups on a virtual disk using vgcreate You can create a volume group on a virtual disk by issuing a vgcreate command This builds the virtual group block data allowing HP UX to access the virtual disk See the pvcreate vgcreate and lvcreate man pages for more information about creating disks and file systems Use the following procedure to create a volume group on a virtual disk NOTE Italicized text is for
138. HP P63x0 P65x0 Enterprise Virtual Array User Guide Abstract This document describes the hardware and general operation of the P63x0 P65x0 EVA HP Part Number 5697 2486 Published September 2013 Edition 5 Copyright 2011 2013 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P The information contained herein is subject to change without notice The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein Warranty To obtain a copy of the warranty for this product see the warranty information website http www hp com go storagewarranty Acknowledgments Microsoft and Windows are U S registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Java and Oracle are registered U S trademark of Oracle Corporation or its affiliates Intel and Itanium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries 6 Contents 1 P63x0 P65x0 EVA Wi irinsiinarincadecidatnciedcdutcdadidedadiahidatacechismbasecneneuswes T3 SAS disk SCO SURES ss cidaiciednnaaioieududceocancotonswmecseacedenasundacesuaanudacaioanddasadeasilssSseeademdeseauusisteaesiees 13 Small Form Factor disk enclosure Chassis cccccsseeeccceccsseeeeeecescssuueecccceeeseueseeecsusau
139. I Not Ready Try Again Later 81 The disk volume usage cannot be modified Resolve the condition by adding Minimum Volumes In Disk Group as the minimum number of disks exist in the additional disks and retry the request disk group 82 The controller is currently shutting down No action required Shutdown In Progress 83 The device is not ready to process the Retry the request at a later time request 84 Is Snapshot This is a snapshot virtual disk and cannot be a member of a Continuous Access group No action required 85 Cannot add or remove DR group member Mirror cache must be active for this Vdisk Check controller cache condition An incompatible mirror policy of the virtual disk is preventing it from becoming a member of a Continuous Access group Modify the mirror policy and retry the request 86 HP P6000 Command View has detected this array as inoperative Contact HP Service for assistance Case 1 A virtual disk is in an inoperative state and the request cannot be processed This is due to a loss of cache data from power controller loss or disk drive failure Case 2 The snapclone cannot be associated with a virtual disk that is in an inoperative state HP P6000 Command View has detected this array as inoperative Contact HP Services for assistance Case 3 The snapshot cannot be associated with a virtual disk that is in an inoperative state This is due to a loss o
140. Information selection and data entry is controlled by the OCP push button An allotment of storage space that is available for immediate use such as a peripheral device that is turned on and connected to a server See OCP The portion of the HSV controller termination code display that defines e The two character parameter identifier that is a decimal number in the O through 31 range e The eight character parameter code that is a hexadecimal number See also IDX TC A security interlock where the purpose is to allow e A management agent to control only certain storage systems e Only certain management agents to control a storage system Power distribution module A thermal circuit breaker equipped power strip that distributes power from a PDU to Enterprise Storage System elements Power distribution unit The rack device that distributes conditioned AC or DC power within a rack A unit of storage capacity that is the equivalent of 250 1 125 899 906 842 624 bytes or 1 024 terabytes A disk drive mounted in a drive enclosure that communicates with a controller pair through the device side Fibre Channel loops A physical disk is hardware with embedded software as opposed to a virtual disk which is constructed by the controllers Only the controllers can communicate directly with the physical disks The physical disks in aggregate are called the array and constitute the storage pool from which the controllers create virtual disk
141. ME ATTR_VALUE LIBNAME libvxhpevale so VID HP PID HSV200 HSV210 ARRAY TYPE A A A HP ARRAY NAME EVA4K6K EVA8000 vxdmpadm listapm all grep HP dmphpalua dmphpalua 1 A A A HP Active vxdmpadm listapm dmphpalua Filename dmphpalua APM name dmphpalua APM version 1 Feature VxVM VxVM version 41 Array Types Supported A A A HP Depending Array Types A A A State Active vxdmpadm listenclosure all ENCLR_NAME ENCLR_TYPE ENCLR_SNO STATUS ARRAY TYPE Disk Disk DISKS CONNECTED Disk EVA81000 EVA8100 50001 FE1002709E0 CONNECTED A A A HP By default the EVA I O policy is set to Round Robin For VxVM 4 1 MP1 only one path is used for the I Os with this policy Therefore HP recommends that you change the I O policy to Adaptive in order to use all paths to the LUN on the primary controller Example 4 Setting the I O policy shows the commands you can use to check and change the I O policy 66 Configuring application servers Example 4 Setting the I O policy vxdmpadm getattr arrayname EVA8100 iopolicy ENCLR_ NAME DEFAULT CURRENT EVA81000 Round Robin Round Robin vxdmpadm setattr arrayname EVA81000 iopolicy adaptive vxdmpadm getattr arrayname EVA8100 iopolicy ENCLR_ NAME DEFAULT CURRENT EVA81000 Round Robin Adaptive Configuring virtual disks from the host The procedure used to configure the LUN path to the array depends on the FCA driver For more information see Installing Fibre Cha
142. MS NOTE Once the Qlogic iSCSI HBA is installed the configuration settings for the QLogic iSCSI Initiator must now be set through SMS The QLogic iSCSI HBA will not appear in Microsoft s Network Connection device list Installing the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator services and MPIO To install the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator 1 Access the Microsoft iSCSI Initiation Installation page of the Software Update Installation Wizard Figure 60 page 125 2 Reboot your system Figure 60 Microsoft iSCSI Initiator services screen Software Update Installation Wizard Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Installation ay Microsoft iSCSI Initiator will be upgraded from 2 0x Installation Options F Virtual Port Driver I Initiator Service I Software Initiator lt Back Next gt Cancel IMPORTANT Do not check Microsoft Software Initiator the QLogic initiator resides on the iSCSI HBA Configuring the QLogic iSCSI HBA To configure the QLogic iSCSI HBA 1 Start QLogic SMS either from the desktop icon or through Start Programs and connect to localhost see Figure 61 page 126 Set up the iSCSI Initiator 125 2 Click Yes to start the general configuration wizard see Figure 62 page 126 Use the Wizard fo e Choose iSCSI HBA port to configure the QLogic iSCSI HBA e Configure HBA Port network settings e Configure HBA Port DNS settings optional e Configure SLP Target Discovery settings optional e
143. ND IOCB failed IOCB input output control block command MBO x MB1 x 108050 d QLVerifyMenloFw FC Error FC controller reported a fatal error while processing EXECUTE _COMMAND_IOCB fatal an Execute IOCB command erroLl 108064 d QLGetFwState Get FC Error FC controller reported failure status for a Get Firmware State failed 0 3 Firmware State command SX SX SK SX 118882 d QLIoctlDisable Reset FC Info Request to reset the FC processor adapter received adapter from IOCTL interface 119088 d QLIsrEventHandler LIP FC Info FC loop initialization process LIP occurred The LIP occurred x mailbox1 type is reported as is the contents of the FC Sx processor s mailbox 1 register 119089 d QLIsrEventHandler LIP FC Info FC LIP reset occurred The LIP reset type is reported reset occurred x as is the contents of the FC processor s mailbox 1 mailboxl x register 119090 d QLIsrEventHandler Link FC Info FC link up occurred Event status is reported as is up x mailboxl x the contents of the FC processor s mailbox 1 register 119092 d QLIsrEventHandler Link FC Info FC link up occurred Event status is reported as is mode up x RunTimeMode x the RunTimeMode 0 loop 1 point to point 119093 d QLIsrEventHandler RSCN FC Info An RSCN was received Event status is reported update x rscnInfo x as is the RSCN information 119097 d QLIsrEventHandler Port FC Info F
144. OBJECT TYPE Syntax Integer 0 enabled 1 disabled Access Read only Description Maintain the status of the VP group enabled disabled Sensor table The sensor table lists all the sensors on the module Each table row specifies a single sensor qsrSensorTable Syntax SEQUENCE OF QsrSensorEntry Access Not accessible Description List of all the sensors on the module The table contains as many entries rows as there are sensors qsrSensorEntry Syntax QsrSensorEntry Access Not accessible Description Each entry row corresponds to a single sensor A sensor entry consists of the following sequence of objects qsrSensorType INTEGER qsrSensorIndex Unsigned32 qsrSensoruUnits INTEGER qsrSensorValue Integer32 qsrUpperThreshold Integer32 qsrLowerThreshold Integer32 qsrSensorState INTEGER qsrSensorlype Syntax INTEGER Temperature 1 Access Not accessible Description Type of data being measured by this sensor 278 Simple Network Management Protocol qsrSensorIndex qsrSensorValue Syntax Unsigned32 Access Not accessible Description A positive integer identifying each sensor of a given type qsrSensorUnits Syntax INTEGER Celsius 1 Access Read only Description Unit of measurement for the sensor Syntax Integer32 Access Read only Description Current value of the sensor
145. OTE By default the four VAAI primitives are enabled NOTE The EVA VAAI Plug In is required with vSphere 4 1 in order to permit discovery of the EVA VAAI capability This is not required for vSphere 5 or later 1 Install the XCS controller software 2 Enable the primitives from the ESX server Enable and disable these primitives through the following advanced settings e DataMover HardwareAcceleratedMove full copy e DataMover HardwareAcceleratedInit block zeroing e VMFS3 HarwareAccelerated Locking hardware assisted locking For more information about the vSphere Storage API for Array Integration VAAI see the ESX Server Configuration Guide 3 Install the HP EVA VAAI Plug in For information about installing the VAAI Plug in see Installing the VAAI Plug in page 74 Installing the VAAI Plug in Depending on user preference and environment choose one of the following three methods to install the HP EVA VAAI Plug in e Using ESX host console utilities e vCLI vMA e Using VUM The following table compares the three VAAI Plug in installation methods Table 12 Comparison of installation methods Host Installation Required Operating Client operating VMware method deployment tools System system commands used Scriptable ESX host console N A ESX 4 1 N A esxupdate Yes utilities Local esxcli eva vaaip sh console ESX host console SSH tool such as Any computer runnin
146. On copper Fibre Channel cables the SFP is integrated into the cable connector Table 2 HSV340 360 FC iSCSI controller port status indicators Port Description Fibre Channel switch ports e Green on Normal operation or loopback port e Green flashing Normal online I O activity e Amber on Faulted port disabled due to diagnostics or Portdisable command e Amber flashing Port with no synchronization receiving light but not yet online or segmented port e Off No SFP no cable no license detected Fibre Channel device ports e Green Normal operation e Amber No signal detected or the controller has failed the port e Off No SFP detected On copper Fibre Channel cables the SFP is integrated into the cable connector Controller status LEDs Figure 8 page 25 shows the location of the controller status LEDs Table 3 page 25 describes them NOTE Figure 8 page 25 shows an FC iSCSI controller however the LEDs for the FC FC iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE controllers are identical unless specifically noted Figure 8 Controller status LEDs Table 3 Controller status LEDs ltem LED Indication 1 UID Blue LED identifies a specific controller within the enclosure or identifies the FC iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module within the controller 2 Green LED indicates controller health LED flashes green during AY boot and becomes solid green after boot Controller
147. Oracle SAN driver stack see the latest MPxIO application notes or contact your HP representative Update instructions depend on the version of your OS e For Solaris 9 install the latest Oracle StorEdge SAN software with associated patches To locate the software log into My Oracle Support https support oracle com CSP ui flash html 1 Select the Patches amp Updates tab and then search for StorEdge SAN Foundation Software 4 4 formerly called StorageTek SAN 4 4 2 Reboot the host after the required software patches have been installed No further activity is required after adding any new LUNs once the array ports have been configured with the cfgadm c command for Solaris 9 Examples for two FCAs cfgadm c configure c3 cfgadm c configure c4 3 Increase retry counts and reduce I O time by adding the following entries to the etc system file set ssd ssd_retry_ count 0xa set ssd ssd_ io time 0xle 4 Reboot the system to load the newly added parameters e For Solaris 10 go to the Oracle Software Downloads website http www oracle com technetwork indexes downloads index html to install the latest patches Under Servers and Storage Systems select Solaris 10 Reboot the host once the required software patches have been installed No further activity is required after adding any new LUNs as the controller and LUN recognition are automatic for Solaris 10 1 For Solaris 10 x86 64 ensure patch 138889 03 or later is inst
148. P Command View Add Host tab Go to HP Command View and select Hosts then select the Add Host tab and enter the iqn name string e CLI Option Enter the initiator add command and add the iSCSI Initiator that is about to do discovery b If the iSCSI Initiator is listed under the set chap command then enable CHAP secret For example CHAPsecret01 e Select the index of the iSCSI Initiator e To Enable CHAP select O then enter the CHAP secret Enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller iSCSI port a To enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller iSCSI port using HP P6000 Command View e Select the appropriate iSCSI Controller then select the IP Ports tab then select the appropriate IP Port e Under Security select Enabled in CHAP Status then enter the CHAP Secret For example hpstorageworks e Click the Save Changes tab to save the changes b To enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller iSCSI port using the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller CLI e Enter the set chap command e Select the appropriate Portal iqn name index that the initiator will log in to e Select O to enable CHAP e Enter a CHAP secret For example hpstorageworks Set up the iSCSI Initiator 139 3 Enable CHAP for the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator a b c d m n O Click the General tab Click Secret in the middle of the screen Click Reset Enter the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller iSCSI Prese
149. P authorized service provider for assistance There is a feature in the HP P6000 Control Panel that enables the controllers to boot automatically when power is applied after a full shutdown See the HP P6000 Control Panel online help or user guide for details about setting this feature To further clarity the use of this feature e If this feature is disabled and you turn on power to the array from the rack power distribution unit PDU only the disk enclosures boot up With this feature enabled the controllers will also boot up making the entire array ready for use e If after setting this feature you remove the management module from its slot and reinsert it to reset power or you restart the management module from the HP P6000 Control Panel only the controllers will automatically boot up after a full shutdown In this scenario you must ensure that the disk enclosures are powered up first otherwise the controller boot up process may be interrupted e After setting this HP P6000 Control Panel feature if you have to shut down the array perform the following steps 1 Use HP P6000 Command View to shut down the controllers and disk enclosures 2 Turn off power from the rack power distribution unit PDU 3 Turn on power from the rack PDU After startup of the management module the controllers will automatically start Restarting the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module 42 If you determine that the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules must be r
150. P storage The reason for doing this is to prevent the RPM from overwriting any settings that another vendor may be using You can skip the detection process by setting the environmental variable HPQLAX00FORCE to y by issuing the following commands HPQLA2X00FORCE y export HPQLA2X00FORCE You can also use the F option of the INSTALL script by entering the following command 56 Configuring application servers INSTALL F Compiling the driver for multiple kernels If your system has multiple kernels installed on it you can compile the driver for all the installed kernels by setting the INSTALLALLKERNELS environmental variable to y and exporting it by issuing the following commands INSTALLALLKERNELS y export INSTALLALLKERNELS You can also use the a option of the INSTALL script as follows INSTALL a Uninstalling the Linux components To uninstall the components use the INSTALL script with the u option as shown in the following example INSTALL u To manually uninstall all components or to uninstall just one of the components use one or all of the following commands rpm e fibreutils rpm e hp qla2x00 rpm e hp gqla2x00sre Using the source RPM In some cases you may have to build a binary hp_qla2x00 RPM from the source RPM and use that manual binary build in place of the scripted hp_qla2x00src RPM You need to do this if your production servers do not have the kernel sources and gcc installe
151. Pv4 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 IPv4 Gateway Address O 2 0 0 0 IPv4 Target TCP Port No 3260 IPv4 VLAN Disabled IPv6 Address 1 i IPv6 Address 2 IPv6 Link Local fe80 223 7qdff fef4 15a5 IPv6 Default Router gee IPv6 Target TCP Port No 3260 IPv VLAN Disabled iSCSI Max First Burst 65536 iSCSI Max Burst 262144 iSCSI Header Digests Disabled iSCSI Data Digests Disabled iSCSI Port GE2 Port Status Enabled Link Status Up iSCSI Name ign 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 1 Firmware Revision 10030 Current Port Speed 1Gb FDX Programmed Port Speed Auto MTU Size Normal Window Size 32768 MAC Address 00 23 7d 4 15 a6 IPv4 Address 33 33 52 97 IPv4 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 IPv4 Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 IPv4 Target TCP Port No 3260 IPv4 VLAN Disabled IPv6 Address 1 i Pv6 Address 2 IPv6 Link Local fe80 223 7qdff fef4 15a6 IPv6 Default Router zis IPv6 Target TCP Port No 3260 IPv6 VLAN Disabled iSCSI Max First Burst 65536 iSCSI Max Burst 262144 iSCSI Header Digests Disabled iSCSI Data Digests Disabled iSCSI Port GE3 Port Status Enabled Link Status Up iSCSI Name ign 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 2 Firmware Revision 1 0 0 0 Current Port Speed 1Gb FDX Programmed Port Speed Auto MTU Size Normal Window Size 32768 MAC Address 00 23 7d 4 15 a7 IPv4 Address 0 0 0 0 IPv4 Subnet Mask 03 00 0 IPv4 Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 Pv4 Target TCP Port No 3260 Pv4 VLAN Disabled Pv6 Address 1 zi Pv6 Address 2 Pv6 Li
152. QLDisable QLRebootTimer failed AF x RS x Time d iSCSI Fatal Port disable reboot timer failed 69966 d QLEnable QLRebootTimer failed AF x RS x Time d iSCSI Fatal Port enable reboot timer failed 70224 3d QLProcSrblessiSNSResponse Invalid handle x iSCSI Fatal iSNS response contains an invalid handle 70400 d QLInitializeDevice QLStartAdapter failed iSCSI Fatal Start iSCSI processor failed 70417 3d QLInitializeAdapter QLInitializeFW failed iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor firmware initialization failed 70432 3d QLDoInterruptServiceRoutine PortFatal interrupt PortFatalErrorStatus CSR 08x AS x AF x 08x iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor port fatal error 70448 d QLStartAdapter QLRebootTimer failed AF x RS x Time d iSCSI Fatal Start iSCSI processor reboot timer failed 70489 d QLIsrDecodeMailbox System Error 8002 MB 1 7 S04x 04x 04x 04X 04x S04x 04x iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor fatal system error 70501 70502 d QLProcessResponseQueue Invalid entry type in response queue x d QLProcessResponseQueue Invalid handle x EntryType SX iSCSI iSCSI Fatal Fatal Response queue invalid entry type Response queue invalid handle for specified entry type 70524 70544 d QLProcessAen Invalid event x d QLRebootTimer failed
153. Reboot iSCSI iSCSI Fatal Fatal Asynchronous event for unknown event type Reboot timer failed 289 Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continued 70563 d QLRebootTimer Reboot iSCSI Fatal iSCSI driver missed iSCSI processor heartbeat failed iSCSI processor rebooted 70564 d QLRebootTimer Reboot iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor failed to complete operation before failed timeout 70609 d QLRebootTimer Reboot iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor system error restart failed 70610 d QLProcessSystemError iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor reboot failed RebootHba failed 70784 d QLConfigChip invalid iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor NVRAM invalid checksum error NVRAM 70835 d QLStartFw iSCSI Fatal iSCSI controller Set Flash command failed MBOX CMD SET FLASH failed SX 70836 d QLStartFw Invalid Fw iSCSI Fatal iSCSI controller failed to load firmware loader state 0x x 70837 d QLStartFw Load Fw iSCSI Fatal iSCSI controller firmware load operation timed out loader timeout 70938 d ql_adapter_up Failed iSCSI Fatal iSCSI controller failed to initialize to initialize adapter 72351 d iSCSI Fatal iSCSI controller reported that an SNS response had QLProcSrblessiSNSResponse an invalid handle Invalid handle x 73990 d QLUtmIoctlEnable iSCSI Error iSCSI processor failed firmware initia
154. Report the error to product support Nonexistent Group 203 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Invalid Asynch Log Size 204 Failed to reserve additional space for data Report the error to product support Reserve Asynch Log Capacity replication log disk capacity 205 Data replication operation attempted while Change data replication group in asynchronous mode asynchronous mode and retry operation 206 Instant Restore In Progress An instant restore operation is in progress on this virtual disk or another related virtual disk Retry request later after instant restore has completed The DR Group Is Not Suspended 207 Cannot perform this operation on a mirror No action required Mirror Clone clone device 208 Cannot perform operation while mirror clone No action required Mirror Clone Synchronizing is resynchronizing 209 Cannot perform operation because device No action required Has Mirror Clone or associated device is a mirror clone 210 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Invalid Remote Node 211 Cannot perform Instant Restore operation No action required Incompatible Instant Restore because device or associated device is a Node mirror clone 212 Cannot perform an Instant Restore operation Suspend data replication group and because data replication group is NOT suspended retry operation 213 Snap
155. SI HBA Manager File Host View Settings Wizards Help O Connect Refresh ISCSIHBA Port Options Target Options Statistics Diagnostics IE Host pert3 HBA 0 QLE4062C Ready S amp Port 0 iqn 1991 05 com microsoftperf3 sanbox corn amp Port 1 iqn 1991 05 com microsoftper3 sanbox com P Address IPv4 Target Address D IPv6 Target Address 56 HBA Model QLE4062C iSCSI Port Alias Name State RE tev adaress 3 a 62 19 HBA iSCSI Name iqn 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com Target Discovery Config Discovered Targets Target Settings Target Information Greyed out entries are Potential Boot devices and cannot be modified Target Configuration a saved blank iSCSI Name will issue a SendTargets command Disable of Auto discover does not apply to SendTargets with CHAP entries Note Right click on entry for additional features v Auto bind Discovered Targets Auto discover Re discover prior SendTargets on save Bind Bien Dynamic IP Address iSCSI Name Target ID Alias State 0 0 0 0 NA ONA Reserved for Fast 0 0 0 0 NA 1 NA Reserved for Fast v v LJ 33 33 52 78 _ iqn 2004 09 com 2 Session Active J v v LJ 33 33 52 79 iqn 2004 09 com 3l Session Active v w 0 0 0 0 4l Not Saved
156. SI ports with no IP address erases presentations and erases discovered initiators and targets 1 Use a pointed nonmetallic tool to press the maintenance button Release the button after twenty seconds and observe twenty extended flashes of the MEZZ status LED 2 The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module boots and is restored to factory defaults HSV controller cabling All data cables and power cables attach to the rear of the controller Adjacent to each data connector is a two colored link status indicator Table 1 page 25 identifies the status conditions presented by these indicators NOTE These indicators do not indicate whether there is communication on the link only whether the link can transmit and receive data The data connections are the interfaces to the disk drive enclosures the other controller and the fabric Fiber optic cables link the controllers to the fabric and if an expansion cabinet is part of the configuration link the expansion cabinet drive enclosures to the loops in the main cabinet HSV controller cabling 29 Y cables Figure 12 page 30 are used to connect the P6500 EVA and enable each controller data port to act as two ports Figure 12 P6500 Y cable 1 Pull tab may also be a release bar 2 Port number label Storage system racks All storage system components are mounted in a rack Each configuration includes one controller enclosure holding both controllers the controller pair and the disk
157. See EMI See ESD In a disk enclosure a device such as a power supply disk fan blower or O module The object can be controlled interrogated or described by the enclosure services process Electromagnetic Interference The impairment of a signal by an electromagnetic disturbance Environmental Monitoring Unit An element which monitors the status of an enclosure including the power air temperature and blower status The EMU detects problems and displays and reports these conditions to a user and the controller In some cases the EMU implements corrective action A unit used to hold various storage system devices such as disk drives controllers power supplies I O modules or fans blowers An Enterprise storage system bus that interconnects and identifies controller enclosures and disk drive enclosures by their physical location Enclosures within a reporting group can exchange environmental data This bus uses enclosure ID expansion cables to assign enclosure numbers to each enclosure Communications over this bus do not involve the Fibre Channel drive enclosure bus and are therefore classified as out of band communications One of the vertical rack mounting positions where the enclosure is located The positions are numbered sequentially in decimal numbers starting from the bottom of the cabinet Each disk enclosure has its own enclosure number A controller pair shares an enclosure number If the system has an expansion rack
158. The supplied class code is of an unknown Report the error to product support Invalid Function Invalid Class type This can be caused by a user or program error 8 The function code specified with the class Report the error to product support code is of an unknown type 9 Invalid Logical Disk Block State This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support 10 Invalid Loop Configuration This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support 1 Invalid parameter There are insufficient resources to fulfill the request the requested value is not supported or the parameters supplied are invalid This can indicate a user or program error Report the error to product support 180 Error messages Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value 12 Invalid Parameter handle Meaning The supplied handle is invalid This can indicate a user error program error or a storage cell in an uninitialized state In the following cases the storage cell is in an uninitialized state but no action is required Storage cell discard informational message Storage cell look up object count informational message Storage cell look up object informational message How to correct In the following cases the message can occur because the operation is not allowed when the storage cell is in an uninitialized state If you se
159. The system midplane and or power button LED assembly might need to be replaced Answer Possible Reasons Possible Solutions No System functioning properly No action required Yes Firmly press the power on standby button and hold for approximately three seconds Be sure that all components are fully seated Contact an authorized service provider for assistance e This supply is not receiving AC power but the other supply is receiving AC power NOTE Itis possible for one power supply to show a green status and the other supply to show an amber status e Power supply might not be inserted properly might have a damaged connector or might have failed Is the I O module fault LED amber Answers Possible Reasons Actions No e Both power cords not connected or e Remove and inspect the AC power AC power is unavailable cords from both power supplies and e Power supply functioning properly reconnect them e No action required Yes e Verify AC input power e Contact an authorized service Be sure that the power supply is undamaged and is fully seated Be sure that all pins on connectors and components are straight provider for assistance 170 Troubleshooting e The I O module has failed e Other fault condition exists Answer Possible Reasons Possible Solutions No Functioning properly No action required Yes e The I O module is locked e Make sure that the I O mod
160. Tree Mismatch Cannot start an Instant Restore operation because the virtual disks are not in a Business Copy sharing relationship Report the error to product support Max Instant Restores 214 Cannot start an Instant Restore operation on Report the error to product support Original Logical Disk the original virtual disk 215 The drive is in the process of regenerating Retry the request later LDAD Downgraded reverting or missing 216 Not enough quorum disks for redundancy Report the error to product support Insufficient Quorums to do drive code load 217 The requested operation has already been No action required Already Complete completed 218 A drive is in maintenance mode Take drive out of maintenance mode Maintenance Mode and retry command 219 A drive or associated drive in the tree which Retry the request later Deleting Invalid Snapshots is a snapshot is being deleted 220 A data replication device is transitioning Retry the request later Temporary Sync Set from async sync or sync async 221 Maximum Instant Restores in progress Need Wait for an Instant Restore to finish to wait for one to finish then retry the request 194 Error messages Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value 222 Fail Not Locked Meaning Storage Cell Not Locked The requestor must have a valid command lock before attempting this command How to correct
161. UNs with any other HBAs e In the use of snapshots and snapclones the source virtual disk and all associated snapshots and snapclones must be presented to the single path hosts that are zoned with the same controller In the case of snapclones after the cloning process has completed and the clone Oracle Solaris configuration 155 becomes an ordinary virtual disk you may present that virtual disk as you would any other ordinary virtual disk e HBA must be properly configured to work in a single HBA server configuration The user is required to o Download and extract the contents of the TAR file HBA configuration e Host 1 is a single path HBA host e Host 2 is a multiple HBA host with multipathing software See Figure 78 page 156 Risks e Single path failure may result in loss of data accessibility and loss of host data that has not been written to storage e Controller shutdown results in loss of data accessibility and loss of host data that has not been written to storage NOTE For additional risks see Oracle Solaris page 165 Limitations e HP P6000 Continuous Access is not supported with single path configurations e Single path HBA server is not part of a cluster e Booting from the SAN is not supported Figure 78 Oracle Solaris configuration 1 Network interconnection 5 SAN switch 1 2 Single HBA server Host 1 6 SAN switch 2 3 Dual HBA server Host 2 7 Controller A 4 Managemen
162. Up 4Gb Auto 20 00 00 c0 dd 00 01 51 21 00 00 c0 dd 00 01 51 00 00 ef 5 01 03 2048 256 Loop Displays any features that have been licensed Authority None Syntax show features Example MEZ50 lt 1 gt gt show features No Feature Keys exist in the system Show initiators Displays SCSI initiator information for iSCSI FC or both Authority None Syntax show fc features 1Scs1 Keywords fe Specifies the display of FC initiators iscsi Specifies the display of iSCSI initiators Example 1 MEZ50_02 admin gt show initiators Initiator Information Initiator Name ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf10 sanbox com Alias IP Address 33 233 52 87 33 33 52 11 Status Logged In OS Type Windows Initiator Name ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf2 sanbox com Alias IP Address 33 33 52 20 33 33 52 68 Status Logged In 244 Command reference OS Type Windows Initiator Name ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com Alias IP Address 3 32 03 3502 hd jo 334 332 52 16 Status Logged In OS Type Windows Initiator Name ign 1995 12 com attotech xtendsan sanlabmac s09 Alias IP Address 0205200 Status Logged Out OS Type Mac OS X Example 2 MEZ75 admin gt show initiators Initiator Information WWNN 20 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0d WWPN 21 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0d Port ID ef 0b 01 Status Logged In Type FCOE OS Type Windows2008 WWNN 20 00 00 c0 dd 10 f7 0f WWPN 21 00 00 c0 dd 1
163. When the reset is completed the green LED turns solid This sets IP addresses of 192 168 0 1 24 IPv4 and fd50 f2eb a8a 7 48 IPv6 IMPORTANT At initial setup you cannot browse to the HP P6000 Control Panel until you perform this step Do one of the following e Temporarily connect a LAN cable from a private network to the management module e Temporarily connect a laptop computer directly to the management module using a LAN patch cable Browse to https 192 168 0 1 2373 orhttps d50 f2eb a8a 7 2373 and log in as an HP EVA administrator HP recommends that you either change or delete the default IPv4 and IPv addresses to avoid duplicate address detection issues on your network The default user name is admin No password is required during the initial setup The HP P6000 Control Panel GUI appears IMPORTANT If you change the password for the administrator or user account for the HP P6000 Control Panel be sure to record the new passwords since they cannot be cleared without resetting the management module HP recommends that you change the default passwords Select Administrator Options gt Configure Network Options Enter an IP address and other network settings that apply NOTE The reserved internal IP addresses are 10 253 251 230 through 10 253 251 249 Click Save Changes The IP address changes immediately causing you to lose connectivity to the HP P6000 Control Panel The new IP address
164. Where applicable an OS specitic section is included to provide more information Clustering Clustering is connecting two or more computers together so that they behave like a single computer Clustering is used for parallel processing load balancing and fault tolerance See the HP P6000 Enterprise Virtual Array Compatibility Reference for the clustering software supported on each operating system See Related documentation page 197 for the location of this document Clustering is not supported on Linux or VMware NOTE For OpenVMS you must make the Console LUN ID and OS unit IDs unique throughout the entire SAN not just the controller subsystem Multipathing Multipathing software provides a multiple path environment for your operating system See the following website for more information http h18006 www 1 hp com products sanworks multipathoptions index html See the HP P6000 Enterprise Virtual Array Compatibility Reference for the multipathing software supported on each operating system See Related documentation page 197 for the location of this document Installing Fibre Channel adapters For all operating systems supported Fibre Channel adapters FCAs must be installed in the host server in order to communicate with the EVA NOTE Traditionally the adapter that connects the host server to the fabric is called a host bus adapter HBA The server HBA used with the storage systems is called a Fibre Chann
165. a egelevasse kogumispunkti K simuste korral p rduge kohaliku pr gik itlusettev tte poole Finnish recycling notice Kotitalousj tteiden h vitt minen Euroopan unionin alueella T m symboli merkitsee ett laitetta ei saa h vitt muiden kotitalousj tteiden mukana Sen sijaan sinun on suojattava ihmisten terveytt ja ymp rist toimittamalla k yt st poistettu laite s hk tai elektroniikkaj tteen kierr tyspisteeseen Lis tietoja saat jatehuoltoyhtidlta French recycling notice Mise au rebut d quipement par les utilisateurs priv s dans l Union Europ enne Ce symbole indique que vous ne devez pas jeter votre produit avec les ordures m nag res Il est de votre responsabilit de prot ger la sant et l environnement et de vous d barrasser de votre quipement en le remettant une d chetterie effectuant le recyclage des quipements lectriques et lectroniques Pour de plus amples informations prenez contact avec votre service d limination des ordures m nag res German recycling notice Entsorgung von Altger ten von Benutzern in privaten Haushalten in der EU Dieses Symbol besagt dass dieses Produkt nicht mit dem Haushaltsmill entsorgt werden darf Zum Schutze der Gesundheit und der Umwelt sollten Sie stattdessen Ihre Altgerate zur Entsorgung einer daf r vorgesehenen Recyclingstelle f r elektrische und elektronische Ger te bergeben Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie von Ihrem Entsorgungsunt
166. a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so WARNING The following command might cause a loss of connections to the MGMT port IPv4 Interface 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled IPv4 Mode 0 Static 1 DHCP 2 Bootp 3 Rarp Dhcp IPv6 Interface 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled IPv6 Mode 0 Manual 1 AutoConfigure Manual 1 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Example 2 The following example shows how to use the set mgmt command to set a static address MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt set mgmt A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so WARNING The following command might cause a loss of connections to the MGMT port IPv4 Interface 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled IPv4 Mode 0 Static 1 DHCP 2 Bootp 3 Rarp Static IPv4 Address 172 17 136 86 TPv4 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 IPv4 Gateway 172 17 136 1 IPv6 Interface 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Set NTP Configures the NTP parameters Authority Admin session Syntax set ntp Example MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt
167. a rack A fiber optic cable that has connectors installed on one or both ends General use of these cable assemblies includes the interconnection of multimode fiber optic cable assemblies with either LC or SC type connectors e When there is a connector on only one end of the cable the cable assembly is referred to as a pigtail e When there is a connector on each end of the cable the cable assembly is referred to as a jumper Corrective action code An HP P6000 Command View graphical user interface GUI display component that defines the action required to correct a problem See also read caching mirrored caching write caching High speed memory that sets aside data as an intermediate data buffer between a host and the storage media The purpose of cache is to improve performance See battery A drive enclosure compatible assembly containing a disk drive or other storage devices An intelligent device that requests the services from other intelligent devices In the context of HP P6000 Command View a client is a computer used to access the software remotely using a supported browser A full copy of a volume usable by an application See console LUN A three element code generated by the EMU in the form where e t is the element type a hexadecimal number en Is the element number a decimal number and ec is the condition code a decimal number 299 console LUN console LUN ID container controller contro
168. aaeeeeeess 13 Ront VIEWS oases i s aE E E N IAEE AO EET E uaa E ET E OTE TSE 13 Rear VEW ineei inaa A A E E aA AAT 14 Drive bay MA SUING oisss seem teatadete rea yserserescitercamaneetacetusionastewestaouseonnedonsestacecereraiaaaiteetia 14 Large Form Factor disk enclosure choses cnceteriiciccaxiconsauesilarccaviecxainerersdeeceneiaSletepicceniaels 14 RONN EW oaeen e EEE E T E E E E ENS E OA E seis ATE 14 Redr CW sxsihwbicouceatcarsenieudua a A R a are a inire iieii 15 Drive bay UPD STING x cestinccd cieuieiensiociatar aiiai iin EE E E E EE E E E a 15 Diskdrive sranane UROy EM INR HET TED Terrie rarer nya rene y werTen 15 Diskdrive aD Seer nent ren ane Tte e Reer P ENOTES tee Pree ee nT ane te or env E er te ener ae 15 DINES EN o La I 16 Front status and UID te il goose ns cocsonctavictanieacaptonad neha choteieussad trr eses Raced onoae 16 Front UID module LEDS 2 in sasis erenadnnctiotonnteeawasaiacunetantnasaaansaiadedandtanpimedeidedendeasiiaGoawedatede 16 Unit identification UID Biton ssscccisisiveastvaaiasniaaddaniadiieie hand aiaiaiaienaehaaiiies 17 Power supply NN Sb ae tareersetaceedlerecosisnaeediacotes vaneseroes teva deeaverede an tqcuedamusanectedsecconse eeu eeceoess 17 Powersupply lED eiiies sinpi bts nsivedexal AauedcubicaleialnGcrwiaeeedacaliarndeteatderalesiend ecard 17 Relan oo 1 CIE 17 Fan mod le lED onsi acest cher cennara aE ra Ear r aaa ri irai iaka 18 PF TGC E 18 AOR 1N i D 19 Rear power and UID module
169. address Uncorrectable Ecc 081x provided in log message system is rebooting in 5 secs n 233474 Failed to register System Fatal Attempt to register the interrupt handler failed interrupt handler n 233475 s class simple create System Fatal Failed class simple create system call from failed n memory monitor initialization routine 237572 Failed to kill sys killer System Error Failed to kill system task da n 237573 Temperature over high System Error Module temperature has exceeded the high threshold d temperature threshold 249862 Temperature is back to System Info Module temperature has returned to the normal normal range d operating range 297 Glossary This glossary defines terms used in this guide or related to this product and is not a comprehensive glossary of computer terms Symbols and numbers 3U pm A active member of a virtual disk family adapter AL PA allocation policy ALUA ambient temperature ANSI arbitrated loop arbitrated loop physical address arbitrated loop topology array array controller array controller failover array based management 298 Glossary A unit of measurement representing three U spaces U spacing is used to designate panel or enclosure heights Three U spaces is equivalent to 5 25 inches 133 mm See also rack mounting unit A symbol for micrometer one millionth of a meter For example
170. al on filesystem Disk auto mounted by OS Switch failure Short term I O suspended possible data loss Long term I O halts with I O errors Controller failure Short term I O suspended possible data loss Long term I O fails over to alternate storage controller if visible by zoning Otherwise I O halts with I O errors data loss Can require a server reboot for full recovery Controller restart Short term I O suspended possible data loss Long term I O fails over to alternate storage controller if visible by zoning Otherwise I O halts with I O errors data loss Can require a server reboot for full recovery Server path failure Storage path failure 168 Single path implementation Short term I O suspended possible data loss Long term I O halts with I O errors data loss Can require a server reboot for full recovery Short term I O suspended possible data loss Long term I O fails over to alternate storage controller if available Otherwise O halts with I O errors Can require a server reboot for full recovery 7 Troubleshooting If the disk enclosure does not initialize IMPORTANT After a power failure the system automatically returns to the lastpowered state On or Off when A C power is restored 1 Ensure that the power on standby button was pressed firmly and held for approximately three seconds Verify that the power on standby button LE
171. alled For SPARC ensure patch 138888 03 or later is installed 2 Increase the retry counts by adding the following line to the kernel drv sd conf file sd config list HP HSV retries timeout 10 3 Reduce the I O timeout value to 30 seconds by adding the following line to the etc system file set sd sd_io time 0xle 4 Reboot the system to load the newly added parameters Configuring Emulex FCAs with the lpfc driver 62 To configure Emulex FCAs with the lpfc driver Configuring application servers Ensure that you have the latest supported version of the lpfc driver see http www hp com storage spock You must sign up for an HP Passport to enable access For more information on how to use SPOCK see the Getting Started Guide http h20272 www2 hp com Pages spock overview introduction html Edit the following parameters in the kernel drv 1pfc conf driver configuration file to set up the FCAs for a SAN infrastructure topology 2 scan down 0 nodev tmo 60 linkdown tmo 60 If using a single FCA and no multipathing edit the following parameter to reduce the risk of data loss in case of a controller reboot nodev tmo 120 If using Veritas Volume Manager VxVM DMP for multipathing single or multiple FCAs edit the following parameter to ensure proper VxVM behavior no device delay 0 In a fabric topology use persistent bindings to bind a SCSI target ID to the world wide port name WWPN of an arr
172. als page on the Business Support Center website http www hp com support manuals In the Storage section click Disk Storage Systems and then select HP P6300 P6500 Enterprise Virtual Array Systems under P6000 EVA Disk Arrays Websites e HP htto www hp com e HP Storage htto www hp com go storage e HP Partner Locator http www hp com service locator Contacting HP 197 e HP Software Downloads htto www hp com support manuals e HP Software Depot http www software hp com e HP Single Point of Connectivity Knowledge SPOCK http www hp com storage spock e HP SAN manuals http www hp com go sdgmanuals Typographic conventions Table 28 Document conventions Convention Element Blue text Table 28 page 198 Cross reference links and e mail addresses Blue underlined text hitp www hp com Website addresses Bold text e Keys that are pressed e Text typed into a GUI element such as a box e GUI elements that are clicked or selected such as menu and list items buttons tabs and check boxes Italic text Text emphasis Monospace text e File and directory names e System output e Code e Commands their arguments and argument values Monospace italic text e Code variables e Command variables Monospace bold text Emphasized monospace text Indication that the example continues An alert that calls attention to important information that if
173. alue Meaning How to correct Storage system could not be locked System busy Try command again 95 The remote Continuous Access group Correctly select the remote Continuous Unknown remote DR group specified does not exist Access group retry the request 96 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support PLDMC failed 97 Another process has already taken the SCMI Retry the request later lock on the storage system The DR operation can only be completed when the source destination connection is down If you are doing a destination DR deletion make sure the connection link to the source DR system is down or do a failover operation to make this system the source 98 While the request was being performed an Resolve the condition and retry the Error on remote storage system error occurred on the remote storage system request 99 The request failed because the operation Resolve the condition and retry the cannot be performed on a Continuous Access connection that is up request Maximum logins 100 The management software is unable to log The storage system password may Login required password into the device as the password has have been re configured or removed changed changed The management software must be used to set the password up to match the device so communication can proceed 101 The maximum number of login sessions Log out of a management agent
174. and the LUNs by Selective Storage Presentation SSP allows for multiple single path HBAs to reside in the same server A single path HBA server with the OpenVMS operating system should be zoned with two EVA controllers See the HP SAN Design Reference Guide at the following HP website for additional information about zoning http h18006 www 1 hp com products storageworks san documentation html To connect a single path HBA server to a SAN switch 1 Plug one end of the Fibre Channel cable into the HBA on the server 2 Plug the other end of the cable into the switch Figure 73 page 151 and Figure 74 page 151 represent configurations containing both single path HBA server and dual HBA server as well as a SAN appliance connected to redundant SAN switches and EVA controllers Whereas the dual HBA server has multipath software that manages the two HBAs and their connections to the switch the single path HBA has no software to perform this function The dashed line in the figure represents the fabric zone that must be established for the single path HBA server Note that in Figure 74 page 151 servers with OpenVMS can be zoned with two controllers 150 Single path implementation Figure 73 Single path HBA server without OpenVMS 26463a 1 Network interconnection 6 SAN switch 1 2 Single HBA server Host 1 7 SAN switch 2 3 Dual HBA server Host 2 8 Fabric zone 4 Management server 9 Controller A 5 Multiple single HBA paths
175. annel port specified is not valid Report the error to product support No Fibre Channel Port This can indicate a user or program error 20 There is no firmware image stored for the Report the error to product support No Image specified image number 21 The disk device is not in a state to allow the The disk device must be in either maintenance mode or in a reserved state for the specified operation to proceed Not a Loop Port not a loop port or is invalid This can indicate a user or program error 22 The operation requires a storage cell to exist Create a storage cell and retry the Storage system not initialized operation 23 The Fibre Channel port specified is either Report the error to product support 24 Not a Participating Controller This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support 18 Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value 25 Objects in your system are in use and their state prevents the operation you wish to perform Meaning Several states can cause this message Case 1 The operation cannot be performed because an association exists a related object or the object is in a progress state Case 2 The supplied virtual disk handle is already an attribute of another derived unit This may indicate a programming error Case 3 One or more LUNs are presented to EVA hosts that are based on this virtual disk Case 4 Virtual disk cle
176. ar UID push button 16 Manufacturing diagnostic port 8 Enclosure status LEDs 17 Controller status and fault LEDs 9 Enclosure power push button 18 iSCSI FCoE recessed maintenance button NOTE The only difference between the P63x0 and P65x0 controllers is the number indicated below the SAS data ports DP A and DP B On the P63x0 1 is displayed Figure 6 page 24 On the P65x0 1 2is displayed Figure 7 page 24 Figure 6 P63x0 data port numbering ror oe 1 2 1 2 Controller status indicators 24 The status indicators display the operational status of the controller The function of each indicator is described in Table 3 page 25 During initial setup the status indicators might not be fully operational Each port on the rear of the controller has an associated status indicator located directly above it Table 1 page 25 lists the port and its status description for the HSV340 Table 2 page 25 lists the port and its status descriptions for the HSV340 FC iSCSI P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware Table 1 HSV340 360 controller port status indicators Port Description Fibre Channel host ports e Green Normal operation e Amber No signal detected e Off No SFP detected or the Direct Connect HP P6000 Control Panel setting is incorrect Fibre Channel device ports e Green Normal operation e Amber No signal detected or the controller has failed the port e Off No SFP detected
177. ar data lost The virtual disk is in the non mirrored delay window Case 5 LDAD discard The operation cannot be performed because one or more virtual disks still exist the disk group still may be recovering its capacity or this is the last disk group that exists Case 6 LDAD resolve condition The disk group contains a disk volume that is in a data lost state This condition cannot be resolved Case 7 Physical store erase volume The disk is a part of a disk group and cannot be erased Case 8 Storage cell discard The storage cell contains one or more virtual disks or LUN presentations Case 9 Storage cell client discard The EVA host contains one or more LUN presentations Case 10 Virtual disk discard The virtual disk is in use and cannot be discarded This may indicate a programming error Case 11 Virtual disk set capacity The capacity cannot be modified because the virtual disk has a dependency on either a snapshot or snapclone Case 12 Virtual disk set disk cache policy The virtual disk cache policy cannot be modified while the virtual disk is presented and enabled Case 13 VOLUME set requested usage The disk volume is already a member of a disk group or is in the state of being removed from a disk group Case 14 GROUP discard The Continuous Access group cannot be discarded as one or more virtual disk members exist How to correct Case 1 Either delete the associated object or resol
178. are configuration 163 Limitations e HP P6000 Continuous Access is not supported with single path configurations e Single HBA path at the host server is not part of a cluster unless in a VMware High Availability Cluster e Booting from the SAN is supported on single path HBA servers Figure 84 VMware configuration 1 Network interconnection 5 SAN switch 1 2 Single HBA server Host 1 6 SAN switch 2 3 Dual HBA server Host 2 7 Controller A 4 Management server 8 Controller B Mac OS configuration For information about Mac OS connectivity see Mac OS X Fibre Channel connectivity to the HP StorageWorks Enterprise Virtual Array Storage System Configuration Guide to download see Related documentation page 197 Failure scenarios HP UX Fault stimulus Failure effect Server failure host power cycled Extremely critical event on UNIX Can cause loss of system disk Switch failure SAN switch disabled Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Job hangs cannot umount disk fsck failed disk corrupted need mkfs disk Controller failure Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Job hangs cannot umount disk fsck failed disk corrupted need mkfs disk Controller restart Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Job hangs cannot umount disk fsck failed disk corrupted need mkfs disk 164 Single path imp
179. arget and LUN from lists of existing devices remove Removes the mapping of a LUN from an initiator After you enter the command the CLI displays a series of prompts from which you choose the initiator target and LUN from lists of existing devices Example 1 The following example shows the lunmask add command MEZ50 admin gt lunmask add Index Mapped WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 Yes ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf2 sanbox com 1 Yes ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com 2 Yes ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf10 sanbox com Please select an Initiator from the list above q to quit 1 Index WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 30 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 38 1 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 30 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 3c Please select a Target from the list above q to quit 0 LUN 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Commands 225 12 13 Please select a LUN to present to the initiator q to quit 12 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved MEZ50 admin gt lunmask rm Index WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 30 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 38 1 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 30 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 3 c Please select a Target from the list above q to quit 0 LUN OI AHNHMHPWNHEO I I 1 1 to 10 11 12 13 Please select a LUN presented to the initiator q to quit 12 Index Initiator 0 ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com Please select an Initiator
180. ary working on the iSNS server make the appropriate edits to add the Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator to any iSNS discovery domains that include iSCSI module targets Select Discover Targets Select Discover by iSNS A list of module targets appears under Discovered Targets Figure 44 page 106 NOTE The module s port may present several iSCSI targets to the Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator Select only one target from the list Select the newly added target under Host name in the left frame Check the Visible box Figure 47 page 107 This allows the initiator to display the target status Check the Auto Login box This configures the iSCSI Initiator to automatically log in to the iSCSI target at system startup Click Save Figure 47 Selecting newly added target Set up the iSCSI Initiator 107 e008 ATTO iSCSI Mac Initiator Xtend SAN Hosts f Setup Status LUNs SS Y SanLabMac s09 local e iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 2 01 500 Name iqn 2804 09 com hp fegw mez50 2 01 50014380025da539 iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 2 01 500 Alias Ports Network Node som Visible Auto Login 33 33 52 90 3260 M M 33 33 52 91 3260 Parameters Security Save Remove i Select Status select Network Node and then select Login to connect to the module s target Figure 48 page 108 The Network Node displays a status of Connected and the target status light turns green Figure 48 Select status
181. ashes once per second Reset iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE MGMT port IP address Reset and restore the MGMT port IP address to the default of 192 168 0 76 or 192 168 0 82 depending on the controller 1 or 2 position NOTE Setting the IP address by this method is not persistent To make the change persistent use the command line interface CLI 1 Use a pointed nonmetallic tool to briefly press the maintenance button Release the button after six seconds and observe six extended flashes of the MEZZ status LED 2 The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module boots and sets the MGMT port to IP address 192 168 0 76 or 192 168 0 82 depending on the controller 1 or 2 position Enable iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE MGMT port DHCP address Resets the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module and configure the MGMT port to use DHCP to access its IP address Enabling DHCP by this method is not persistent To make the change persistent use the CLI 1 Use a pointed nonmetallic tool to briefly press the maintenance button Release the button after seven seconds and observe seven extended flashes of the MEZZ status LED 2 The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module boots and configures the MGMT port for DHCP Reset the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module to factory defaults This resets the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module and restores it to the factory default configuration with reset passwords MGMT port IP address set to either 192 168 0 76 or 192 168 0 82 depending on the controller 1 or 2 position Disables iSC
182. ate A physical disk drive can be in a stable or migration state e Stable The state in which the physical disk drive has no failure nor is a failure predicted e Migration The state in which the disk drive is failing or failure is predicted to be imminent Data is then moved off the disk onto other disk drives in the same disk group The time that elapses during a drive failure and when the controller starts searching for spare disk space Drive replacement seldom starts immediately in case the failure was a glitch or temporary condition A significant operational occurrence involving a hardware or software component in the drive enclosure The drive enclosure EMU reports these events to the controller for processing See redundant power configuration A configuration where each drive is connected to a pair of controllers through two loops These two Fibre Channel loops constitute a loop pair A storage system feature that provides the ability to increase the size of an existing virtual disk Before using this feature you must ensure that your operating system supports capacity expansion of a virtual disk or LUN Electronic Industries Alliance A standards organization specializing in the electrical and functional characteristics of interface equipment Event Information Packet The event information packet is an HSV element hexadecimal character display that defines how an event was detected Also called the EIP type
183. ath redundancy Operating system and multipath software support 90 This section describes the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s operating system multipath and cluster support For the latest information on operating system and mulitpath software support see the Single Point of Connectivity Knowledge SPOCK at http www hp com storage spock You must sign up for an HP Passport to enable access Table 18 page 91 provides the operating system and multipath software support iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Table 18 Operating system and multipath software support Operating system Multipath software Clusters Connectivity EVA storage system Apple Mac OS X None None iSCSI EVA4400 4400 with the embedded switch Microsoft Windows MPIO with HP DSM MSCS iSCSI FCoE EVA4000 4100 6000 6100 8000 8100 Server 2008 2003 MPIO with Microsoft Hyper V and 2012 DSM EVA6400 8400 P6300 P6500 Red Hat Linux SUSE Device Mapper None iSCSI FCoE p6350 P6550 Linux Solaris Solaris MPxlO None iSCSI VMware VMware MPxlO None iSCSI FCoE iSCSI initiator rules guidelines and support This section describes the following iSCSI Initiator rules and guidelines General iSCSI initiator rules and guidelines The following are the iSCSI Initiator rules and guidelines iSCSI Initiators and iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE ports can reside in different IP subnets This requires setting the iSCSI or
184. ator iSCSlpresented LUN reported as TP Overcommitted Se eee Lists of all presented LUNs per Virtual Port Group are always available by navigating to the HOSTs tab and then to the one of four iSCSI HOSTs VPgroups as illustrated in Figure 70 page 146 Set up the iSCSI Initiator 145 Figure 70 iSCSI Host presented LUNs list Ferka HISEKRTMYJE i EEJ YIT R 2 i Figure 71 page 147 shows an iSCSI LUN being re presented 146 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Figure 71 iSCSI LUN re presented to iSCSI initiator after clearing TP Overcommitted state THEI Oa a CR ACR De eB Vg HE ae Vi mn pees Dis re Parana Aiak Cut bE es ea ae PC ere By Seer aces Hehea poe E pectin The normal condition is illustrated in Figure 72 page 148 Set up the iSCSI Initiator 147 Figure 72 Normal view of iSCSI LUN presented to iSCSI initiator verme vrar Gh vane CSE aE 148 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines 6 Single path implementation This chapter provides guidance for connecting servers with a single path host bus adapter HBA to the Enterprise Virtual Array EVA storage system with no multipath software installed A single path HBA is defined as e A single HBA port to a switch with no multipathing software installed e A single HBA port to a switch with multipathing software installed HBA LUNs are not shared by any other HBA in the serv
185. ault tolerance method allows fault tolerance is compromised and the virtual disk fails Factors to consider before replacing disk drives Before replacing a degraded drive e Be sure that the array has a current valid backup e Use replacement drives that have a capacity at least as great as that of the smallest drive in the array The controller immediately fails drives that have insufficient capacity Effects of a disk drive failure 171 To minimize the likelihood of fatal system errors take these precautions when removing failed drives e Do not remove a degraded drive if any other drive in the array is offline the online LED is off In this situation no other drive in the array can be removed without data loss e Exceptions o When RAID1 0 is used drives are mirrored in pairs Several drives can be in a failed condition simultaneously and they can all be replaced simultaneously without data loss as long as no two failed drives belong to the same mirrored pair o When RAID6 is used two drives can fail simultaneously and be replaced simultaneously without data loss o If the offline drive is a spare the degraded drive can be replaced e Do not remove a second drive from an array until the first failed or missing drive has been replaced and the rebuild process is complete The rebuild is complete when the Online LED on the front of the drive stops blinking Exceptions o In RAID6 configurations any two drives in th
186. ay port This ensures that the SCSI target IDs remain the same when the system reboots Set persistent bindings by editing the configuration file or by using the lputil utility NOTE HP recommends that you assign target IDs in sequence and that the EVA has the same target ID on each host in the SAN The following example for an P63x0 P65x0 EVAs illustrates the binding of targets 20 and 21 Ipfc instance 2 to WWPNs 50001 fe 100270938 and 50001 fe100270939 and the binding of targets 30 and 31 Ipfc instance O to WWPNs 50001 fe 10027093a and 50001 fe 10027093b fcp bind WWPN 50001fe100270938 lpfc2t20 50001fe100270939 1lpfc2t21 50001 e 10027093a 1lpfc0t30 50001 e 10027093b 1lpf co0t31 NOTE Replace the WWPNs in the example with the WWPNs of your array ports For each LUN that will be accessed add an entry to the kernel drv sd conf file For example if you want to access LUNs 1 and 2 through all four paths add the following entries to the end of the file name sd parent l1pfc target 20 lun 1 name sd parent l1pfc target 21 lun 1 name sd parent l1pfc target 30 lun 1 name sd parent l1pfc target 31 lun 1 name sd parent l1pfc target 20 lun 2 name sd parent l1pfc target 21 lun 2 name sd parent l1pfc target 30 lun 2 name sd parent l1pfc target 31 lun 2 Oracle Solaris 63 N Reboot the server to implement the changes to the configuration files If LUNs have be
187. ayed hdisk1l Available 1V 08 01 HP HSV340 Enterprise Virtual Array hdisk2 Available 1V 08 01 HP HSV340 Enterprise Virtual Array hdisk3 Available 1V 08 01 HP HSV340 Enterprise Virtual Array 54 Configuring application servers Linux Driver failover mode If you use the INSTALL command without command options the driver s failover mode depends on whether a QLogic driver is already loaded in memory listed in the output of the 1smod command Possible driver failover mode scenarios include If an hp_qla2xOOsrc driver RPM is already installed the new driver RPM uses the failover of the previous driver package If there is no QLogic driver module qla2xxx module loaded the driver defaults to failover mode This is also true if an inbox driver is loaded that does not list output in the proc scsi qla2xxx directory If there is a driver loaded in memory that lists the driver version in proc scsi qla2xxx but no driver RPM has been installed then the driver RPM loads the driver in the failover mode that the driver in memory currently uses Installing a QLogic driver NOTE The HP Emulex driver kit performs in a similar manner use INSTALL h to list all supported arguments 1 2 3 Download the appropriate driver kit for your distribution The driver kit file is in the format hp_qla2x00 yyyy mm dd tar gz Copy the driver kit to the target system Uncompress and untar the driver kit using the following command tar
188. c les d chets m nagers Pour permettre leur recyclage ou leur limination veuillez utiliser les syst mes de collecte publique ou renvoyez les HP votre Partenaire Agr HP ou aux agents agr s Contactez un Revendeur Agr ou Mainteneur Agr pour savoir comment remplacer et jeter vos piles 210 Regulatory compliance notices German battery notice Hinweise zu Batterien und Akkus AN VORSICHT Dieses Produkt enth lt unter Umst nden eine Batterie oder einen Akku Versuchen Sie nicht Batterien und Akkus au erhalb des Ger tes wieder aufzuladen Sch tzen Sie Batterien und Akkus vor Feuchtigkeit und Temperaturen ber 60 Verwenden Sie Batterien und Akkus nicht missbrauchlich nehmen Sie sie nicht auseinander und vermeiden Sie mechanische Besch digungen jeglicher Art Vermeiden Sie Kurzschlisse und setzen Sie Batterien und Akkus weder Wasser noch Fever aus Ersetzen Sie Batterien und Akkus nur durch die von HP vorgesehenen Ersatzteile Batterien und Akkus d rfen nicht ber den normalen Hausm ll entsorgt werden Um sie der Wiederverwertung oder dem Sonderm ll zuzuf hren nutzen Sie die ffentlichen Sammelstellen oder setzen Sie sich bez glich der Entsorgung mit einem HP Partner in Verbindung Weitere Informationen zum Austausch von Batterien und Akkus oder zur sachgemiifien Entsorgung erhalten Sie bei Ihrem HP Partner oder Servicepartner Italian battery notice Istruzioni per la batteria
189. c Ns ce cectetreachy one Red eesi raer EE o EE E EEEE AOE tas ENE ERES 160 a eh E E E ed eee aweeietntarGeedetsiadeas 160 aN Li o E EE 160 Linux ltanium se ONG EAN icescc cha tecerelnteudadctecctacetetteed cl eceasseacedandieesuntar niente rau oneteesasaleeaton cats 160 Requirements sordvsnvcsnavanionendnauisdussancmmednyautecestaedmuatadaeseias enetennise TEE EE TEE EEE 160 HBAconfigurdh oMr eiea raa A E EEE A EE E E E E E 161 FR FS 6 Sdn gnc da he decanted enc cee EEEE ER 16 UMiG ON S ccgsespaneaasedecrunaca sw A sarees oka ea epee els 161 IBM AX configurat osei soties oiei anii EEEE EEEE EERIE AE E AEA a E T 162 PA I SITS TIS ass a cei at reurtaaetornacdtsnpteamas O eared E 162 HBA configura ON osisssa E AE E ER E 162 Fa be arc E E NAE A A E ee nceeeeee 162 LMAO S eienaar A E AA E EA A EAER 162 VMware COM MING Nica aes eo ssseteie ie cenreizsena Se he eien cuba ped bdeee eden se dedodue ade edea eowsdak ickaenesacnradet eeaiwaeeet 163 REQ UIPSHIE IES sais c5sdasahadaccdsavagredadais T E E aniehaaieeanon 163 HBA configura Neat presen ct Serclousseteeieea se pei touseees denis wero ao a eaS aea 163 BUSY Spee ta ce hen acre A E naa cect E A ETT 163 TATIE Lo L E E EE 164 Mac OS configuration ssessesssessesessssseeotsssssstbtte DEE he nee rene ne ste eon te ee veneer eens ey P ne een 164 Failure SCENAS size o2 sstsssiceicestneanmariineieeatec weiner eee 164 PP ce aig eee E EE sate am acne E EAA EE 164 Windows SeryefS scsieesssiori iessen i ai
190. cadentateuass A E A sbakanenortumeanns 223 OIE sesso E EE E E S 225 lonmas keee E E ee Gea 225 FS 5 Wl rw uciaclsteacaceute daranchac saya spot S E E E E E eaemnuaae 228 PING E E E E 229 OUI vas ea e a a a e in cayerente 230 Rebook eaea E E A iene 230 e E E E E as nea ae 230 AVE E AE A E 231 TSE E E E E am oraae aes aa neste leads 231 Sek alias aea E bach aan aa anateanetarainneateantetneeaeoanee 232 Sel CHAP espiar A E R E Meee 233 Ser C e e E E a e alo hank ghgmolasonten ty oeummaaees 233 Ser ASCITES esne e E E 234 SESC She e e OT Tr nn e a E a E E tte 235 GIES D gt e a e E anc asaa ISG Teall edie 236 A O LAN AE EE E 236 SA e D E EE TAE E N T 237 Set Proper ES esocrousise iiaeeeaino aae aen A E nia oaea Eni 237 SE SNMP raene e E E N E E E E mer oentoate ns 238 DEF SYSTE eieren inire a E E O E EE E E EEO EA 239 Set VPGIOUDS ainean pene AE a E EE EE E EEA E ESEE 239 SON E E E 240 Show CHAP eee ea e A nem rrr 242 Show FC aki ansunieansi acing a a a a Gadi a R 242 SHGW 1GCUINES iantvedieselsssbicmbenetlectlgemteeabierblecudieshaunndtedledsbionteedidestlaasbiealeeselgsleinbioabioacleccs 244 Show UMA ONS aissein rinie ER ERTE Ea ERE E IE Ee E AE aR aaiae iiA 244 Show initiators LUN Wishes des cus ioeceenesenadie coe eicatoncetachduehsumsapvousechaaeeanenivadntseedescaaraumaaetioete 246 SHOW 15 Cl sagipsidivaay E E a Mae nea O aie 247 Show GSMS aeea e ee Se a S E E E E S E S 249 SIOA e1 AA ET AS 249 Show LUN iitesst westerns test nh n E E
191. cations C Command reference This chapter lists and describes the P6000 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module s CLI commands in alphabetical order Each command description includes its syntax keywords notes and examples Command syntax The HP P6000 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s CLI command syntax uses the following format Command keyword keyword value keyword valuel1 value2 The command is followed by one or more keywords Consider the following rules and conventions e Commands and keywords are case insensitive e Required keyword values appear in standard font within brackets for example value e Optional keyword values appear in italics within brackets for example value e In command prompts lt 1 gt or lt 2 gt indicates which module 01 or 02 is being managed Command line completion The command line completion feature makes entering and repeating commands easier Table 32 page 217 describes the command line completion keystrokes Table 32 Command line completion keystrokes Keystroke Description TAB Completes the command line Enter at least one character and press the TAB key to complete the command line If more than one possibility exists press the TAB key again to display all possibilities UP ARROW Scrolls backward through the list of previously entered commands DOWN ARROW Scrolls forward through the list of previously entered commands CTRL A Moves the cursor to the beginning
192. cbc7523 4d01000000 Device Display Name HP iSCSI Disk naa 600cO0f 00010e1cbc7523 4d01000000 VAAI Plugin Name hp vaaip P6000 naa 600cO0f 000da030b521bb64b01000000 Device Display Name HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600c0Of 000da030b521bb64b01000000 VAAI Plugin Name hp vaaip P6000 Check the VAAI status on the storage devices Using the service console enter esxcfig scsidevs l egrep Display Name VAAI Status The return display will be similar to the following Display Name Local TEAC CD ROM mpx vmhba5 C0 T0O L0 VAAI Status unknown Display Name HP Serial Attached SCSI Disk naa 600508b1001052395659314e39440200 VAAI Status unknown Display Name HP Serial Attached SCSI Disk naa 600c0f 0001087439023704d01000000 VAAI Status supported Display Name HP Serial Attached SCSI Disk naa 600c0f 0001087d28323704d01000000 VAAI Status supported Display Name HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600cOff 000f00186a622b24b01000000 VAAI Status unknown Table 13 Possible VAAI device status values Value Description Unknown The array volume is hosted by a non supported VAAI array Supported The volume is hosted by a supported VAAI array such as the HP P6000 EVA and all three VAAI commands completed successfully Not supported The volume is hosted by a supported VAAI array such as the HP P6000 EVA but all three VAAI commands did not complete successfully NOTE VAAI device status will be Unknown u
193. ce mode 2 Query the installed VAAI Plug in to determine the name of the bulletin to uninstall Enter a command using the following syntax c gt hpeva pl server Host_IP Address username User Name password Account Password query 3 Uninstall the VAAI Plug in Enter a command using the following syntax c gt hpeva pl server Host_IP_Address username User Name password Account_Password bulletin Bulletin Name remove 4 Restart the host 5 Exit maintenance mode Uninstalling VAAI Plug in using vCLI vMA vihostupdate 1 Enter maintenance mode 2 Query the installed VAAI Plug in to determine the name of the VAAI Plug in bulletin to uninstall Enter a command using the following syntax c gt vihostupdate pl server Host _IP Address username User Name password Account Password query 3 Uninstall the VAAI Plug in Enter a command using the following syntax c gt vihostupdate pl server Host _IP Address username User Name password Account Password bulletin 0 HPQ ESX 4 1 0 hp vaaip p6000 1 0 10 remove 4 Restart the host 5 Exit maintenance mode 80 Configuring application servers Uninstalling VAAI Plug in using VMware native tools esxupdate l 2 Enter maintenance mode Query the installed VAAI Plug in to determine the name of the VAAI Plug in bulletin to uninstall Enter a command using the following syntax Shost esxupdate vib view query grep hp vaaip p6000 Uninstall t
194. ces 43 Connecting to the management Module viv cecscscevececouscenmoorsseesdeeeeraueessiseedeesdiauenesceddesdeiances 43 Connecting through a public Sworn eG pcatncscs t teusatacetsccinte tte twecentuaniralaceletecasertdenladaiacnenctis 44 Connecting through a private WEIWOlK ci sessececieeunscbinvenenaiaeencedrersmiantecsseieenieideweaeasores 45 Accessing HP P6000 Command View on the management module ccccccceeesseteeeeeeeenees 45 Changing the host port default operating MOde cccccccecessseeeeceeeseneceeeeeeecesseeeeeeeneetsaeeees 45 Saving storage system configuration Aata ccccccccceesseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceseeeeeeeeeessneeeeeeeseeettseeeeeeens 46 Saving or restoring the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module configuration ccccceeeeseeeeeeeteeeeenenees 48 SAI GC SETS eresrroreisepiirsro ord tsrs iiri niii nS ESEE EREE 50 ONTEN E E E E spor anenthaesdaetion cueascusaatens 50 NS ST NR a ahead xhccaetecasicen EEEE E AS 50 POUR CONT NI aac ete oe ees eri apap hese EEEE A a eae E ene ier EE Nan ead KESE Eiane 50 Installing Fibre Channel he per Secesisacteursaatetcecscaslou ei iaeaiieiecet aa ew eee ugaaaaineeeBseads 50 Testing connections to the UTGY eens drcscusenededeedeaedansnnadedadesdtedanedeadodecseavenagacbaveseesnanetenceandeeliastnens 51 Adding HosiSsirsnensrsriiei i EREE OE A AE E 51 Creating and presenting virtual disks c ccccccceeeeeeseeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeceseeeeeeeecesseeeeeeeeesettseeeeeeees 52 Verifying
195. cesses executing on that node fail In either case no data is lost or corrupted Switch failure SAN switch disabled Controller failure I O is suspended or process is terminated across this HBA until switch is back online No data is lost or corrupted The operating system will report the volume in a Mount Verity state until the MVTIMEOUT limit is exceeded when it then marks the volume as Mount Verify Timeout No data is lost or corrupted I O fails over to the surviving controller No data is lost or corrupted Controller restart Server path failure I O is suspended or process is terminated across this HBA until EVA is back online No data is lost or corrupted The operating system will report the volume in a Mount Verity state until the MVTIMEOUT limit is exceeded when it then marks the volume as Mount Verity Timeout If the LUN is not shared I O is suspended or process is terminated across this HBA until path is restored If running OpenVMS 7 3 1 and the LUN is shared another cluster node having direct access will take over serving the device resulting in no loss of service In either case no data is lost or corrupted The operating system will report the volume in a Mount Verity state until the MVTIMEOUT limit is exceeded when it then marks the volume as Mount Verity Timeout Storage path failure Linux Fault stimulus Server failure host power cycled Failure effect I O is s
196. chdcsnsfentzcovincbiviehdectesendeshdeantdeniveanducbdesetdesivaaeduebiudnideskeqeetesbactebes 114 Unmounting fbi Wess ssi 2p bs Roeper ent atene even Beene cre ee Ene Ute Bobet er POR ee cee eee 114 Presenting EVA storage for Lint sncietia trates nic aucieddannycdvtahed sit avedend iether 115 Setting up the iSCSI Initiator for ViMwaress isco c ste keete as hee get ie oks eee teases Aen aes aloe 115 Configuring multipath with the Solaris 10 iSCSI Initiator ceecceceeeseeeceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeeeeees 117 IPI Overview ree iiaiai vor a Een ance RATER T ASKEA RE EKE Seas ditsasvenaeeytansutas 118 Prepa ing the host systeMsanii ioris iia eaa iea EE EAA tee one ee 118 Enabling MPxIO for HP P63x0 POSxOUEVAs 0 siics ccccicne asd ccndseginaie dees deredaieuedadeesocsscett 118 Enable iSCSI target discovery 2 04425 eaueadan ww ar atediin een ieee dens 120 Modify target parameter MaxRecvDataSegLen ccccccccessssseeeeeeeeesteeeeeeeeteessseeeeeeees 121 Monitor Multipath devices ot 9 20 scccsdetecses8 eee gau wilt nO saleable ala hediae et eee 122 Managing and Troubleshooting Solaris iSCSI Multipath devices ceseeseeeeeetreeeetees 123 Configuring Microsoft MPIO iSCSI devices n nsosseeneoeeseseeeoesesessoereesssroesesssreoeorsssreerer 123 Load balancing features of Microsoft MPIO for iSCSI cccccccccceseeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesseteeeeeeeees 124 Microsoft MPIO with Qlogic iSCSI DAs see iss a are ach ate se ot ah Ra ie yd
197. ching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so IP Address IPv4 or IPv6 0 0 0 0 10 6 0 194 Iteration Count 0 Continuously 0 8 Outbound Port 0 Mgmt 1 GE1 2 GE2 Mgmt 1 0 Size Of Packet Min 1 Max 1472 Bytes 56 Pinging 10 6 0 194 with 56 bytes of data Reply from 10 6 0 194 bytes 56 time 1 3ms Reply from 10 6 0 194 bytes 56 time 0 1ms Reply from 10 6 0 194 bytes 56 time 0 1ms Commands 229 Quit Reboot Reset Reply from 10 Reply from 10 Reply from 10 Reply from 10 Reply from 10 194 bytes 56 time 0 1ms 194 bytes 56 time 0 1ms 194 bytes 56 time 0 1ms 194 bytes 56 time 0 1ms 194 bytes 56 time 0 1ms OV OF OV OV OV oo Oo o Ping Statistics for 10 6 0 194 Packets Sent 8 Received 8 Lost 0 Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum 0 1ms Maximum 1 3ms Average 0 2ms Exits the command line interface and returns you to the login prompt same as the exit command Authority None Syntax quit Example 1 The following example shows the quit command for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt quit MEZ50 login Restarts the module firmware Authority Admin session Syntax reboot Example MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt reboot Are you sure you want to reboot the System y n y System will now be rebooted Restores the module configuration parameters to the factory default values The reset fact
198. ching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so System Symbolic Name Max 64 characters MEZ75 1 Target Presentation Mode 0 Auto 1 Manual Auto Controller Lun AutoMap 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled Target Access Control 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled Telnet 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled SSH 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled FTP 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled System Log Level Default Min 0 Max 2 0 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Set VPGroups Sets virtual port groups VPGs on the module Allows you to enable and disable VPGs and to modify the VPG name Authority Admin session Syntax set vpgroups vpgroup index Example 1 The following example enables virtual port groups 2 and 3 MEZ75 admin gt set vpgroups The following wizard will query for attributes before persisting and activating the updated mapping in the system configuration If you wish to terminate this wizard before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so Configuring VpGroup 1 Commands 239 Show Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled VPGROUP_1 VpGroup Name Max 64 characters All attribute values for VpGroup 1 that have been changed will now be saved Configuring VpGroup 2 Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled VPGROUP_2 VpGroup Name Max 64 characters 0 All attribute values for VpGroup 2 that have been changed will now b
199. connect Board Replacement Instructions HP Disk Enclosure Front Power UID interconnect board Replacement Instructions HP Disk Enclosure O Module Replacement Instructions HP Disk Enclosure VRM Replacement Instructions HP Disk Enclosure Rear Power UID Interconnect Board Replacement Instructions HP Power UID Replacement Instructions HP Disk Drive Replacement Instructions Replacing array components 5 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines This chapter describes the iSCSI configuration rules and guidelines for the HP P6000 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE modules iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module rules and supported maximums The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules are configured in a dual controller configuration in the HP P6000 Dual controller configurations provide for high availability with failover between iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules All configurations are supported as redundant pairs only iSCSI connected servers can be configured for access to one or both controllers HP P6000 Command View and iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module management rules and guidelines The HP P6000 Command View implementation provides the equivalent functionality for both iSCSI iSCSI FCoE and Fibre Channel connected servers Management functions are integrated in HP P6000 Command View The following are the HP P6000 Command View rules and guidelines for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules e Requires HP P6000 Command View for array based and server based management e
200. csi Specifies the display of iSCSI presented targets Example 1 MEZ50 admin gt show presented targets Presented Target Information Name igqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 Alias lt MAPS TO gt WWNN 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 30 WWPN 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 38 Name igqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da53c Alias eva4k50 lt MAPS TO gt WWNN 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 30 WWPN 50 01 43 80 02 5d a5 3c Example 2 MEZ75 admin gt show presented targets Presented Target Information WWNN 20 04 4 ce 46 fb 0a 43 WWPN 21 04 4 ce 46 fb 0a 43 Port ID ef 0d 02 Port FC3 Type FCOE lt MAPS TO gt WWNN 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 WWPN 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 68 VPGroup 1 WWNN 20 04 4 ce 46 fb 0a 44 WWPN 21 04 4 ce 46 fb 0a 44 Port ID ef 09 02 Port FC4 Type FCOE lt MAPS TO gt WWNN 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 WWPN 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 68 VPGroup 1 WWNN 20 05 4 ce 46 fb 0a 43 WWPN 21 05 4 ce 46 fb 0a 43 Port ID ef 0d 03 Commands 255 Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type
201. ct the appropriate IP Port e Under Security select Enabled in CHAP Status then enter the CHAP Secret For example hpstorageworks e Click the Save Changes tab to save the changes b To enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller iSCSI port using the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller CLI e Enter the set chap command e Select the appropriate Portal iqn name index that the initiator will log in to e Select O to enable CHAP e Enter a CHAP secret For example hpstorageworks Enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller iSCSI presented target e To enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller Discovered iSCSI Initiator entry using the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller CLI e Enter the set CHAP command e Select the Presented Target the initiator will log in to e Enable CHAP and enter a CHAP secret For example hpstorageworks Set up the iSCSI Initiator 141 Enable CHAP for the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator a Click the General tab b Click Secret in the middle of the screen c Click Reset d Enter the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller iSCSI Presented Target CHAP secret For example hpstorageworks Click OK f Click Discovery p e For manually discovering iSCSI target portals Click Add under Target Portals Enter the IP address of the iSCSI port of the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller Click Advanced Select the CHAP Login Information check box Enter the CHAP secret fo
202. d failed port 2 invalid SRAM 74656 d QLReadyTimer Adapter iSCSI Error Driver failed to receive a heartbeat from the iSCSI missed heartbeat for d processor for the specified number of seconds seconds Time left d 74659 d QLReadyTimer Adapter iSCSI Error iSCSI processor adapter failed to provide a missed heartbeat for 0x x heartbeat for x seconds seconds 74660 d QLReadyTimer Abort iSCSI Error iSCSI processor failed to complete an abort request pTpb p failed DrvCount Ox x 74661 d QLTimer Abort pTpb p iSCSI Error Driver timed out an iSCSI processor operation and Type x Timeout 0x 3x is aborting the operation DrvCount 0x x DdbIndex 0x x 74663 d QLReadyTimer MBOX_CMD iSCSI Error Driver timed out an iSCSI processor mailbox 04x 04x 04x 04x 04x command 04x 04x 04x timed out 74665 d QLReadyTimer iSCSI Error Driver timed out while attempting to reconnect with QLiSNSReenable failed the iSNS 74705 d QLProcessSystemError iSCSI Error iSCSI processor was restarted Restart RISC 74746 d QLInitializeFw iSCSI Error iSCSI processor rejected the firmware initialize MBOX_CMD_ INITIALIZE FIRMWARE command failed 04x 04x 04x 04x s04x 04x 74784 d QLUpdateInitiatorData iSCSI Error Driver s initiator database is full The driver is No more room in Initiator capable of storing 1024
203. d If you need to build a binary RPM to install you will need a development machine with the same kernel as your targeted production servers You can install the binary RPM produced RPM methods on your production servers NOTE The binary RPM that you build works only for the kernel and configuration that you build on and possibly some errata kernels Ensure that you use the 7 xx version of the hp_qla2x00 source RPM for 2 4 kernel based distributions and the 8 xx version of the hp_qla2x00 source RPM for 2 6 kernel based distributions Use the following procedure to create the binary RPM from the source RPM 1 Select one of the following options e Enter the INSTALL S command The binary RPM creation is complete You do not have to perform 2 through 4 e Install the source RPM by issuing the rpm ivh hp_qla2x00 version revision src rpm command Continue with 2 2 Select one of the following directories e For Red Hat distributions use the usr src redhat SPECS directory e For SUSE distributions use the usr src packages SPECS directory 3 Build the RPM by using the rpmbuild bb hp qla2x00 spec command NOTE In some of the older Linux distributions the RPM command contains the RPM build functionality At the end of the command output the following message appears Linux 57 Wrote lt 22 0pm This line identifies the location of the binary RPM 4 Copy the binary RPM to the production servers and install
204. d to the managing controller for servicing The managing controller issues the I O request caches the read data and mirrors that data to the cache on the non managing controller which then transfers the read data to the host Because this type of transaction called a proxy read requires additional overhead it provides less than optimal performance There is little impact on a write request because all writes are mirrored in both controllers caches for fault protection With implicit LUN transition when the array detects that a majority of read requests for a virtual disk are proxy reads the array transitions management of the virtual disk to the non managing controller This improves performance because the controller receiving most of the read requests becomes the managing controller reducing proxy read overhead for subsequent I Os Implicit LUN transition is disabled for all members of an HP P6000 Continuous Access DR group Because HP P6000 Continuous Access requires that all members of a DR group be managed by the same controller it would be necessary to move all members of the DR group if excessive proxy reads were detected on any virtual disk in the group This would impact performance and create a proxy read situation for the other virtual disks in the DR group Not implementing implicit LUN transition on a DR group may cause a virtual disk in the DR group to have excessive proxy reads Recovery CD HP does not ship the recovery
205. d Count 0 Link Failure Count Loss of Sync Count Loss of Signal Count Primitive Sequence Error Count Invalid Transmission Word Count Invalid CRC Error Count O O G G GOGO FC Port FC4 Interrupt Count 268764874 Target Command Count 121869815 Initiator Command Count 0 Link Failure Count Loss of Sync Count Loss of Signal Count Primitive Sequence Error Count Invalid Transmission Word Count Invalid CRC Error Count O O OO G O iSCSI Port Statistics iSCSI Port 10GE1 Interrupt Count 0 Target Command Count 0 Initiator Command Count 0 MAC Xmit Frames 10 MAC Xmit Byte Count 780 MAC Xmit Multicast Frames MAC Xmit Broadcast Frames MAC Xmit Pause Frames MAC Xmit Control Frames MAC Xmit Deferrals MAC Xmit Late Collisions MAC Xmit Aborted MAC Xmit Single Collisions MAC Xmit Multiple Collisions MAC Xmit Collisions MAC Xmit Dropped Frames MAC Xmit Jumbo Frames MAC Revd Frames 686069 MAC Revd Byte Count 74913437 MAC Revd Unknown Control Frames 0 MAC Rcvd Pause Frames MAC Revd Control Frames MAC Revd Dribbles MAC Revd Frame Length Errors MAC Rcvd Jabbers MAC Revd Carrier Sense Errors MAC Rcvd Dropped Frames MAC Revd CRC Errors MAC Revd Encoding Errors MAC Revd Length Errors Large MAC Revd Length Errors Small MAC Revd Multicast Frames MAC Rcvd Broadcast Frames gt G OOOO OGO GOOG O5 O O GOGO O OOGO OGO O OG O OOG PDUs Xmited 0 Data Bytes Xmited 780 PDUs Revd 0 Data Bytes Rcvd 74913
206. d for and capable of holding and supporting storage system equipment All racks provide for the mounting of panels per Electronic Industries Alliance EIA Standard RS310C A measurement for rack heights based upon a repeating hole pattern It is expressed as U spacing or panel heights Repeating hole patterns are spaced every 44 45 mm 1 75 inches and based on EIA s Standard RS310C For example a 3U unit is 133 35 mm 5 25 inches high and a 4U unit is 177 79 mm 7 0 inches high A cache management method used to decrease the subsystem response time to a read request by allowing the controller to satisfy the request from the cache memory rather than from the disk drives A cache method used to decrease subsystem response times to a read request by allowing the controller to satisfy the request from the cache memory rather than from the disk drives Reading data from cache memory is faster than reading data from a disk The read cache is specified as either On or Off for each virtual disk The default state is on The process of regenerating the contents of a failed member data The reconstruction process writes the data to a spare set disk and incorporates the spare set disk into the mirrorset striped mirrorset or RAID set from which the failed member came 1 Element Redundancy The degree to which logical or physical elements are protected by having another element that can take over in case of failure For example each loop of a
207. d guidelines applications or operating system utilities to use the standard SCSI device nodes to access iSCSI devices can result in sending SCSI commands to the wrong target or logical unit To provide consistent naming the iSCSI driver scans the system to determine the mapping from SCSI device nodes to iSCSI targets The iSCSI driver creates a tree of directories and symbolic links under dev iscsi to make it easier to use a particular iSCSI target s logical unit The directory tree under dev iscsi contains subdirectories for each iSCSI bus number each target id number on the bus and each logical unit number for each target For example the whole disk device for bus 0 target ID 0 and LUN 0 would be dev iscsi bus0 target0 LUNO disk In each logical unit directory there is a symbolic link for each SCSI device node that can be connected to that particular logical unit These symbolic links are modeled after the Linux devfs naming convention e The symbolic link disk maps to the whole disk SCSI device node such as dev sda or dev sdb e The symbolic links part through part15 maps to each partition of that SCSI disk For example a symbolic link can map to partitions dev sda1 dev sda15 or to as many partitions as necessary NOTE These symbolic links exist regardless of the number of disk partitions Opening the partition devices results in an error if the partition does not actually exist on the disk e The symb
208. d the zone to the active switch configuration 4 Enable and then save the new active switch configuration NOTE There are variations in the steps required to configure the switch between different vendors For more information see the HP SAN Design Reference Guide available for downloading on the HP website http www hp com go sandesign Oracle StorEdge Traffic Manager MPxlO Oracle Storage Multipathing Oracle StorEdge Traffic Manager MPxIO Oracle Storage Multipathing can be used for FCAs configured with the Oracle SAN driver and depending on the operating system version architecture SPARC x86 and patch level installed For configuration details see the HP StorageWorks MPxlIO application notes available on the HP support website http www hp com support manuals NOTE MPxIO is included in the SPARC and x86 Oracle SAN driver A separate installation of MPxIO is not required In the Search products box enter MPxIO and then click the search symbol Select the application notes from the search results Oracle Solaris 65 Configuring with Veritas Volume Manager The Dynamic Multipathing DMP feature of Veritas Volume Manager VxVM can be used for all FCAs and all drivers EVA disk arrays are certified for VxVM support When you install FCAs ensure that the driver parameters are set correctly Failure to do so can result in a loss of path failover in DMP For information about setting FCA parameters see Co
209. d using semi colon as the delimiter To remove support for currently MPIO d devices select the devices and then click Remove Devices COMPAQ HS 111 C COMPAQ HSVI01 H5v200 HSv210 H5 300 H5v340 HSV360 HS 400 4 A final reboot is required to get the devices MPIO ed Installing the MPIO feature for Windows Server 2003 For Windows Server 2003 if you are installing the initiator for the first time check all the installation option checkboxes and then click Next to continue Figure 43 page 104 Figure 43 Software update installation wizard Software Update Installation Wizard Ea Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Installation au Microsoft iSCSI Initiator will be upgraded from 2 0x Installation Options To add or remove specific MS iSCSI software Initiator components after the initial install run the setup package executable and select the check box to add MPIO The application automatically checks the boxes for components that are already installed For example if you want to add the MS MPIO component leave the other check boxes unchecked check only the MS MPIO check box NOTE The installation requires a reboot IMPORTANT Windows XP Professional is not supported by Microsoft s MPIO 104 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines About Microsoft Windows Server 2003 scalable networking pack The Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Scalable Networking Pack SNP contains functionality
210. d32 Access Read only Description Quantity of FC ports on the system qstNoOfGbEPorts Syntax Unsigned32 Access Read only Quantity of gigabit Ethernet ports on the system qsrAgentVersion Syntax SnmpAdminString Access Read only Description Version number of the agent software on the system Notification objects This section defines the objects used in notifications qsrEventSeverity Syntax INTEGER 280 Simple Network Management Protocol Access Accessible for notify Description Indicates the severity of the event The value clear specifies that a condition that caused an earlier trap is no longer present qsrEventDescription Syntax SnmpAdminString Access Accessible for notify Description A textual description of the event that occurred qsrEventTimeStamp Syntax DateAndTime Access Accessible for notify Description Indicates when the event occurred Agent startup notification The agent startup notification indicates that the agent on the module has started running qsrAgentStartup uses the qsrEventTimeStamp object Agent shutdown notification The agent shutdown notification indicates that the agent on the module is shutting down qsrAgent Shutdown uses the gsrEvent TimeStamp object Network port down notification The network port down notification indicates that the specified network port is down The next time the port comes u
211. deneeeheekievensedneinnadeti cerned 36 Failback preference setting for HSV controllers cxccicccicstasiecieeanetichacineceeceandiniarmieeneeWinescnecs 36 Changing virtual disk failover failback SeHING ccicseesscennsescsdeesesexeonneaesdeceeiducnnsceedeeeneaneees 38 Implicit IUN transitions nia NEEE E EE REEERE Ear Rai 38 Recovery CD uss capucsvounwesdedusinineateuneasvluauaiswracdaed e T E E Ee E E aaen 39 Adding disk drives to the storage SVSIGIi sdekeghs ins ctanducsschicensetehinenwarvedevieiaeinlncurbaenawiiniebeceeds 39 H rdling fiber optic cables iesiiiririeineeiin eaii a E E R 39 Storage system shutdown and Startup ccceececcccceeceeeneeeceeeeseseneeeeeeeceeseeeeeeeeeessesseeeeeeesesseeeeeeees 40 Powering on disk SIC lOSUNe Saco nyt ssncurcecscasess vncieudiansieesemetausaca cia saat EEEE EEEE EE ESAE 40 Powering off disk SnclosUieS a2 ccascsacowseecurecesncnannverececaexatenaneiceetdeeanducadoneteesdadeiteanteddentePiceanest 41 Shutting down the storage system from HP P6000 Command View c cscceeeeeeseeeeeeteeeeeeeaees 41 Shutting down the storage system from the array controller ccccccceecceeseececeeeeeeseesseeeeeeeees 41 Starting the storage SY SIS Warn taeadncichee clas tadeacrdennielsveaincudeseintnatnetiuerentaniuatertawuntianesleciedenians 41 Restarting the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module xs zasvadstceidecaracnapbeaieenaniwterandetddenselerecamnndhiaieevsneeds 42 Using the management MONG ccsiec ac dceestennee iene ne
212. disks must be manually checked unless auto mounted by the system Switch failure SAN switch disabled Short I O suspended possible data loss Long I O halts with I O errors data loss HBA driver must be reloaded before failed drives can be recovered fsck should be run on any failed drives before remounting Controller failure Short term I O suspended possible data loss Long term I O halts with I O errors data loss Cannot reload driver need to reboot system fsck should be run on any failed disks before remounting Controller restart Short term I O suspended possible data loss Long term I O halts with I O errors data loss Cannot reload driver need to reboot system fsck should be run on any failed disks before remounting Failure scenarios 167 Fault stimulus Server path failure Failure effect Short O suspended possible data loss Long I O halts with I O errors data loss HBA driver must be reloaded before failed drives can be recovered fsck should be run on any failed drives before remounting Storage path failure Mac OS Fault stimulus Server failure host power cycled Short I O suspended possible data loss Long I O halts with I O errors data loss HBA driver must be reloaded before failed drives can be recovered fsck should be run on any failed drives before remounting Failure effect OS reboots Both HFS and StorNext replay journ
213. dress of the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s port in the Address field and then select Finish Figure 45 page 106 Figure 45 Add static IP address eee ATTO iSCSI MB Initiator Xtend SAN SanLabMac S09 local Discover Targets A Configure the static discovery Address 33 33 52 97 iS Port 3260 CHAP Target User Name 95 12 com attotech xtendsan sanlabmac s09 Target Secret Mutual Authentication D itiator User Name GFinish Cancel Select a target from the Discovered Target list and then click Add Figure 44 page 106 NOTE The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s port may present several iSCSI targets to the Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator Select only one target from the list 106 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines 3 For iSNS discovery a Select Initiator and then enter the iSNS name or IP address in the iSNS Address field Figure 46 page 107 Figure 46 iSNS discovery and verification 000 ATTO iSCSI Mac Initiator Xtend SAN Hosts Initiator Discover Targets EEDIED Ered Name ign 1995 12 com attotech xtendsan sanlabmac s07 R Alias SanLabMac S07 iSNS Address 33 33 33 1 eli 3205 OO Sar The iSNS configuration passed verification Gory EditName VerifyiSNS Save ATTO Test the connection from the initiator to the iSNS server by selecting Verify iSNS If successful select Save If necess
214. e retry 195 Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value Meaning How to correct Unsupported Drive 196 Error messages 242 The event was not found Report the error to product support Event Not Found 243 There were not enough drives to complete Replace the unsupported drives with the operation and some unsupported drives supported drives and retry were detected 9 Support and other resources Contacting HP HP technical support For worldwide technical support information see the HP support website http www hp com support Before contacting HP collect the following information e Product model names and numbers e Technical support registration number if applicable e Product serial numbers e Error messages e Operating system type and revision level e Detailed questions Subscription service HP recommends that you register your product at the Subscriber s Choice for Business website http www hp com go e updates After registering you will receive e mail notification of product enhancements new driver versions firmware updates and other product resources Documentation feedback HP welcomes your feedback To make comments and suggestions about product documentation please send a message to storagedocsFeedback hp com All submissions become the property of HP Related documentation Documents For documents referenced in this guide see the Manu
215. e The following example shows the set snmp command for setting the general properties MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt set snmp A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so Configuring SNMP Read Community Public Trap Community Private System Location System Contact Authentication Traps 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved The following example shows configuring an SNMP trap destination MEZ50 lt 1l gt admin gt set snmp trap destinations A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so Configuring SNMP Trap Destination 1 Destination enabled 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled 0 IP Address 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 5 Destination Port 0 1024 Trap Version 0 2 Configuring SNMP Trap Destination 2 Destination enabled 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled Configuring SNMP Trap Destination 3 Destination enabled 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled Configuring SNMP Trap Destination 4 Destination enabled 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled
216. e ktor je ur en na recykl ciu odpadov ch elektrick ch a elektronick ch zariaden Dal ie inform cie z skate od spolo nosti zaoberaj cej sa likvid ciou domov ho odpadu Spanish recycling notice Eliminaci n de los equipos que ya no se utilizan en entornos dom sticos de la Uni n Europea Este s mbolo indica que este producto no debe eliminarse con los residuos dom sticos En lugar de ello debe evitar causar da os a la salud de las personas y al medio ambiente llevando los equipos que no utilice a un punto de recogida designado para el reciclaje de equipos el ctricos y electr nicos que ya no se utilizan Para obtener m s informaci n p ngase en contacto con el servicio de recogida de residuos dom sticos Swedish recycling notice Hantering av elektroniskt avfall f r hemanv ndare inom EU Den h r symbolen inneb r att du inte ska kasta din produkt i hush llsavfallet V rna i st llet om natur och milj genom att l mna in uttj nt utrustning p anvisad insamlingsplats Allt elektriskt och elektroniskt avfall g r sedan vidare till tervinning Kontakta ditt tervinningsf retag f r mer information Recycling notices 209 Battery replacement notices Dutch battery notice French Verklaring betreffende de batterij AN WAARSCHUWING dit apparaat bevat mogelijk een batterij Probeer de batterijen na het verwijderen niet op te laden Stel de batterijen niet bloot aan water of temperaturen boven 6
217. e these messages initialize the storage cell and retry the operation Storage cell set device addition policy Storage cell set name Storage cell set time Storage cell set volume replacement delay Storage cell free command lock Storage cell set console lun id Invalid Target Handle can indicate a user or program error Case 1 or Volume set requested usage Case 2 The operation could not be completed because the disk has never belonged to a disk group and therefore cannot be added to a disk group 13 The supplied identifier is invalid This can Report the error to product support Invalid Parameter Id indicate a user or program error 14 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Invalid Quorum Configuration 15 The supplied target handle is invalid This Case 1 Report the error to product support Case 2 To add additional capacity to the disk group use the management software to add disks by count or capacity No Permission specitied operation 16 The supplied target identifier is invalid This Report the error to product support Invalid Target Id can indicate a user or program error 17 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Invalid Time 18 The operation could not be completed Report the error to product support Media is Inaccessible because one or more of the disk media was inaccessible 19 The Fibre Ch
218. e ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so Index iSCSI Name iqn 1986 03 com hp fcgw MEZ50 0834e00025 b1 0 ign 1986 03 com hp fcgw MEZ50 0834e00025 b1 1 ign 1986 03 com hp fcgw MEZ50 0834e00025 b1 01 50001fe150070ce9 ign 1986 03 com hp fcgw MEZ50 0834e00025 b1 02 50001fe150070ce9 ign 1986 03 com hp fcgw MEZ50 0834e00025 b1 03 50001fe150070ce9 ign 1986 03 com hp fcgw MEZ50 0834e00025 b1 04 50001fe150070ce9 ign 1986 03 com hp fcgw MEZ50 0834e00025 b1 01 50001fe150070cec ign 1986 03 com hp fcgw MEZ50 0834e00025 b1 02 50001fe150070cec ign 1986 03 com hp fcgw MEZ50 0834e00025 b1 03 50001fe150070cec 9 ign 1986 03 com hp fcgw MEZ50 0834e00025 b1 04 50001fe150070cec Please select a presented target from the list above q to quit 2 A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so CHAP 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled 0 CHAP Secret Max 100 characters All attribute values for that have been changed will now be saved OaINAHAHFWNEO Set FC Configures an FC port Authority Admin session Syntax set fe lt PORT_NUM gt Keywords lt PORT_NUM gt The number of the FC port to be
219. e Target Login Response PDU module is target in subsequent login PDUs 41284 QLIS LoginPduContinue App Error iSCSI login PDU was received with an invalid TSIH value The TSIH is invalid because there is no session with that TSIH value This would occur if the iSCSI initiator attempting the login failed to used the TSIH value provided in the target login response PDU module is target in subsequent login PDUs 285 Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continued 41353 QLIS_LoginPduContinue App Error iSCSI login rejected due to a CHAP authentication Session does not exist error invalid TSIH 0x x 41354 QLIS LoginPduContinue App Error iSCSI login rejected due to a CHAP key error Unexpected CHAP key detected 41508 QLBI_SetPortInfo App Error Failed to allocate an object for Set Port Info IOCTL QLUT AllocatePortalObject processing PortType O FC 1 iSCSIPortld O failed PortType 0x x FC1 or iSCSI1 GE1 1 FC2 or iSCSI2 GE2 PortId 0x x 41626 QLBI GetLunInfo INQUIRY App Error Inquiry command failed The Inquiry command was failed TPB status 0x x issued by the module as part of its discovery process 41629 QLBI GetLunInfo INQUIRY App Error Pass Through command for Inquiry command for failed TPB status 0x x page 83 failed The Inquiry command was issued by the module as part of its discovery proc
220. e array can be replaced simultaneously o In RAID1 0 configurations any drives that are not mirrored to other removed or failed drives can be simultaneously replaced offline without data loss Automatic data recovery rebuild When you replace a disk drive in an array the controller uses the fault tolerance information on the remaining drives in the array to reconstruct the missing data the data that was originally on the replaced drive and write it to the replacement drive This process is called automatic data recovery or rebuild If fault tolerance is compromised this data cannot be reconstructed and is likely to be permanently lost Time required for a rebuild The time required for a rebuild varies considerably depending on several factors e The priority that the rebuild is given over normal I O operations e The amount of I O activity during the rebuild operation e The rotational speed of the disk drives e The availability of drive cache e The model and age of the drives e The amount of unused capacity on the drives e The number of drives in the array for RAIDS and RAID6 Allow approximately 5 minutes per gigabyte without any O activity during the rebuild process This figure is conservative and newer drive models usually require less time to rebuild System performance is affected during the rebuild and the system is unprotected against further drive failure until the rebuild has finished Therefore replace drives during p
221. e data storage It is expected that most operating systems will experience undesirable behavior when configured in non high availability configurations Installation requirements 149 Because of the risks of using servers with a single path HBA HP recommends the following actions e Use servers with a single path HBA that are not mission critical or highly available e Perform frequent backups of the single path server and its storage Supported configurations All examples detail a small homogeneous Storage Area Network SAN for ease of explanation Mixing of dual and single path HBA systems in a heterogeneous SAN is supported In addition to this document reference and adhere to the HP SAN Design Reference Guide for heterogeneous SANs located at htto www hp com go sandesign General configuration components All configurations require the following components e XCS controller software e HBAs e Fibre Channel switches Connecting a single path HBA server to a switch in a fabric zone Each host must attach to one switch fabric using standard Fibre Channel cables Each host has its single path HBA connected through switches on a SAN to one port of an EVA Because a single path HBA server has no software to manage the connection and ensure that only one controller port is visible to the HBA the fabric containing the single path HBA server SAN switch and EVA controller must be zoned Configuring the single path by switch zoning
222. e entered in the registry with a value of DWord 120 under the registry setting HHKEY_ LOCAL MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Services Disk e TCPIP parameter Tcp13230Opts must be entered in the registry with a value of DWord 2 under the registry setting HKEY_LOCAL MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Services Tcpip Parameters e The TimeOutValue parameter should be entered in the registry with a value of DWord 120 under the registry setting HHKEY_ LOCAL MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Services Disk CAUTION Using the Registry Editor incorrectly can cause serious problems that may require reinstallation of the operating system Backup the registry before making any changes Use Registry Editor at your own risk NOTE These parameters are automatically set by the HP iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module kit This kit also includes a null device driver for the P6000 and is available at http h18006 www 1 hp com products storagqeworks evaiscsiconnect index html Linux iSCSI Initiator rules and guidelines Solaris The Linux iSCSI Initiator supports the following e Red Hat Linux and SUSE Linux e Multipath using HP Device Mapper iSCSI Initiator operating system considerations e Host mode setting Linux e NIC bonding is not supported iSCSI Initiator rules and guidelines The Solaris iSCSI Initiator supports the following e Solaris iSCSI initiator only e Multipath using MPxlIO e MPxlO Symmetric option only e
223. e in the module s var ftp directory After the command completes you must FTP the trace s tar file from the module After executing this command the system notifies you if the module does not have any dump data Each time it generates dump data the system adds an event log entry Example 1 MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt save capture Debug capture completed Package is System _Capture tar gz Please use FTP to extract the file out from the System Example 2 MEZ50 lt 1l gt admin gt save logs Save Event Logs completed Package is System_Evl tar gz Please use FTP to extract the file out from the System Example 3 Save traces is not supported by the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules MEZ50 admin gt save traces Save ASIC Traces failed Configures general iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE parameters as well as parameters that are specific to the FC iSCSI and management ports Command iSCSI module iSCSI FCoE module Set alias alias chap chap fc lt PORT_NUM gt chassis features fc lt PORT_NUM gt iscsi lt PORT_NUM gt features isns iscsi lt PORT_NUM gt mgmt isns ntp mgmt properties ntp snmp trap_destinations lt DEST_NUM gt properties system snmp trap_destinations lt DEST_NUM gt system vpgroups vpgroup index Commands 231 Keywords Set alias alias Assigns alias name to a presented iSCSI target See the set alias command page
224. e of the appropriate value assigned by IANA The IANA maintained registry for FC port types is located here www iana org assignments fc porttypes qsrFcLinkStatus Syntax QsrLinkStatus Access Read only Description Current link status for this port qsrFcLinkRate Syntax QsrLinkRate Access Read only Description Current link rate for this port Initiator object table The initiator object table is a list of the iSCSI initiators that have been discovered by the module There are as many entries in this table as there are iSCSI initiators on the module qsrlsInitTable Syntax SEQUENCE OF QsriIsInitEntry Access Not accessible Description Entries in this table contain Information about initiators Management Information Base 273 qsrlsinitEntry Syntax QsrisInitEntry Access Not accessible Description Each entry row contains information about a specific iSCSI initiator An iSCSI initiator information entry consists of the following sequence of the object qsrisInitIndex Unsigned32 qsrisInitName SnmpAdminString qsrisInitAlias SnmpAdminString qsrisInitAddressType InetAddressType qsrisInitAddress InetAddress qsrisInitStatus INTEGER qsrisInitOsType SnmpAdminString qsrisInitChapEnabled INTEGER qsrlsInitindex Syntax Unsigned32 Access Not accessible Description qsrlsInitName OBJECT TYPE gonea ee ooo Syntax An arbitrary positive integer deno
225. e operation cannot be performed on this virtual disk Case 4 No action required Case 5 No action required Snapshot or snapclone deletion in progress The requested operation is currently not allowed Please try again later 75 The firmware image file is not the correct Retrieve a valid firmware image file Bad Image Size size and retry the request 76 The controller is currently processing a Retry the request once the firmware Image Busy firmware download Retry the request once download process is complete the firmware download process is complete 77 The disk volume specified is in a predictive Report the error to product support Volume Failure Predicted failed state 78 The current condition or state is preventing Resolve the condition and retry the Invalid object condition for this the request from completing successfully request command 79 The current condition of the snapshot Wait for the operation to complete snapclone or parent virtual disk is preventing the request from completing successtully and retry the request 186 Error messages Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value 80 Invalid Volume Usage Meaning The disk volume is already a part of a disk group How to correct Resolve the condition by setting the usage to a reserved state wait for the usage to change to this state and retry the request Controller AP
226. e saved Configuring VpGroup 3 Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled VPGROUP 3 VpGroup Name Max 64 characters 0 All attribute values for VpGroup 3 that have been changed will now be saved Configuring VpGroup 4 Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled All attribute values for VpGroup 4 that have been changed will now be saved Example 2 The set vpgroups command is not presently supported by the iSCSI module MEZ50_02 admin gt set vpgroups Usage set alias chap fe features iscsi isns mgmt ntp properties snmp system Displays module operational information Authority None Syntax show chap chassis features fc port_num initiators fc or iscsi initiator _lunmask memory iscsi port_num isns port_num logs entries luninfo luns lunmask mgmt ntp perf byte init _rbyte init _wbyte tgt_rbyte tgt_wbyte presented targets fc or iscsi properties snmp stats targets fc or iscsi system vpgroups vpgroup index Keywords chap Displays configured CHAP iSCSI nodes See the show CHAP command page 242 fc port _num features Displays FC port information See the show FC command page 242 Displays licensed features See the show features command page 244 240 Command reference initiators fc or iscsi Displays SCSI initiator information iSCSI or FC See the show initiators command page 2
227. e system You can perform this procedure from the management server where HP P6000 Command View is installed from any host running HP Storage System Scripting Utility called the utility and connected to the management server P63x0 P65x0 EVA operation NOTE For more information on using the utility see the HP Storage System Scripting Utility Reference See Related documentation page 197 1 Double click the SSSU desktop icon to run the application When prompted enter Manager management server name or IP address User name and Password 2 Enter LS SYSTEM to display the storage systems managed by the management server 3 Enter SELECT SYSTEM system name where system name is the name of the storage system The storage system name is case sensitive If there are spaces the letters in the name quotes must enclose the name for example SELECT SYSTEM Large EVA 4 Enter CAPTURE CONFIGURATION specifying the full path and filename of the output files for the configuration data The configuration data is stored in a series of from one to five files which are SSSU scripts The file names begin with the name you select with the restore step appended For example if you specify a file name of LargeEVA txt the resulting configuration files would be LargeEVA Stepl1A txt LargeEVA_ Step1B etc The contents of the configuration files can be viewed with a text editor NOTE If the storage system contains disk drive
228. e the show presented targets command page 255 properties Displays module properties See the show properties command page 258 snmp Displays the module s simple network management protocol SNMP properties and trap configurations See the show SNMP command page 259 stats Displays the module statistics both FC and iSCSI See the show stats command page 259 system Displays module product information including serial number software version hardware version configuration and temperature See the show system command page 261 targets fc or iscsi Displays targets discovered by the module FC iSCSI or both See the show targets command page 262 vpgroups vpgroup index Displays virtual port groups See the show VPGroups command page 262 Commands 24 Show CHAP Displays CHAP configuration for iSCSI nodes Authority None Syntax show chap Example MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt show chap The following is a list of iSCSI nodes that have been configured with CHAP ENABLED Type iSCSI Node Init igqn 1991 05 com microsoft serverl Show FC Displays FC port information for the specified port If you do not specify a port this command displays all ports Authority None Syntax show fc port_nun Keywords port_nun Identifies the FC or FCoE port to display Example 1 MEZ75 admin gt
229. e the LUN with luxadm display The LUN is displayed after the device address For example Oracle Solaris 67 50001f e1002709e9 5 e Emulex Ipfc QlLogic qla2300 drivers You can retrieve the WWPN by checking the assignment in the driver configuration file the easiest method because you then know the assigned target or by using HBAnyware SANSurfer You can retrieve the WWLUN ID by using HBAnyware SANSurfer You can also retrieve the WWLUN ID as part of the format e scsi inquiry output however it is cumbersome and difficult to read For example 09 e8 20 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 35 30 30 30 31 46 3 50001F 45 31 30 30 32 37 30 39 45 30 35 30 30 30 31 46 E1002709E050001F 45 31 30 30 32 37 30 39 45 38 36 30 30 35 30 38 E1002709E8600508 42 34 30 30 31 30 33 30 45 34 30 30 30 30 35 30 B4001030E4000050 30 30 30 30 42 32 30 30 30 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 0000B20000 o The assigned LUN is part of the device file name For example dev dsk c4t20d5s2 Verifying virtual disks from the host Verify that the host can access virtual disks by using the format command See Example 5 Format command 68 Configuring application servers Example 5 Format command format Searching for disks done c2t50001FE1002709F8d1 c2t50001FE1002709F8d2 c2t50001FE1002709FCd1 c2t50001FE1002709FCd2 c3t50001FE1002709F9d1 c3t50001FE1002709F9d2 c3t50001FE1002709FDd1 c3t50001FE1002709FDd2 configured configured c
230. e warm plug of Resolve degraded battery situation Battery System Failed a controller 126 The virtual disk is cache data lost Resolve the cache data lost situation Member is Cache Data Lost on the virtual disk 127 The resource needed to execute the request Retry the operation later If the error Internal Lock Collision is in use by internal DRM process The operation can be retried later persists report the error to product support 189 Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value Meaning How to correct 128 EVA 6400 8400 only A generic error was Ensure other OCP is on and try again OCP Error detected with the OCP interface If the problem persists report the error to product support 129 The virtual disk is not mirrored to the other Ensure other controller is operative Mirror Temporarily Offline controller 130 Cannot perform operation because FAILSAFE Disable Failsafe mode on Group Failsafe Mode Enabled is enabled on Group 131 The drive firmware cannot be downloaded Migrate RAIDO data to another disk Drive FW Load Abort Due to to the drive because it is being used for group or a more protective VRaidO Vdisk RAIDO data One or more RAIDO virtual redundancy before retrying the drive disks would be inoperable if the drive were update to be loaded 132 There is a diagnostic problem with the Report the error to product support FC Ports Unavailable indicated port
231. eWorks MEZnn FRU bin Please use FTP to extract the file out from the System Displays a list of the commands and their syntax using the basic help command for iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE modules MEZ50 lt 1 gt gt help CLI command iSCSI module CLI command qualifier iSCSI FCoE module CLI command qualifier admin begin end start stop begin end start stop cancel cancel beacon on off on off date lt MMDDhhmmCCYY gt lt MMDDhhmmCCYY gt clear logs stats logs stats exit fru restore save restore save help history image cleanup list unpack cleanup list unpack image cleanup image cleanup 220 Command reference CLI command iSCSI module CLI command qualifier iSCSI FCoE module CLI command qualifier image list image list image unpack image unpack initiator add mod rm add mod rm logout lunmask add rm add rm passwd ping quit reboot reset factory mappings factory mappings save capture logs traces capture logs traces set alias chap f alias chap chassis fc features iscsi isns mgmt features iscsi isns mgmt ntp ntp properties snmp system properties snmp system VP9TOUPS set alias set alias t eh set chap Per CHAR set fc lt PORT_NUM gt set fc lt PORT_NUM
232. ears fcso Available 1H 08 FC Adapter fcsl Available 1V 08 FC Adapter lscfg vl fcs0 fcs0 U0 1 P1 I5 Q1 FC Adapter Part Number 80P4543 EC Level eee ee wees A Serial Number 1F4280A419 Manufacturer 006 OO1F Feature Code Marketing ID 280B FRU Number 80P4544 Device Specific ZM 3 Network Address 10000000C940F529 ROS Level and ID 02881914 Device Specific Z0 1001206D Device Specific Z1 00000000 Device Specific Z2 00000000 Device Specific Z3 03000909 Device Specific Z4 FF801315 Device Specific Z5 02881914 Device Specific Z6 06831914 Device Specific Z27 07831914 Device Specific Z8 20000000C940F529 Device Specific Z9 TS1 90A4 Device Specific ZA T1D1 90A4 Device Specific ZB T2D1 90A4 Device Specific YL U0 1 P1 I5 Q1b Creating and presenting virtual disks When creating and presenting virtual disks to an IBM AIX host be sure to 1 Set the OS unit ID to 0 2 Set Preferred path mode to No Preference 3 Select a LUN number if you chose a specific LUN on the Virtual Disk Properties window Verifying virtual disks from the host To scan the IBM AIX bus and list all EVA devices enter cfgmgr The v switch verbose output requests a full output Output similar to the following is displ
233. ebooted you can use HP P6000 Command View to restart the modules Shutting down the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules through HP P6000 Command View is not supported You must use the CLI to shut down the modules and then power cycle the array to power on the modules after the shutdown To restart a module 1 Select the iSCSI controller in the navigation pane 2 Select Shutdown on the iSCSI Controller Properties window P63x0 P65x0 EVA operation 3 Select Restart on the iSCSI Controller Shutdown Options window Figure 17 page 46 Figure 17 iSCSI Controller Shutdown Options iSCSI Controller Shutdown Options Cancel cd Restart iSCSI Controller Restart Stop the selected iSCSI controller from executing its operating software and from servicing I O requests Leave its power ON and automatically restart it The following is an example of the shutdown procedure using the CLI MEZ75 login guest Password Welcome to MEZ75 kkkkkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk HP StorageWorks MEZ75 kkkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk MEZ75 gt admin start p config MEZ75 admin gt shutdown Are you sure you want to shutdown the System y n y Using the management module Connecting to the management module You can connect to the management module through a public or a private network NOTE If you are using HP P6000 Command View on the management server to manage the P63x
234. ecifies the name of the module location The name can be up to 64 characters excluding the number sign semicolon and comma The default is undefined System contact Specifies the name of the person to be contacted to respond to trap events The name can be up to 64 characters excluding the number sign semicolon and comma The default is undefined Authentication traps Enables or disables the generation of authentication traps in response to authentication failures The default is disabled SNMP trap configuration parameters SNMP trap configuration lets you set up to eight nae destinations Choose from Traps 1 Trap 8 to configure each trap Table 34 page 269 descri trap es the parameters for configuring an SNMP Table 34 SNMP trap configuration parameters Parameter Description Trap n enabled Enables or disables trap n If disabled the trap is not configured Trap address Specifies the IP address to which the SNMP traps are sent A maximum of eight trap addresses are supported The default address for traps is 0 0 0 0 Trap port Port number on which the trap is sent The default is 162 If the trap destination is not enabled then this value is O zero Most SNMP managers and management software listen on this port for SNMP traps m rap version Specifies the SNMP version 1 or 2 with which to format traps Trap address ot
235. ed for HP products A bus that connects the EMU to the disk drives Enclosure Services Processor An EMU that implements an enclosure s services process Any significant change in the state of the Enterprise storage system hardware or software component reported by the controller to HP P6000 Command View See EIP See Evt No Event Number A sequential number assigned to each Software Code Identification SWCID event It is a decimal number in the range 0 255 A unit of storage capacity that is the equivalent of 260 bytes or 1 152 921 504 606 846 976 bytes One exabyte is equivalent to 1 024 petabytes The graphical user interface GUI through which a user can control and monitor a storage system HP P6000 Command View can be installed on more than one storage management server in a fabric Each installation is a management agent The client for the agent is a standard browser A network of Fibre Channel switches or hubs and other devices A port which is capable of supporting an attached arbitrated loop This port on a loop will have the AL_PA hexadecimal address 00 loop ID 7E giving the fabric the highest priority access to the loop A loop port is the gateway to the fabric for the node ports on a loop See array controller failover or data replication group failover A safe state that devices automatically enter after a malfunction Failsafe DR groups stop accepting host input and stop logging write history if a group membe
236. ed a device side port See device ports Dual Inline Memory Module A small circuit board holding memory chips The write back cached data that has not been written to storage media even though the host operation processing the data has completed A carriermounted storage device supporting random access to fixed size blocks of data A carrier that replaces a disk drive to control airflow within a drive enclosure whenever there is less than a full complement of storage devices A unit that holds storage system devices such as disk drives power supplies fans O modules and transceivers A method by which a controller pair reserves drive capacity to take over the functionality of a failed or failing physical disk For each disk group the controllers reserve space in the physical disk pool equivalent to the selected number of physical disk drives disk group disk migration state disk replacement delay drive enclosure event dual power supply configuration dual loop dynamic capacity expansion E EIA EIP electromagnetic interference electrostatic discharge element EMI EMU enclosure enclosure address bus enclosure number En enclosure services A named group of disks selected from all the available disks in a disk array One or more virtual disks can be created from a disk group Also refers to the physical disk locations associated with a parity group A physical disk drive operating st
237. el adapter FCA You might also see the adapter called a Fibre Channel host bus adapter Fibre Channel HBA in other related documents Follow the hardware installation rules and conventions for your server type The FCA is shipped with its own documentation for installation See that documentation for complete instructions You need the following items to begin e FCA boards and the manufacturer s installation instructions e Server hardware manual for instructions on installing adapters e Tools to service your server The FCA board plugs into a compatible I O slot PCI PCI X PCI E in the host system For instructions on plugging in boards see the hardware manual You can download the latest FCA firmware from the following website hitp www hp com support downloads Enter HBA in the Search Products box and then select your product For supported FCAs by operating system go to the Single Point of Connectivity Knowledge website http www hp com storage spock You must sign up for an HP Passport to enable access 50 Configuring application servers Testing connections to the array After installing the FCAs you can create and test connections between the host server and the array For all operating systems you must Add hosts Create and present virtual disks Verify virtual disks from the hosts The following sections provide information that applies to all operating systems For OS specific details see the applicab
238. en preconfigured in the kernel drv sd conf file use the devfsadm command to perform LUN rediscovery after configuring the file NOTE The lpfc driver is not supported for Oracle StorEdge Traffic Manager Oracle Storage Multipathing To configure an Emulex FCA using the Oracle SAN driver stack see Configuring FCAs with the Oracle SAN driver stack page 62 Configuring Qlogic FCAs with the qla2300 driver See the latest Enterprise Virtual Array release notes or contact your HP representative to determine which QLogic FCAs and which driver version HP supports with the qla2300 driver To configure QLogic FCAs with the qla2300 driver 1 2 Ensure that you have the latest supported version of the qla2300 driver see http www hp com storage spock You must sign up for an HP Passport to enable access For more information on how to use SPOCK see the Getting Started Guide http h20272 www2 hp com Pages spock_overview introduction html Edit the following parameters in the kernel drv qla2300 conf driver configuration file to set up the FCAs for a SAN infrastructure HBAO is used in the example but the parameter edits apply to all HBAs NOTE If you are using a Oracle branded Qlogic FCA the configuration file is kernel dri qlc con hba0 connection options 1 hba0 link down timeout 60 hba0 persistent binding configuration 1 NOTE If you are using Solaris 10 editing the persistent binding parameter
239. enclosure 25 Table 3 Controller status LEDs continued ltem LED Indication 3 A Flashing amber indicates a controller termination or the system is inoperative and attention is required Solid amber indicates that the controller cannot reboot and that the controller should be replaced If both the solid amber and solid blue LEDs are lit the controller has completed a warm removal procedure and can be safely swapped 4 MEZZ Only used on the FC iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE controllers not on the FC controller Amber LED indicates the FC iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module status that is communicated to the array controller Slow flashing amber LED indicates an IP address conflict on the management port Solid amber indicates an FC iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module critical error or shutdown LED indicates standby power Solid green LED indicates cache is 5 Green LED indicates write back cache status Slow flashing green hl good with normal AC power applied 6 Amber LED indicates DIMM status The LED is off when DIMM status is good Slow flashing amber indicates DIMMs are being powered by battery during AC power loss Flashing amber with the chassis powered up indicates a degraded battery Solid amber with the chassis powered up indicates a failed battery Power supply module Two power supplies provide the necessary operating voltages to all controller enclosure components If one power supply fails the remaining p
240. eneaeeeeeeeensaes 87 Operating system and multipath software support iccesicciccssteciareescempcesastizicr die deaeeieidnideien 90 iSCSI initiator rules guidelines and support sxsvie d2 dsnedeexnveeselctasirdaonsdecedersvetuseneedevedeinsinummauveete 91 General iSCSI initiator rules and guidelines ccd cetsendccdecetetscbiaenicelesa neatsaneesdicaneceineen 91 Contents 5 6 Apple Mac OS X iSCSI initiator rules and guidelines cccccceesesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeseneaeeees 91 Microsoft Windows iSCSI Initiator rules and guidelines cccccccseesscceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessssaeeees 91 Linux iSCSI Initiator rules and quidelines 2 2 ccusiecehteisee st ncee este alan eee ante tee aa 92 Solaris iSCSI Initiator rules and guidelines cccccccccccesssseceeeeceeeneeeeeeeseenaeeeeeeseeesseeeeeeees 92 VMware iSCSI Initiator rules and quidelines ccccccsscccccesesseeceeeeeeeeesneeeeeeeesessnteeeeeseneaes 93 Supported IP network adapters lt x einer cudaics ces cose Ate t ta cask fleet aiei rata Claes hae tacts 93 IP network requirements x oe cct zattestee teste eee aah nee thee ts Lenass eel cmuedoete tt erete ssrrt en Set wees ols 93 Set up the 15C SI IMIA Osei Seen es canon eh es ee Se nN es ew Sone De te a ees 94 Windows aea wiht ates ce E A age Pal AA ea Min cen geet aa ales A E 94 WAU FIDE G oe voice a aE sues gene ea ae ach Geen uae we gece A NA E EEEE ENN 99 Installing the MPIO feature for Windows Server 2012
241. ent sequentially on a single channel not simultaneously on all channels as occurs in parallel transmission SCSI 3 Enclosures Services Those services that establish the mechanical environment electrical environment and external indicators and controls for the proper operation and maintenance of devices within an enclosure Small form factor pluggable transceiver A high performance storage device that contains no moving parts SSD components include either DRAM or EEPROM memory boards a memory bus board a CPU and a battery card Storage System Name An HP P6000 Command View assigned unique 20 character name that identifies a specific storage system See carrier The aggregated blocks of available storage in the total physical disk array See array See SSN An electronic component that switches network traffic from one connection to another TB TBps TC Termination Code termination event terminator topology transceiver U UID uninitialized system UNRECOVERABLE condition unwritten cached data UPS UUID V virtual disk virtual disk copy virtual disk family Vraid VraidO Vraid1 Vraid5 Terabyte A term defining either e A data transfer rate e A measure of either storage or memory capacity of 1 099 5111 627 776 240 bytes See also TBps Terabytes per second A data transfer rate of 1 000 000 000 000 10 2 bytes per second Termination Code An Enterprise Storage System contr
242. entation 158 Z zoning 65 316 Index
243. ential Boot devices and cannot be modified Target Configuration a saved blank iSCSI Name will issue a SendTargets command Disable of Auto discover does not apply to SendTargets with CHAP entries Only 64 devices can be persisted hound Any changes made to devices not bound will not persist across car Note Right click on entry for additional features V Auto bind Discovered Targets _ Auto discover Re discover prior SendTargets on save Enabl Bind habe Dynamic IP Address iSCSI Name Target ID Alias State Target fad Tal E 0 0 0 0 NA O NA Reserved for Fast 0 0 0 0 NA 1NA Reserved for Fastl v s 133 33 52 78 liqn 2004 09 com 64 Session Active v o LJ 33 33 52 79 liqn 2004 09 com 65 Session Active Config Parameters Config Authentication Refresh Save Target Settings Port 0 iqn 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com___ Presenting LUNs to the QLogic iSCSI Initiator To present LUNs to the QLogic iSCSI Initiator Set up the iSCSI Initiator 127 1 Follow procedures in Step 2 to e Create an iSCSI host e Present LUNs to the iSCSI host 2 On the iSCSI HBA tab Figure 65 page 128 verity that the QLogic iSCSI HBA is connected to the iSCSI LUNs in SMS under the HBA iSCSI port Figure 65 HBA iSCSI port connections SANsurfer iSCSI HBA Manager L ai File Host View Settings Wizards Help o m QLOGIC Connect Refresh iSCSIHBA Host Information Security E Host p
244. er iSCSI data port MEZ50_02 admin gt ping A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so IP Address IPv4 or IPv6 0 0 0 0 33 33 52 91 Invalid IP Address IP Address IPv4 or IPv6 0 0 0 0 33 33 52 91 Iteration Count 0 Continuously 0 8 Outbound Port 0 Mgmt 1 GE1 2 GE2 Mgmt 1 Size Of Packet Min 1 Max 1472 Bytes 56 Pinging 33 33 52 91 with 56 bytes of data Reply from 33 33 52 91 bytes 64 time 0 1ms Reply from 33 33 52 91 bytes 64 time lt 0 1ms Reply from 33 33 52 91 bytes 64 time lt 0 1ms Reply from 33 33 52 91 bytes 64 time lt 0 1ms Reply from 33 33 52 91 bytes 64 time lt 0 1ms Reply from 33 33 52 91 bytes 64 time lt 0 1ms Reply from 33 33 52 91 bytes 64 time lt 0 1ms Reply from 33 33 52 91 bytes 64 time lt 0 1ms Ping Statistics for 33 33 52 91 Packets Sent 8 Received 8 Lost 0 Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum 0 0ms Maximum 0 1ms Average 0 0ms Example 2 Ping through the mgmt port to another mgmt port MEZ75 admin gt ping A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before rea
245. er of EVA hosts already exist on the destination storage cell Case 7 The maximum number of EVA hosts already exist on the destination storage cell Case 8 The maximum number of Continuous Access groups already exist Case 1 If this operation is still desired delete one or more of the items on the destination storage cell and retry the operation Case 2 Use a smaller size and retry the operation Case 3 No action required Case 4 No action required Case 5 Use a smaller size and try this operation again Case 6 If this operation is still desired delete one or more of the EVA hosts and retry the operation Case 7 If this operation is still desired delete one or more of the virtual disks on the destination storage cell and retry the operation Case 8 If this operation is still desired delete one or more of the groups and retry the operation 6l Password mismatch Please update your system s password in the Storage System Access menu Continued attempts to access this storage system with an incorrect password will disable management of this storage system The login password entered on the controllers does not match Reconfigure one of the storage system controller passwords then use the management software to set the password to match the device so communication can proceed 62 DR group is merging The operation cannot be performed because the Continuous Access connection is curre
246. er or in the SAN Failover action is different depending on which single path method is employed The failure scenarios demonstrate behavior when recommended configurations are employed as well as expected failover behavior if guidelines are not met To implement single adapter servers into a multipath EVA environment configurations should follow these recommendations The purpose of single HBA configurations for non mission critical storage access is to control costs This chapter describes the configurations limitations and failover characteristics of single HBA servers under different operating systems Several of the descriptions are based on a single HBA configuration resulting in a single path to the device but OpenVMS has native multipath features by default NOTE Tru64 and NetWare are not supported with the P63x0 P65x0 EVA With OpenVMS a single HBA configuration will result in two paths to the device by having connections to both EVA controllers Single HBA configurations are not single path configurations with these operating systems In addition cluster configurations for OpenVMS provide enhanced availability and security To achieve availability within cluster configurations configure each member with its own HBAs and connectivity to shared LUNs For further information on cluster configurations and attributes see the appropriate operating system guide and the HP SAN Design Reference Guide NOTE HP continually make
247. ere the EVA LUN was assigned Solution 2 The EVA LUN was assigned to a different iSCSI Host then was expected Issue EVA presented virtual disk is not seen by the initiator Solution 1 The initiator has to login to the proper iSCSI target Match the virtual disk presentation properties as in Figure 90 page 177 and Figure 91 page 177 to the initiator s target login 176 Troubleshooting Figure 90 Host details Storage Systems 225 EVA Storage Network a CVEVA_4K50 Vdisk Prop Host Details Name iSCSI MPX Host 01 Save Changes amp iSCSI Controller iSCSI targets iqn 2004 09 com hp tegw mez50 2 01 5001 4380025da53d iqn 2004 09 com hp tegw mez50 2 01 50014380025da539 iqn 2004 09 com hp tegw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 iqn 2004 09 com hp tegw mez50 1 01 50014380025da53c BS Virtual Disks General aS perf10 Type 8 Vdisk001 Host Presentations Vdiskoo2 Vaisk003 GG per Hosts OG per perio aA Hosts amp Hosts GG Disk Groups iSCSI MPX Host 01 G Data Replication Hardware amp P6500 10GiSCSi FCoE amp P6300_1GiSCSI DEVELOPMET_4K50 A CVEVA_4K75 A P6500_perf75 Figure 91 Target tab Favorite Targets Volumes and Devices RADIUS General Discovery Targets 2008 Microsoft Windows Advanced Settings Fibre Channel Path ost A Preferred path mode No preference z Read write Managing controller Control
248. eriods of low activity when possible A CAUTION Ifthe Online LED of the replacement drive stops blinking and the amber fault LED glows or if other drive LEDs in the array go out the replacement drive has failed and is producing unrecoverable disk errors Remove and replace the failed replacement drive 172 Troubleshooting When automatic data recovery has finished the online LED of the replacement drive stops blinking and begins to glow steadily Failure of another drive during rebuild If a non correctable read error occurs on another physical drive in the array during the rebuild process the Online LED of the replacement drive stops blinking and the rebuild abnormally terminates If this situation occurs restart the server The system might temporarily become operational long enough to allow recovery of unsaved data In any case locate the faulty drive replace it and restore data from backup Handling disk drive failures If the controller was configured with hardware fault tolerance complete the following steps after a disk drive failure l 2 gt Determine which physical drive failed On hot plug drives an amber drive failure LED illuminates If the unit containing the failed drive does not support hot plug drives perform a normal shutdown Remove the failed drive and replace it with a drive that is of the same capacity For hot plug drives after you secure the drive in the bay the LEDs on the drive eac
249. ernehmen f r Hausm ll Greek recycling notice Anoppiwn axprnotou z on iopo and idiwtes yprotes ornv Eupwnaikn Evwon Autd To otp Bodo onpaive oT Sev np nel va anoppiwete To npo v pe Ta AoINd oikiak anoppipparta Avti eta np ne va npootat wete tny avOpwnivn uyeia kai To nepiPadAov napadidovtac tov aypnoto e on iop oag oe eGouciodotnpEvo onpeio oudAoyns yia THY avaKUKAWON axpNoTOU NAEKTPIKOU Kal n ektpoviko esonA lopou Tia nepioodtepes nAnpoopics enikolvwvjote pe TRY UNNPEGIA andppIWNS ANOPPILEPATWV TNG NEpIoXNs OAG Recycling notices 207 Hungarian recycling notice A hullad k anyagok megsemmis t se az Eur pai Uni haztartasaiban Ez a szimb lum azt jelzi hogy a k sz l ket nem szabad a h ztart si hullad kkal egy tt kidobni Ehelyett a leselejtezett berendez seknek az elektromos vagy elektronikus hullad k tv tel re kijel lt helyen t rt n beszolg ltat s val meg vja az emberi eg szs get s a k rnyezetet Tov bbi inform ci t a helyi k ztisztas gi v llalatt l kaphat Italian recycling notice Smaltimento di apparecchiature usate da parte di utenti privati nell Unione Europea Questo simbolo avvisa di non smaltire il prodotto con i normali rifi uti domestici Rispettare la salute umana e l ambiente conferendo l apparecchiatura dismessa a un centro di raccolta designato per il riciclo di apparecchiature elettroniche ed elettriche Per ulteriori informazioni rivolgersi al serv
250. ert3 9 HBA 0 QLE4062C Ready amp Port 0 iqn 1991 05 com microsoftperf3 sanbox com General Information amp Device iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez 5 1 01 5001 438004c62f98 LUN LUN 0 LUN LUN 5 Host per3 LUN LUN 6 LUN LUN 7 LUN LUN 8 Device iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez 5 2 01 5001 438004c62199 OS Type Windows Server 2008 x64 LUN LUN 0 LUN LUN 5 LUN LUN 6 LUN LUN 7 OS Version Service Pack 2 Build 6002 LUN LUN 8 amp Port 1 iqn 1991 05 com microsoftpert3 sanbox com P Device iqn 2004 09 com hp feaw mez75 1 01 5001438004c62 9c LUN LUN 0 Agent Version 2 00 0022 LUN LUN 5 LUN LUN 6 LUN LUN 7 LUN LUN 8 iSDM API Version 00 06 00 22 LSDM DLL Device iqn 2004 09 com hp feqw mez75 2 01 5001438004c62f9d LUN LUN 0 LUN LUN 5 LUN LUN 8 External IOCTL Version 06 OCTL LUN LUN 7 LUN LUN 8 XX fe Kel c os Use Microsoft s iSCSI services to manage the iSCSI target login and LUN load balancing policies Installing the HP MPIO Full Featured DSM for EVA 128 Follow the steps in the Installation and Reference Guide located at hitp h20000 www 2 hp com bizsupport TechSupport Document ndex jsp contentlype SupportManual amp lang en amp cc us amp doclndexld 64179 amp taskld 101 amp prodTypeld 18964 amp prodSeriesld 421492 Following the installation of the HP MPIO Full Featured DSM for EVA open Computer
251. erts Set up the iSCSI Initiator 97 C c To create iSCSI Initiator host click Add host A dialog box opens e Enter a name for the initiator host in the Name box e Select iSCSI as the Type e Select the initiator iSCSI qualified name IQN from the iSCSI node name list Or you can enter a port WWN e Select an OS from the Operating System list Create a virtual disk and present it to the host you created in Step 2 c Note the numbers in the target IQN these target WWNs will be referenced during Initiator login See Figure 34 page 98 and Figure 35 page 98 Figure 34 Virtual disk properties 2v113139_jsesi svri1315Siscsi B Haw wiorece v so vaimareen san 2004 varcite9_Jecss D rows Daana mento 208 5091438004051449 a L Ocom np togw mers 2 01 Somaseonecsted vaissa omen vtot wow SO it GCSIMPX Most OF O CCUM Hot 02 A SCIMPX Most 03 BD GCSIMPX Host 04 Betis B mmn scs o B omnans 03 com re tega mexS0 1 01 SON 438004651448 ian 2004 98 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines 3 Set up the iSCSI disk on the iSCSI Initiator a b e f g h Multipathing Open the iSCSI Initiator Control Panel applet Click the Targets tab and then the Refresh button to see the available targets Figure 36 page 99 The status should be Inactive Figure 36 iSCSI Initiator Properties
252. es data control power and other signals among components within an enclosure A data block that contains a physical defect A replacement routine that substitutes defect free disk blocks for those found to have defects This process takes place in the controller and is transparent to the host The part of the power supply AC receptacle that engages the AC power cord connector to ensure that the cord cannot be accidentally disconnected A rechargeable unit mounted within a controller enclosure that supplies backup power to the cache module in case of primary power shortage The maximum rate of signal state changes per second on a communication circuit If each signal state change corresponds to a code bit then the baud rate and the bit rate are the same It is also possible for signal state changes to correspond to more than one code bit so the baud rate may be lower than the code bit rate The physical location of a component such as a drive I O module or power supply in a disk enclosure Each bay is numbered to define its location An array that contains both source and destination virtual disks A bidirectional configuration allows multidirectional O flow among several arrays Also called a sector The smallest collection of consecutive bytes addressable on a disk drive In integrated storage elements a block contains 512 bytes of data error codes flags and the block address header See fan An alternate term used for
253. esianaies 214 Component Airflow REQUIRE MIS xx cehcawctteudi ede rateedvediicdendevehedideelavecedsunhsdinudlevavedeceiaindieendes 214 Rack Airflow Rew SiMe IS ccc che scssnececsnacevtnranesae tentative anc dondshueueeaesioebteensensorereaes Meseieenk 214 Configuration SHANG cscac cecazedegnatieneeddeandacwsdanneduddlenedetnented dnd oanentinahbabandedonntuneataataddanagens 214 UPS S lections a A EAE eat 214 SHOCK and vibration SPSCII CCH ONS acy scnccvecddarincndncncvvaaadeedadmeneuce noes desdudnanteie deed diusncndmexcueasaddednens 215 Co COMMON A EEO IOA 217 MPN Ng sera scaler nd oan direc has eae sess ek Reset ca eels eee Rectan era emeetataoseest 217 Commond line GOS SiO Waseccavs ths cerpetelaeancssntdeguedealcewetpadensiatelanectaedeiadaiewalaaunicaxeuaiaseecies 217 Authority TCU IFGHIE NS cccsccwewinssevendeeanrsemece hare nee 217 QS oi AAS ca ec esei eia Eaa a e Ue ou soa enone EEE Naina ERa enO aae aaa 217 PUI E T oasiensleabanahtadanel 218 eic elelo a PE EAEE A EE EE days 218 Clear einai a E E TE E E O 218 Diler nes an nin n n a e EEN DEES P RN r EE ARESE N ORES 219 Eia a eiedetane taser t asses ontsieiadaiaierel 219 FEN ica aa wncnnsnd aad ceo toad ab aloes nn desde E adaoiearnnneeetuta 220 FEF epcusese ee cee eae cua dec at esa ene ea eee aa er araued ar E aad EEE 220 FRIGHT Y E Sacdtanetatinings da daeutadubabnsdansiwladetideddaypneapundnsad east didsceaduanonienias 222 WAG CEE E E E E E 222 10 Contents ANIO anenee RE AEE es
254. esneeeeeeeens 29 Enable iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE MGMT port DHCP addiess icc eescccsuecticatc contnsiventvetinecheeeteciies 29 Reset the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module to factory defaults cccccecceeeeeeeteeeeeeeessteeeeeeees 29 HSV controller Galo IG aie cazcecretsnncepecadaneuerinutessvesteceneasvenstusealadecesnneng eatentauedeaiert EERE 29 TC syst m racks soisi aatee tacit ta ataed ae ou guetta eaaitewendpetendinemioieepuduaseniaetearctuanedieniiac ranevnaretaieene 30 Rack configurations sineira ra EAEE EEE EEEE EEEE EE 30 Power distribution UNits 0 ccccccceseeeeccccccsuueccccccuueeeeeecessssuueeeecceecuueseeeeessssuaeesceseeaneeeeeseueaaea 31 POU a a e e E E 31 D OE EE E E EE E EE 31 POM en ne eR a E E E E E Ne eY ener 32 Rack AC power distibuhon senssinssiirorniiiaiii enn E EEEE E EEEE eee 33 Moving and stabilizing a HOEK ii crane scoidcacntmentnoicecneeasaumenteavdaued uennmeneaes sect Wosentnanecareiad voneuansebeeeelas 33 2 P63x0 P65x0 EVA Operation cccccccccccccceceeessssseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaasaaaeneees 36 Best OPACIICES sciieseuynnpackaised vraisioansiy sasstantevediannyeaustancuveduncesh T uoaa E e E EErEE eais 36 Operating tips and On monlO cae ciatieec tence ticaatenedtuiciet tense eden ees eel eas 36 Contents 3 Reserving adequate free SOC ytencnctiecietzvotionstos Geant cae culedanemtivcsalenlniineaueaeladieereMinneabedens 36 Using SAS midline disk ONES tease ceuncntetsdcis clvonnertebacswnnras peeeuednclecates
255. ess 41635 QLBI_Passthru Invalid data App Error Pass Through command for Read Capacity length d bytes command failed The Read Capacity command was issued by the module as part of its discovery process 41636 QLBI_GetLunInfo INQUIRY App Error Read Capacity command failed The Read Capacity failed TPB status 0x x command was issued by the module as part of its discovery process 41696 QLBI_GetLunInfo INQUIRY App Error Pass Through command issued by management failed TPB status 0x x application such as GUI was aborted 41700 QLBI_Passthru Invalid CDB App Error Pass Through command issued by management length d bytes application such as GUI failed due to invalid command descriptor block CDB length Al701 QLBI_Passthru Invalid data App Error Pass Through command issued by management length d bytes application such as GUI failed due to invalid data length 41717 QLBI_Passthru Invalid data App Error Pass Through command issued by management length d bytes application such as GUI was interrupted or timed out 41750 QLBI_Ioctl ERROR Operation App Error IOCTL operation unsupported Operation code 0x x not supported in this provided in log message mode 41768 QLBI_GetLunList REPORT LUNS App Error Report LUNs command failed The Report LUNs command failed command was issued by the module as part of its discovery process 41769 QLBI_GetLunList REPORT LUNS App Error Report LUNs c
256. et risico te worden blootgesteld aan gevaarlijke straling Het risico van blootstelling aan gevaarijke straling beperkt u als volgt Probeer de behuizing van de module niet te openen U mag zelf geen onderdelen repareren Gebruik voor de laserapparatuur geen andere knoppen of instellingen en voer geen andere aanpassingen of procedures uit dan die in deze handleiding worden beschreven Alleen door HP geautoriseerde technici mogen het apparaat repareren French laser notice AN AVERTISSEMENT cet appareil pout tre quip d un laser class en tant que Produit laser de classe 1 et conforme la r glementation de la FDA am ricaine et la norme 60825 1 de l IEC Ce produit n met pas de rayonnement dangereux L utilisation de commandes de r glages ou de proc dures autres que ceux qui sont indiqu s ici ou dans le manuel d installation du produit laser peut exposer l utilisateur des rayonnements dangereux Pour r duire le risque d exposition des rayonnements dangereux Ne tentez pas d ouvrir le boitier renfermant l appareil laser Il ne contient aucune pi ce dont la maintenance puisse tre effectu e par l utilisateur Tout contr le r glage ou proc dure autre que ceux d crits dans ce chapitre ne doivent pas tre effectu s par l utilisateur Seuls les Mainteneurs Agr s HP sont habilit s r parer l appareil laser 204 Regulatory compliance notices German laser notice AN VORSICHT Dieses
257. etup for Linux Installing and configuring the SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 iSCSI driver Configure the initiator using the built in GUl based tool or the open iscsi administration utility using the iscsiadm command See the iscsiadm 8 man pages for detailed command information 1 Modify the Initiator Name by issuing the following command vi etc initiatorname iscsi 2 To configure the Initiator and Targets start the iSCSI Initiator applet by finding it in the YaST Control Center under Network Services and then set the service to start at boot time Figure 50 page 110 Set up the iSCSI Initiator 109 Figure 50 Configure initiator and targets Vast2 rack20 08 iSCSI Initiator Overview iSCSI Initiator Service Start To stari he service every me your computer is booted set When Booting Otherwise set Manually Service Connected Target Discovered Target Service Start When Booting Manually 3 Click the Discovered Targets tab and enter your iSCSI target IP address Figure 51 page 110 Figure 51 Discovered Targets tab Vast2 rack20 08 iSCSI Initiator iSCSI Initiator Discovery Enter the IP Address of the IP Address Port discovered server Only change Port _ _ ee it needed For autientcaton ise C feo H Username and Password If you do not need authentication seleci No Authentication X No Authentication Warning When accessing an iSCSI de
258. etwork information Launch HP P6000 Command View Administrator Options FP2 Less details Configure network options 9 n Operational state E Good Power down or restart system Connection state E Logged into fabric seal tected MIE SI UNL World Wide Name 5001 4380 013B F319 Uninitialize system Address 01 1E 00 E A E Serica wie Speed 4 Gb s Configure controller device ports Fabric ii n 7 Service Options View message logs View last controller fault In the Topology box select Direct from the drop down menu Click Save Changes Repeat steps through 6 for other ports where direct connect is desired Close the HP P6000 Control Panel and remove the Ethernet cable from the server however you may want to retain access to the ABM to initialize the storage cell for example ONAN Saving storage system configuration data 46 As part of an overall data protection strategy storage system configuration data should be saved during initial installation and whenever major configuration changes are made to the storage system This includes adding or removing disk drives creating or deleting disk groups and adding or deleting virtual disks The saved configuration data can save substantial time if re initializing the storage system becomes necessary The configuration data is saved to a series of files which should be stored in a location other than on the storag
259. example only 1 To create the physical volume on a virtual disk enter the following command pvcreate f dev rdsk c32t0d1 2 To create the volume group directory for a virtual disk enter the command mkdir dev vg01 3 To create the volume group node for a virtual disk enter the command mknod dev vg01 group c 64 0x010000 The designation 64 is the major number that equates to the 64 bit mode The 0x01 is the minor number in hex which must be unique for each volume group 4 To create the volume group for a virtual disk enter the command vgcreate f dev vg01 dev dsk c32t0d1 5 To create the logical volume for a virtual disk enter the command lvcreate L1000 dev vg01 lvoll1 In this example a 1 Gb logical volume 1vo1 1 is created 6 Create a file system for the new logical volume by creating a file system directory name and inserting a mount tab entry into etc fstab 7 Run the command mkfs on the new logical volume The new file system is ready to mount HP UX 53 IBM AIX Accessing IBM AIX utilities You can access IBM AIX utilities such as the Object Data Manager ODM on the following website hitp www hp com support downloads In the Search products box enter MPIO and then click AIX MPIO PCMA for HP Arrays Select IBM AIX and then select your software storage product Adding hosts To determine the active FCAs on the IBM AIX host enter lsdev Cc adapter grep fcs Output similar to the following app
260. f cache data from power controller loss or disk drive failure Report the error to product support Storage system inoperative 87 The disk group is in an inoperative state and Report the error to product support Disk group inoperative cannot process the request 88 The storage system is inoperative and cannot Report the error to product support process the request because all disk groups have lost sufficient drives such that no data is available 89 Failsafe Locked The request cannot be performed because the Continuous Access group is in a failsafe locked state Resolve the condition and retry the request 90 Data Flush Incomplete The disk cache data need to be flushed before the condition can be resolved Retry the request later Unknown remote Vdisk 91 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Redundancy Mirrored Inoperative 92 The LUN number is already in use by Select another LUN number and retry Duplicate LUN another client of the storage system the request 93 While the request was being performed the Retry the request once remote Other remote controller failed remote storage system controller terminated controller failout is complete 94 The remote storage system specified does Correctly select the remote storage not exist system and retry the request 187 Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code v
261. f the initiator with the user provided CHAP secret To enable single direction CHAP you need to enable CHAP for a specific initiator record on the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules and input a corresponding CHAP secret from the iSCSI host e Bi directional The initiator and target authenticate identity of each other with the user provided CHAP secrets To enable bi directional CHAP for a discovery session you need to provide a CHAP secret for the initiator and for the iSCSI port for which you are performing discovery To enable bi directional CHAP for a normal session you will need to provide a CHAP secret for the initiator and for the iSCSI presented target that you are trying to log in to e Once CHAP is enabled it is enforced for both the normal and discovery sessions You only have the choice of what type single or bi directional of CHAP to perform Single direction CHAP during discovery and during normal session Single direction CHAP during discovery and bi directional CHAP during normal session o Bi directional CHAP during discovery and single direction CHAP during normal session o Bi directional CHAP during discovery and during normal session Enabling single direction CHAP during discovery and normal session Table 22 page 133 lists the parameters you use to enable single direction CHAP 132 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Table 22 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module secret settings iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modu
262. faceparams_1_ svc FC port configuration 3206 qapisetisns 1 svc iSNS configuration changed QLIS HandleTeb iSNS Connection Failed QLIS HandleTeb iSNS Connection Failed gapisetmgmintfcparams_1_svc Management port configuration gapisetntpparams_ 1 svc NTP configuration changed gapisetcliparams_1 svc cli settings changed gqapisetsnmpparams_1 svc snmp settings changed gapisetsnmpparams_1 svc snmp settings changed gqapisetsnmpparams_1 svc snmp settings changed gqapisetbridgebasicinfo_1 svc Bridge configuration changed changed changed changed changed changed Syntax show luninfo Example MEZ75 admin gt show luninfo Index WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 68 1 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 6c Please select a Target from the list above q to quit 1 Index LUN VpGroup 0 0 VPGROUP_1 1 1 VPGROUP_1 2 2 VPGROUP_1 3 3 VPGROUP_1 4 4 VPGROUP_1 5 5 VPGROUP_1 6 6 VPGROUP_1 7 7 VPGROUP_1 8 8 VPGROUP_1 9 9 VPGROUP_1 10 10 VPGROUP_1 11 11 VPGROUP_1 12 12 VPGROUP_1 13 0 VPGROUP_2 14 0 VPGROUP_ 3 15 0 VPGROUP_4 250 Command reference Please select a LUN from the list above q to quit 10 LUN Information WWULN 60 05 08 b4 00 0f 1d 4 00 01 50 00 00 cf 00 00 LUN Number 10 VendorId HP ProductId HSV340 ProdRevLevel 0005 Portal 0 Lun Size 22528 MB Lun State Online LUN Path Information Controller Id WWPN PortId IQN IP Path Status 1 50 01 43
263. g utilities Remote PuTTy SSH console VMware CLI VMware vSphere ESX 4 1 ESXi Windows XPWindows vicfg hostops pl Yes vCLI CLI 4 1 VistaWindows vihostupdate pl eva vaaip p1 7Windows Server 2003Windows Server 2008 Linux x86Linux x64 VM Appliance N A N A vMA VMware Update VMware vSphere ESX 4 1 ESXi Windows Server VUM graphical No Manager VUM ServerVMware 4 1 2003 Windows user interface Update Manager Server 2008 Installation overview Regardless of installation method key installation tasks include 1 Obtaining the HP VAAI Plug in software bundle from the HP website 2 Extracting files from HP VAAI Plug in software bundle to a temporary location on the server 74 Configuring application servers 5 6 Placing the target VMware host in maintenance mode Invoking the software tool to install the HP VAAI Plug in Automated installation steps include a Installing the HP VAAI plug in driver hp_vaaip _p6000 on the target VMware host b Adding VIB details to the target VMware host c Creating VAAI claim rules d Loading and executing VAAI claim rules Restarting the target VMware host Taking the target VMware host out of maintenance mode After installing the HP VAAI Plug in the operating system will execute all VAAI claim rules and scan every five minutes to check for any array volumes that may have been added to the target VMware host If new volumes are detected they will become VAAI enab
264. gLen 1 List all iSCSI targets iscsiadm list target param 2 Modify maxrecvdataseglen to 65536 for each target iscsiadm modify target param p maxrecvdataseglen 65536 target 1qn 3 Verify target setting using the example below Example iscsiadm list target param Target iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 iscsiadm modify target param p maxrecvdataseglen 65536 iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 iscsiadm list target param v iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 Set up the iSCSI Initiator 121 122 Target iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 Alias Bi directional Authentication disabled Authentication Type NONE Login Parameters Default Configured Data Sequence In Order yes Data PDU In Order yes Default Time To Retain 20 Default Time To Wait 2 Error Recovery Level 0 First Burst Length 65536 Immediate Data yes Initial Ready To Transfer R2T yes Max Burst Length 262144 Max Outstanding R2T 1 Max Receive Data Segment Length 8192 65536 Max Connections 1 Header Digest NONE Data Digest NONE Configured Sessions 1 Monitor Multipath devices Once virtual disks are presented by HP P6000 Command View to the Solaris host the following commands should be used to monitor the configuration l iscsiadm list target S This command lists targets with their presented LUNs In a multipath e
265. gement port or iSCSI port qsrNwPortIndex Syntax Unsigned32 Access Not accessible Description A positive integer indexing each network port in a given role 270 Simple Network Management Protocol qsrNwPortAddressMode Syntax INTEGER 1 Static 2 DHCP 3 Bootp 4 RARP Access Read only Description Method by which the port gets its IP address qsrlPAddressType Syntax InetAddressType Access Read only Description IP address type ipv4 or ipv qsrlPAddress Syntax InetAddress Access Read only Description IP address of the port qsrNetMask Syntax InetAddress Access Read only Description Subnet mask for this port qsrGateway Syntax InetAddress Access Read only Description Gateway for this port qsrMacAddress Syntax IMacAddress Access Read only Description MAC address for this port qstNwLinkStatus Syntax QsrLinkStatus Access Read only Description Operational link status for this port Management Information Base 271 qsrNwLinkRate Syntax QsrLinkRate Access Read only Description Operational link rate for this port FC port table This table contains a list of the Fibre Channel FC ports on the module There are as many entries in this table as there are FC ports on the module qsrFcPoriTable Syntax SEQUENCE OF QsrFcPortEntry
266. ght of the rack requires a minimum of two people to move If one person tries to move the rack injury may occur To ensure stability of the rack always push on the lower half of the rack Be especially caretul when moving the rack over any bump e g door sills ramp edges carpet edges or elevator openings When the rack is moved over a bump there is a potential for it to tip over Moving and stabilizing a rack 33 34 Moving the rack requires a clear uncarpeted pathway that is at least 80 cm 31 5 in wide for the 60 3 cm 23 7 in wide 42U rack A vertical clearance of 203 2 cm 80 in should ensure sufficient clearance for the 200 cm 78 7 in high 42U rack CAUTION Ensure that no vertical or horizontal restrictions exist that would prevent rack movement without damaging the rack Make sure that all four leveler feet are in the fully raised position This process will ensure that the casters support the rack weight and the feet do not impede movement Each rack requires an area 600 mm 23 62 in wide and 1000 mm 39 37 in deep see Figure 15 page 34 Figure 15 Single rack configuration floor space requirements k 4 gt i ee A o lt e 9 O A y CX08238A 1 Front door 5 Rear service area depth 300 mm 2 Rear door 6 Rack depth 1000 mm 3 Rack width 600 mm 7 Front service area depth 406 mm 4 Service area width 813 mm 8 Total rack depth 1706 mm If the feet are not fully
267. gram error command are correct and retry Bad Volume Usage 154 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Physcial Store Is Volume 155 The requested usage of the volume is not Verify that the parameters of the a valid value This can indicate a user or program error command are correct and retry 156 Bad LDAD Usage The requested usage of the volume is not a consistent with the disk group indicated This can indicate a user or program error Verify that the parameters of the command are correct and retry Internal Tag Invalid 157 The disk group requested for the attempted Verify that the parameters of the No LDAD Handle command is not valid command are correct and retry 158 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Bad Quorum Flag 159 The command parameters do not correlate Verify that the parameters of the to an object in the system This can indicate a user or program error command are correct and retry 160 Internal Tag Bad UUID The command parameters do not correlate to an object in the system This can indicate a user or program error Verify that the parameters of the command are correct and retry 161 Too Many Physical Store Tags When attempting to initialize the storage cell either the command is attempted with too many drives or the drive list has duplicate entries Ensure that a supported number
268. gt set isns set isns set mgmt set mgmt set ntp set ntp set properties set properties set snmp trap destinations set snmp trap destinations lt DEST_NUM gt set system set vpgroups vpgroup index lt DEST_NUM gt groups vpgroup set system show chap fe features chap chassi fe features initiators initiators_lunmask iscsi isns feature_keys initiators iostats logs luninfo luns lunmask iscsi isns logs luninfo luns memory mgmt ntp perf memory mgmt ntp pert presented_targets presented_initiators presented_targets properties snmp stats system properties snmp targets stats system targets vpgroups show chap show chap show fc lt PORT_NUM gt show fc lt PORT_NUM gt show features show features show initiators fe iscsi show feature_keys show initiators_lunmask show initiators fc iscsi show iscsi lt PORT_NUM gt show iscsi lt PORT_NUM gt show isns show isns show logs lt ENTRIES gt show logs lt ENTRIES gt show luninfo show luninfo show luns show luns show lunmask show memory show memory show mgmt show mgmt show ntp show ntp show perf byte init_rbyte init_wbyte show perf byte init_rbyte init_wbyte tgt_rbyte tgt_wbyte tgt_rbyte tgt_wbyte show presented_initiators fc iscsi show presented_targets fc iscsi show presented_targets fc iscsi show properties show properties
269. h flash once in an alternating pattern to indicate a successful connection The online LED flashes indicating that the controller recognized the drive replacement and began the recovery process Power up the server if applicable The controller reconstructs the information on the new drive based on information from the remaining physical drives in the logical drive While reconstructing the data on hot plug drives the online LED flashes When the drive rebuild is complete the online LED is illuminated iSCSI module diagnostics and troubleshooting Diagnostic information is also available through HP P6000 Command View and the CLI event logs and error displays This section describes diagnostics iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE diagnostics The iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE self test status and operational status are indicated by the MEZZ LED as shown in Figure 85 page 173 and Table 26 page 173 Figure 85 Controller status LEDs Table 26 Controller status LEDs ltem 1 LED Indication UID Blue LED identifies a specific controller within the enclosure and the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module within the controller Green LED indicates controller health LED flashes green during boot and AY becomes solid green after boot iSCSI module diagnostics and troubleshooting 173 Table 26 Controller status LEDs continued ltem 3 LED A Indication Flashing amber indicates a controller termination or the system
270. h to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so 234 Command reference Enter feature key to be saved activated Set iSCSI Configures an iSCSI port Authority Admin session Syntax set iscsi lt PORT_NUM gt Keywords lt PORT_NUM gt The iSCSI port to be configured If not entered all ports are selected as shown in the example Example MEZ50 admin gt set iscsi A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so WARNING The following command might cause a loss of connections to both ports Configuring iSCSI Port 1 Port Status 0 Enable 1 Disable Enabled Port Speed 0 Auto 1 100Mb 2 1Gb Auto MTU Size 0 Normal 1 Jumbo 2 Other Normal Window Size Min 8192B Max 1048576B 32768 IPv4 Address 33 33 52 96 IPv4 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 IPv4 Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 IPv4 TCP Port No Min 1024 Max 65535 3260 J IPv4 VLAN 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled IPv6 Address 1 KE J IPv6 Address 2 Li J IPv6 Default Router EE IPv6 TCP Port No Min 1024 Max 65535 3260 IPv6 VLAN 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled iSCSI Header Digests 0 Enable 1 Disable Disabled iSCSI Data Digests 0 Enable 1
271. hascas edasndeae bsradydvensenelaseieiaedensavsets 142 iSCSI and FCoE thin provision MGMeliiG s caccieuidrrcrenceesaierieieausceietieh deuteron 144 6 nde paih Meanie 149 Installation SUS FAST Sn Scena ipceiseceize mesenteric eee encase nen see 149 Recommended Tmt HICNS sacscci asics ve couse neenbarrentnedeasnbauas tatedsemesenenreausiutsione tie elapeuieney 149 Supported CCI CPN ONS acca reversssacbiaces eves apsnacuiesne asi averiaeuiethoreanaenatestbdciooctyendshactineasarssenatede 150 General configuration eOmipone its sxcks ao decaccec ct deer enteecedilebcreeeeeeatalediceneatiineclanehieeeceecee 150 Connecting a single path HBA server to a switch in a fabric ZONE ceceeseeeeeesteeeeeeneeeeetens 150 HP UX Ca NOUN CORI sianie aae E Rea E E alee a ania TE 152 RGU LEE sins usniasenataeendieeaeaiieachsdelawensidweoasvaaeaneasacuasiqtaueadeanwedua tush is vanibenien kisnaionoeasdess 152 HBA configuration mereerin oe EEEE E EEEE EEE EEEE 152 Risks sssini E E E ue 152 Li PE IISc is e iaee a ea e EE E iaaa 152 Windows Server 2003 32 bit Windows Server 2008 32 bit and Windows Server 2012 32 bit GTA ISIN AT a r E E mest esos eee 153 REG UIEMENNS lt t2scnhicasiiersdinwenccer A E A A a 153 HBA R sola 0551 o1 eee meme eee ake eee mCten Ice Nee be er antrten Nett re Nebr Reekretre troy eer ereac ener reeset ner tesseee nernet 153 Risks oieee it ania noe EA Ei 153 Limita ONS ease dunapnsitiosasedcsss sss a a EE ENEKE a E e a a ani 154 W
272. he VAAI Plug in Enter a command using the following syntax Shost esxupdate remove b VAAI Plug In Bulletin Name maintenancemode Restart the host Exit maintenance mode VMware 8l 4 Replacing array components Customer self repair CSR Table 16 page 83 and Table 17 page 84 identify hardware components that are customer replaceable Using HP Insight Remote Support software or other diagnostic tools a support specialist will work with you to diagnose and assess whether a replacement component is required to address a system problem The specialist will also help you determine whether you can perform the replacement Parts only warranty service Your HP Limited Warranty may include a parts only warranty service Under the terms of parts only warranty service HP will provide replacement parts free of charge For parts only warranty service CSR part replacement is mandatory If you request HP to replace these parts you will be charged for travel and labor costs Best practices for replacing hardware components The following information will help you replace the hardware components on your storage system successfully A CAUTION Removing a component significantly changes the air flow within the enclosure Components or a blanking panel must be installed for the enclosure to cool properly If a component fails leave it in place in the enclosure until a new component is available to install Component replacemen
273. he iSCSI Initiator is listed under the set chap command enable CHAP secret For example CHAPsecretol a b Select the index of the iSCSI Initiator To Enable CHAP select 0 then enter the CHAP secret iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Enable CHAP for the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator l or ADON No Click Discovery For manually discovering iSCSI target portals Click Add under Target Portals Enter the IP address of the iSCSI port of the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module Click Advanced Select the CHAP Login Information checkbox Enter the CHAP secret for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s discovered iSCSI Initiator in the Target Secret box for example CHAPsecret01 Click OK and the initiator completes Target discovery Using iSNS for target discovery e Click Add under iSNS Servers e Enter the IP address of the iSNS server e Click OK Click Targets and select the appropriate target for login Click Log On and then click Advanced Select the CHAP Login Information checkbox Enter the CHAP secret for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s discovered iSCSI Initiator in the Target Secret box Click OK Click OK again oangea Enable CHAP for the open iscsi iSCSI Initiator To enable CHAP in open iscsi you need to edit etc iscsi iscsid conf file l Enable CHAP for both Discovery and Normal Session by node session auth authmethod CHAP node session auth authmethod CHAP
274. he targets are auto detected and the show targets displayed information can be a helpful debug aid Authority Admin session Syntax target add rm Keywords rm Removes a target from the module s target database Example MEZ75 admin gt target rm Warning This command will cause the removal of all mappings and maskings associated with the target that is selected Index State WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 Online 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 68 1 Online 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 6c Please select an OFFLINE Target from the list above q to quit Traceroute Prints the route a network packet takes to reach the destination specified by the user Authority Admin session Syntax traceroute Example MEZ75 admin gt traceroute A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so IP Address IPv4 or IPv6 0 0 0 0 10 6 6 131 Outbound Port 0 Mgmt 1 GE1 2 GE2 Mgmt 0 Tracing route to 10 6 6 131 over a maximum of 30 hops 1 10 6 64131 0 1ms 0 1ms 0 1ms Traceroute completed in 1 hops 264 Command reference D Using the iSCSI CLI The CLI enables you to perform a variety of iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module management tasks through an Ethernet or serial port c
275. her than 0 0 0 0 and trap port combinations must be unique For example if trap 1 and trap 2 have the same address then they must have different port values Similarly if trap 1 and trap 2 have the same port value they must have different addresses SNMP parameters 269 Management Information Base This section describes the Qlogic management information base MIB Network port table The network port table contains a list of network ports that are operational on the module The entries in this table include the management port labeled MGMT and the Gigabit Ethernet ports labeled GE1 and GE2 qsrNwPortTable Syntax SEQUENCE OF QsrNwPortEntry Access Not accessible Description Entries in this table include the management port and the iSCSI ports on the module qsrNwPortEntry Syntax QsrNwPortEntry Access Not accessible Description Each entry row contains information about a specific network port A network port entry consists of the following sequence of objects qsrNwPortRole QsrPortRole qsrNwPort Index unsigned32 qsrNwPortAddressMode INTEGER qsrIPAddressType InetAddressType qsrIPAddress InetAddress qsrNetMask InetAddress qsrGateway InetAddress qsrMacAddress MacAddress qsrNwLinkStatus QsrLinkStatus qsrNwLinkRate QsrLinkRate qsrNwPortRole Syntax QsrPortRole Access Not accessible Description Operational role of this port mana
276. hing the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so OS Type 0 Windows 1 Linux 2 Solaris 3 OpenvMS 4 VMWare 5 Mac OS X 6 Windows2008 7 Windows2012 8 Other Windows2008 6 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Example 3 MEZ50 admin gt initiator rm Warning This command will cause the removal of all mappings and maskings associated with the initiator that is selected All connections involving the selected initiator will be dropped Index Status WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 LoggedIn igqn 1991 05 com microsoft perf2 sanbox com 1 LoggedIn igqn 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com 2 LoggedIn igqn 1991 05 com microsoft perf10 sanbox com 3 LoggedOut ign 1995 com microsoft serverl Please select a LoggedOut Initiator from the list above q to quit 3 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Example 4 MEZ75 admin gt initiator mod Index Type WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0d 21 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0d J FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0 21 00 00 c0 dd 10 f 7 0f 2 FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 de 53 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 de 53 3 FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 54 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 54 4 FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 de 5d 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 5d 5 FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 5e 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 5e 6 FCOE 20 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 77 10 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 77 7 FCOE 20 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 73 10 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 73 8 FCOE 20 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 4b 21 00 4 ce 46
277. his LUN belongs 276 Simple Network Management Protocol qsrLunVPGroupname OBJECT TYPE Syntax SnmpAdminString Access Read only Description VP group name to which this LUN belongs VP group table This table contains a list of virtual port groups VPGs There are four entries in this table at any point of time qsrVPGroupTable Syntax SEQUENCE OF QsrVPGroupEntry Access Not accessible Description qsrVPGroupEntry OBJECT TYPE Table for the VP group Syntax QsrVPGroupEntry Access Not accessible Description Each entry in the VP group table Index qsrVPGroupIndex qsrVPGroupTable 1 The QsrVPGroupEntry contains the following sequence of objects qsrVPGroupIndex qsrVPGroupId qsrVPGroupName qsrVPGroupWwNN qsrVPGroupWwWPN qsrvPGroupStatus Unsigned32 INTEGER SnmpAdminString VpGroupWwnnAndWwpn VpGroupWwnnAndWwpn INTEGER qsrVPGroupIndex OBJECT TYPE Description qsrVPGroupName Syntax Unsigned32 Access Read only Description VP group index qsrVPGroupld OBJECT TYPE Syntax Integer Access Read only Syntax SnmpAdminString Management Information Base 277 Access Read only Description VP group name or host group name qsrVPGroupWWNN Syntax VpGroupWwnnAndWwpn Access Read only Description Worldwide port number WWPN qsrVPGroupStatus
278. hru modules or ProCurve 6120XG FIP SNOOPING DCB switches l with C series FCoE switches only FCoE switches AL Clasa cr olas PO300EVA P6500 EVA FCoE iSCSI FC EVA SAS storage 10 GbE FCoE iSCSI connection 10 GbE connection Fibre Channel 26660a The following is an example of an FC and FCoE storage with Cisco Fabic Extender for HP BladeSystem configurations Figure 27 FC and FCoE storage with Cisco Fabic Extender for HP BladeSystem configuration BLADE Servers w CNAs and q Cisco Fabric Extender for HP BladeSystem l R a P6300EVA P6500 EVA FCoE iSCSI FC EVA SAS storage 10 GbE FCoE iSCSI connection 10 GbE connection Fibre Channel 26663a For the latest information on Fibre Channel over Ethernet switch model and firmware support see the Single Point of Connectivity Knowledge SPOCK at http www hp com storage spock You must sign up for an HP Passport to enable access Also for information on FCoE configuration and attributes see the HP SAN Design Reference Guide at htto www hp com go sandesign Fibre Channel over Ethernet switch and fabric support 89 NOTE HP recommends that at least one zone be created for the FCoE WWNs from each port of the HP P6000 with the iSCSI FCoE modules The zone should also contain CNA WWNs Zoning should include member WWNs from each one of the iSCSI FCoE modules to ensure configuration of multip
279. iSCSI FCoE module s gateway feature See set mgmt command page 236 for more information Both single path and multipath initiators are supported on the same iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules Fibre Channel iSCSI and FCoE presented LUNs must be uniquely presented to initiators running only one protocol type Presenting a common LUN to initiators simultaneously running different protocols is unsupported Apple Mac OS X iSCSI initiator rules and guidelines The Apple Mac OS X iSCSI initiator supports the following Power PC and Intel Power Mac G5 Xserve Mac Pro ATTO Technology Mac driver iSNS CHAP iSCSI Initiator operating system considerations Host mode setting Apple Mac OS X Multipathing is not supported Microsoft Windows iSCSI Initiator rules and guidelines The Microsoft Windows iSCSI Initiator supports the following Microsoft iSCSI Initiator versions 2 08 2 07 Microsoft iSCSI Initiator for Windows 2012 Windows 2008 Vista and Windows 7 Multipath on iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module single or dual controller configurations iSCSI initiator rules guidelines and support 91 iSCSI Initiator operating system considerations e Host mode setting Microsoft Windows 2012 Windows 2008 or Windows 2003 e TCPIP parameter Tcp13230pts must be entered in the registry with a value of DWord 2 under the registry setting HKEY LOCAL MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Ser vices Tcpip Parameters e The TimeOutValue parameter should b
280. iSCSI initiators in its Database database Use the CLI or GUI to remove unwanted unused iSCSI initiators 74800 d QLSetTargetData No iSCSI Error Driver s target database is full Use the CLI or GUI more room in Target to remove unwanted unused iSCSI targets Database 75008 d ql process error iSCSI Error TCP retry for a frame failed on the connection OB_TCP_IOCB _RSP_W returned ddbIndex Tpb contains the frame memory DdbInx 0x x pTpb p address 86347 d QLDisable Restart RISC iSCSI Info Restart iSCSI processor RISC 86349 d QLEnable Restart RISC iSCSI Info EEPROM updated restart iSCSI processor RISC to update EEPROM 86874 d QLIsrDecodeMailbox iSCSI Info Link up reported by iSCSI processor for GE1 or GE Link up 2 87346 d QLGetFwStateCallback iSCSI Info iSCSI controller reported a link speed configuration link 100Mb FDX of 100 Mb full duplex FDX 87348 d QLGetFwStateCallback iSCSI Info iSCSI controller reported a link speed configuration link 1000Mb FDX of 1000 Mb FDX 87350 d QLGetFwStateCallback iSCSI Info iSCSI controller reported an invalid link speed Invalid link speed 0x x 102419 d qlutm_init Diagnostic FC Fatal FC1 processor SRAM test failed failed port 1 invalid SRAM 102420 d qlutm_init Diagnostic FC Fatal FC1 processor power on self test POST failed failed port 1 POST failed 102421 d qlutm_init Diagnostic FC Fatal FC2 processor
281. ible data loss Long I O halts with I O errors data loss HBA driver must be reloaded before failed drives can be recovered fsck should be run on any failed drives before remounting IBM AIX Fault stimulus Server failure host power cycled Failure effect Check disk when rebooting Data loss data that finished copying survived Switch failure SAN switch disabled Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Repeated error messages in errpt output System reboot causes loss of data on disk Must crfs disk Controller failure Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Repeated error messages in errpt output System reboot causes loss of data on disk Must crfs disk Controller restart Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Repeated error messages in errpt output System reboot causes loss of data on disk Must crfs disk Server path failure Storage path failure Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Repeated error messages in errpt output System reboot causes loss of data on disk Must crfs disk Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Repeated error messages in errpt output System reboot causes loss of data on disk Must crfs disk VMware Fault stimulus Server failure host power cycled Failure effect OS reboots automatically checks disks HSV
282. ice m s operaciones de control ajustes o manipulaciones en el dispositivo l ser que los aqu especificados Slo permita reparar la unidad a los agentes del servicio t cnico autorizado HP Recycling notices English recycling notice Disposal of waste equipment by users in private household in the European Union This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste Instead you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment For more information please contact your household waste disposal service Bulgarian recycling notice NzxsbpnaHe HA OTNAGAbYHO o6opypsaHe OT notpe6utenu B YACTHM DOMAKUMHCTBC B Esponenckna CbrO3 To3u cumMBon BbpXy NPOAYKTA UNU ONAKOBKATA My NOKA3BA Ye NPOAYKTET He Tox6Bq AA Ce u3xB_pNA 34eAHO c Apyrnte 6utosu oTnagbyn Bmecto Tosa Tpa6ea pa NpepNasuTe YOBeELUKOTO spase n OKONHaTA cpena KATO Npepapete oTNAAbYHOTO O6opy BaHe B NPeAHASHAYeH 30 CbOupaHeTO MY NYHKT 30 peyWKNMpaHe Ha HEV3NON3BAEMO ENEKTPUYECKO UM eNeKTPOHHO SopypBane 3a ponbnhntenia HHdopMauna Ce CBbpKETE C upMata no ynctota YMHTO ycnyrn u3nonsBaTe Czech recycling notice Likvidace za zen v dom cnostech v Evropsk unii Tento symbol znamen e nesm te tento produkt likvidovat spolu s jin m domovn m odpadem M sto toho byste m li chr nit lidsk zdrav a ivotn
283. ies HP Spare 123479 002 I ME E aaen 70 40033 02 Al For use with 4003 L LU ps sezzspa Series tsar TC CE N19 CT G2BA201S316001 8053A ST 1 Spare component number Replaceable parts This product contains the replaceable parts listed in Controller enclosure replacement parts page 83 and Disk enclosure replaceable parts page 84 Parts that are available for customer self repair CSR are indicated as follows Z Mandatory CSR where geography permits Order the part directly from HP and repair the product yourself On site or return to depot repair is not provided under warranty e Optional CSR You can order the part directly from HP and repair the product yourself or you can request that HP repair the product If you request repair from HP you may be charged for the repair depending on the product warranty No CSR The replaceable part is not available for self repair For assistance contact an HP authorized service provider Table 16 Controller enclosure replacement parts Description Spare part number CSR status 4 Gb P63x0 array controller HSV340 537151 001 A Gb P63x0 array controller HSV340 with iSCSI 537152 001 MEZ50 1GbE A Gb P63x0 array controller HSV340 with iSCSI 613468 001 MEZ75 10GbE 4 Gb P65x0 array controller HSV360 537153 001 4 Gb P65x0 array controller HSV360 with iSCSI FCoE 537154 00
284. imed VAAI device Check for new HP P6000 claim rules a Enter a command using the following syntax esxcli server Host IP Address username User Name password Account Password corestorage claimrule list c VAAI The return display will be similar to the following Rule Class Rule Class Type Plugin Matches VAAI 5001 runtime vendor hp _vaaip_ p6000 vendor HP model HSV VAAI 5001 file vendor hp vaaip_p6000 vendor HP model HSV b Check for claimed storage devices List all devices claimed by the VAAI Plug in Enter a command using the following syntax esxcli server Host IP Address username User Name password Account_Password vaai device list The return display will be similar to the following naa 600c0Of 00010e1cbc7523 4d01000000 Device Display Name HP iSCSI Disk naa 600cOf 00010e1lcbc7523 4d01000000 VAAI Plugin Name hp vaaip_p6000 naa 600c0f 000da030b521bb64b01000000 Device Display Name HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600c0f 000da030b521bb64b01000000 VAAI Plugin Name hp vaaip_p6000 c Check the VAAI status on the storage devices Use the vCenter Management Station as listed in the following section Table 14 Possible VAAI device status values Value Description Unknown The array volume is hosted by a non supported VAAI array Supported The array volume is hosted by a supported VAAI array and all three VAAI commands completed successfully Not supported The array volume is hosted by a supported VAAI array but all three
285. in FAILED x name server 107029 d QLUpdateDeviceData out FC Error Driver s host initiator database is full of slots in host database 107030 d QLUpdateDeviceData out FC Error Driver s target database is full of slots in target database 107041 d QLUpdateDeviceDatabase FC Error Driver s host initiator database is full Maximum Ox x GET_ID failed x host database is 64 107056 d QLUpdateDeviceDatabase FC Error Drivers host initiator database is full Ox x out of slots in host database 107078 d QLUpdatePort 0x x out FC Error Driver was unable to re establish connection to the of slots in host database target within the timeout and retry counts and is therefore marking it offline 107984 d QLWriteFlashDword FC Error FC controller failed a Flash write address x data Write fails at addr 0x x x data 0x x 108032 d QLGetVpDatabase FC Error FC controller failed the Get VP Database command MBOX CMD GET VP DATABASE for for virtual port d VP Sd fatal error 108033 d QLGetVpDatabase FC Error FC controller failed the Get VP Database command for virtual port d with status x 293 Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continued 294 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module log messages 108049 d QLVerifyMenloFw FC Error FC controller reported failure status for an Execute EXECUTE COMMA
286. indows Server 2003 64 bit and Windows Server 2008 64 bit configurations 00000 154 REGU IFGTIENIS E avderensenulsdedaieidausavendeaad ase duninansinandeonvenaiaenss 154 HBA configurations eieaa E a Forte ant nena time ne nr aaia 154 Fe ee ieee as iced E e 155 LMS A E E E EEE 155 Oracle Solaris conhguratoNsssinsirisissiornii a i EE EAE EERE Ea 155 Requirements ee oreca n e EE E AEE E EEE E 155 HBA configuration ssiisnan n e E E E E E i ES 156 Risks a e e a be ta e e e uraartaenorees 156 Limitati ONS ienaa RE E EE RTE E E AE ERE E EA 156 eM Neeser cipaenemscee cht Aarrersersdbaee lesteeaaneeedceensus eedulennidicealenepueandeeeelaunauteegidese 157 REC WIFEMENIS iiei namera ee A AE EERE EA ERA E REENE EEEE 157 HBA itl UN ONG garrett vespercearsce thee ii etnenn rai neda karsi eena A E aE REER REEE Taaa 157 Risks ee E E E E ita matnoienauines 157 ETOS e E E E 158 Xen configuration sesers e EE AEREE ET E ERER E E E Eiaeia iiai 158 Requirement Skisse ea a a a a a a aaa anra 158 FOP ONMO EIN ONG cticteenseacascentestpcqnanuleenecateded ras decacetenceteousauednadaducnsaseanynceseetaateausaanseeoeee 158 Risks cvisissanciahiaseoutnononaineiunesG E E E 159 EAIN EAE E E E uonesanaanedensaenenesinouye 159 Linux 32 bit configuration sss sassssseennssseseseesssrsseottsssssetirsssssettestsssrrtttessssrrrnrssssertnrssssererre 159 Contents 7 SON ello Caen eee ee eer ee ret ee eer ere eer errr ne ee emer ere 159 HBA SMAI Medgar ta
287. innish recycling IMOHCE 5 tcsnaioz ecndsecatasids sbsuncnbndseldeuad sae tnbadeediediganselanined edendesasnemmeaaeasinen 207 French recycling Notice ace rencirecustevennCuiaiva ciesiensswsalee a ia Ea E E LA EEEE a EEA EEEE 207 German recycling HICHICE 4c 202cccsnrascencnaddandateencnendadadseasannntnas dead anedduauenaceesdadaatenmieedenteneaneie 207 Greek recycling Nolee sssini E E 207 Hungarian recycling MONE oes csiivencwesd da cbadnsnencn vans aaebndaonouse sideniecncsaverde ears ailantncwwxdaviueee dineae 208 lalian recycling WONG E cs 2 ateuist dtvataciarslicsdedeuetealacaieeedetannbealenstvcpneiencctters leuereteeniatienslatices 208 latvian hee Ve LNG Ci ataate eas cals ars naaeace haat eocaboceedenieivensanandbeeaueysacqunbeutee tle uiasensdeseueaeerees 208 Lithuanian recycling IOC eters tia cer cies cttrncivead cis letuieyecienaicistca tested aeaeiawlelesent ers 208 Polish recycling AISI S orrarrcesceetceen cme peneseutoes aenemvoususeuieeade nenceuntamtdeciancmepsineadecigueeeniocalseouae 208 Portuguese recycling ONG Gteiate caret Gti eesrntareonwelavucetarndsolevelitnaniarndeeleiaiaverdisxstialusieaae 209 Romanian recycling MOH CE gcesccdtnudencdedutineysnedasnaetnceiedeenecveie atecuau comm deedeniusueerdeaveneietReckianeens 209 Slovak recycling IOC S csc coradAuayanducmetseed Gen tucpankouiiddnsendncn anal enaaeteanencnencsoaleeieoteenancenmsetadens 209 Spanish recycling TONGS 15 0 lt dsr cis icerionnyieneasiserteaeneheeacinenivabeeedecei
288. ion 11000000 or later on the P6350 and P6550 and HP P6000 Command View Version 10 1 or later on the management module The P6300 and P6350 use the HSV340 controller while the P6500 and P6550 use the HSV360 controller SAS disk enclosure Contains disk drives power supplies fans midplane and I O modules Y cables Provides dual port connectivity to the EVA controller Rack Several free standing racks are available SAS disk enclosures 6 Gb SAS disk enclosures are available in two models Small Form Factor SFF Supports 25 SFF 2 5 inch disk drives Large Form Factor LFF Supports 12 LFF 3 5 inch disk drives The SFF model is M6625 the LFF model is M6612 Small Form Factor disk enclosure chassis Front view By ee wc i toe l e oi IC ma Te Ee 1 Rack mounting thumbscrew 3 UID push button and LED 2 Disk drive in bay 9 4 Enclosure status LEDs SAS disk enclosures 13 Rear view 1 Power supply 1 4 I O module A 7 UID push button and LED 2 Power supply 2 5 O module B 8 Enclosure status LEDs 3 Fan 1 6 Fan 2 9 Power push button and LED Drive bay numbering Disk drives mount in bays on the front of the enclosure Bays are numbered sequentially trom top to bottom and left to right Bay numbers are indicated on the left side of each drive bay Fy Urr TINTE i1 Ter Ter wit 18 m m m yr JG eeuaduuek A aa BC K TO Ia Large Form Facto
289. ion CHAP applies Set up the iSCSI Initiator 13 Linux version e CHAP is supported with Linux open iscsi Initiator and the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules e CHAP setup with Linux iSCSI Initiator is not supported with the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules ATTO Macintosh Chap restrictions The ATTO Macintosh iSCSI Initiator does not support CHAP at this time Recommended CHAP policies e The same CHAP secret should not be configured for authentication of multiple initiators or multiple targets e Any CHAP secret used for initiator authentication must not be configured for the authentication of any target and any CHAP secret used for target authentication must not be configured for authentication of any initiator e CHAP should be configured after the initial iSCSI Initiator target login to validate initiator target connectivity The first initiator target login also creates a discovered iSCSI Initiator entry on the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules that will be used in the CHAP setup iSCSI session types iSCSI defines two types of sessions e Discovery SCSI discovery allows an initiator to find the targets to which it has access e Normal operational session A normal operational session is unrestricted CHAP is enforced on both the discovery and normal operational session The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller CHAP modes The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules support two CHAP modes e Single direction The target authenticates the identity o
290. ion auth authmethod to CHAP The default is None node session auth authmethod CHAP node session auth authmethod CHAP H H OE OE To set a CHAP username and password for initiator authentication by the target s uncomment the following lines node session auth username username node session auth username iqn 1994 05 com redhat fc813cacl13 sanergy33 node session auth password password node session auth password CHAPSecret01 To set a CHAP username and password for target s authentication by the initiator uncomment the following lines node session auth username_in username_in node session auth password_in password_in To enable CHAP authentication for a discovery session to the target set discovery sendtargets auth authmethod to CHAP The default is None discovery sendtargets auth authmethod CHAP node session auth authmethod CHAP To set a discovery session CHAP username and password for the initiator authentication by the target s uncomment the following lines discovery sendtargets auth username username discovery sendtargets auth username ign 1994 05 com redhat fc813cac13 sanergy3 3 discovery sendtargets auth password password discovery sendtargets auth password CHAPSecret01 To set a discovery session CHAP username and password for target s authentication by the initiator uncomment the following lines discovery sendtargets auth username_in username_in discove
291. ion within a rack ensures a balanced load to each PDU and reduces the possibility of an overload condition Changing the cabling to or from a PDM could cause an overload condition HP supports only the AC power distributions defined in this user guide Figure 13 Rack PDM 1 Power receptacles 2 AC power connector 32 P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware Rack AC power distribution The power distribution in a rack is the same for all variants The site AC input voltage is routed to the dual PDU assembly mounted in the bottom rear of the rack Each PDU distributes AC to a maximum of four PDMs mounted in pairs on the left vertical rail see Figure 14 page 33 e PDMs 1 1 through 1 4 connect to receptacles A through D on PDU A Power cords connect these PDMs to the left power supplies on the disk enclosures disk PS 1 and to the left power supply on the controller enclosure controller PS 1 e PDMs 2 1 through 2 4 connect to receptacles A through D on PDU B Power cords connect these PDMs to the right power supplies on the disk enclosures disk PS 2 and to the right power supply on the controller enclosure controller PS 2 NOTE The locations of the PDUs and the PDMs are the same in all racks Figure 14 Rack AC power distribution 1 PDU 1 6 PDM 2 1 2 PDM 1 1 7 PDM 2 2 3 PDM 1 2 8 PDM 2 3 4 PDM 1 3 9 PDM 2 4 5 PDM 1 4 10 PDU 2 Moving and stabilizing a rack A WARNING The physical size and wei
292. ional spelling that refers to the Fibre Channel standards for optical media A data transfer architecture designed for mass storage devices and other peripheral devices that require high bandwidth See FCA An enclosure that provides twelve port central interconnect for Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loops following the ANSI Fibre Channel disk enclosure standard Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop The American National Standards Institute s ANSI document that specifies arbitrated loop topology operation See FRU The act of writing dirty data from cache to a storage media Fault Management Code The HP P6000 Command View display of the Enterprise Storage System error condition information A storage industry dimensional standard for 3 5inch 89 mm and 5 25inch 133 mm high storage devices Device heights are specified as low profile linch or 25 4 mm half height 1 6inch or 41 mm and full height 5 25inch or 133 mm Field Programmable Gate Array A programmable device with an internal array of logic blocks surrounded by a ring of programmable I O blocks connected together through a programmable interconnect The number of cycles that occur in one second expressed in Hertz Hz Thus 1 Hz is equivalent to one cycle per second Field Replaceable Unit An assembly component that is designed to be replaced on site without the system having to be returned to the manufacturer for repair A server that runs customer applications such
293. ioni Non cercare di aprire il contenitore del modulo All interno non vi sono componenti soggetti a manutenzione da parte dell utente Non eseguire operazioni di controllo regolazione o di altro genere su un dispositivo laser ad eccezione di quelle specificate da queste istruzioni Affidare gli interventi di riparazione dell unit esclusivamente ai tecnici dell Assistenza autorizzata HP Japanese laser notice A EE AM MINIS US FDARBIE KUIEC 60825 112 lt Class ILNA ENT WSBAMHVET AM MILA AIR RGL F HILALECA RBSLUL F RANIVAL IL AAFIFRENTUSUNAOAEK CHM ME EALS APIFERSHRILEOENSHAAMGVET MARE RRR DTA UFOMBE FotT lt KeSt EVa J gt b TV FO Vv ERI CCS 2 ARV RA Dah EENT Eta REICRENTUSUNROHRT L F FIRE ME BARLEY CES HPO ERMY EAZRMADAMNKI YOBBEHTENTWEF Laser compliance notices 205 Spanish laser notice AN ADVERTENCIA Este dispositivo podria contener un l ser clasificado como producto de l ser de Clase 1 de acuerdo con la normativa de la FDA de EE UU e IEC 60825 1 El producto no emite radiaciones l ser peligrosas El uso de controles ajustes o manipulaciones distintos de los especificados aqu o en la guia de instalaci n del producto de l ser puede producir una exposici n peligrosa a las radiaciones Para evitar el riesgo de exposici n a radiaciones peligrosas No intente abrir la cubierta del m dulo Dentro no hay componentes que el usuario pueda reparar No real
294. irmware image is not corrupted and retry the firmware download process Image Write Error 72 The firmware version already exists on the No action required Image already loaded device 73 The firmware image download process has Verify that the firmware image is not failed because of a failed write operation corrupted and retry the firmware download process 74 Virtual Disk Sharing Case 1 The operation cannot be performed because the virtual disk or snapshot is part of a snapshot group Case 2 The operation may be prevented because a snapclone or snapshot operation is in progress If a snapclone operation is in progress the parent virtual disk should be discarded automatically after the operation completes If the parent virtual disk has snapshots then you must delete the snapshots before the parent virtual disk can be deleted Case 3 The operation cannot be performed because either the previous snapclone operation is still in progress or the virtual disk is already part of a snapshot group Case 4 A capacity change is not allowed on a virtual disk or snapshot that is a part of a snapshot group Case 5 The operation cannot be performed because the virtual disk or snapshot is a part of a snapshot group Case 1 No action required Case 2 No action required Case 3 If a snapclone operation is in progress wait until the snapclone operation has completed and retry the operation Otherwise th
295. is inoperative and attention is required Solid amber indicates that the controller cannot reboot and that the controller should be replaced If both the solid amber and solid blue LEDs are lit the controller has completed a warm removal procedure and can be safely swapped MEZZ Amber LED indicates the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module status that is communicated to the array controller Slow flashing amber LED indicates an IP address conflict on the management port Solid amber indicates an iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module critical error or shutdown Clea Green LED indicates write back cache status Slow flashing green LED indicates standby power Solid green LED indicates cache is good with normal AC power applied Amber LED indicates DIMM status The LED is off when DIMM status is good Slow flashing amber indicates DIMMs are being powered by battery during AC power loss Solid amber indicates a DIMM failure Locate the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module A flashing UID beacon blue LED indicates the identification beacon is ON There are two ways to identify the location of an iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module 1 Enter the CLI command beacon on see Figure 86 page 174 Figure 86 Beacon on command lx Telnet 10 6 6 130 MEZ75 login Password Welcome to MEZ 75 174 Troubleshooting guest EHSL HSL SISSIES SEE IE gt admin start p config Cadmin gt gt Cadmin gt gt Cadmin gt gt HP
296. is not required If using a single FCA and no multipathing edit the following parameters to reduce the risk of data loss in case of a controller reboot hba0 login retry count 60 hba0 port down retry count 60 hba0 port down retry delay 2 The hba0 port down retry delay parameter is not supported with the 4 13 01 driver the time between retries is fixed at approximately 2 seconds In a fabric topology use persistent bindings to bind a SCSI target ID to the world wide port name WWPN of an array port This ensures that the SCSI target IDs remain the same when the system reboots Set persistent bindings by editing the configuration file or by using the SANsurfer utility NOTE Persistent binding is not required for QLogic FCAs if you are using Solaris 10 The following example for a P63x0 P65x0 EVA illustrates the binding of targets 20 and 21 hba instance 0 to WWPNs 50001 fe 100270938 and 50001 fe 1002709339 and the binding of targets 30 and 31 hba instance 1 to WWPNs 50001 fe 10027093a and 50001 fe 10027093b hba0 SCSI target id 20 fibre channel port name 50001fe100270938 hba0 SCSI target id 21 fibre channel port name 50001fe10027093a hbal SCSI target id 30 fibre channel port name 50001fe100270939 64 Configuring application servers hbal SCSI target id 31 fibre channel port name 50001fe10027093b NOTE Replace the WWPNs in the example with the WWPNs of your array ports 6 If the qla2300 driver is
297. is starting up and not ready performing POST Solid Normal power is on 6 Fault A Amber Off Normal no fault conditions Blinking A fault of lesser importance Solid A fault of greater importance I O failed to start Rear power and UID module The rear power and UID module includes status LEDs a unit identification UID button and the power on standby button SAS disk enclosures 19 Rear power and UID module LEDs 20 P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware 17109 LED LED icon LED color Status Description 1 UID UID Blue Off Not being identified or no power On Unit is being identified either from the UID button being pushed or from the management utility 2 Health A Green Off No power Blinking Enclosure is starting up and not ready performing POST Solid Normal power is on 3 Fault A Amber Off Normal no fault conditions Blinking A fault of lesser importance Solid A fault of greater importance A On Standby hy Green Solid Power is on Amber Solid Standby power Unit identification UID button The unit identification UID button helps locate an enclosure and its components When the UID button is activated the UID on the front and rear of the enclosure are illuminated NOTE A remote session from the management utility can also illuminate the UID e To turn on the UID light press the UID button The UID light on the front and
298. is stored and remains in effect even when the storage system is later shut down or restarted IMPORTANT The new IP address will be lost if the storage system is later uninitialized or the management module is reset 44 P63x0 P65x0 EVA operation 9 Remove the LAN cable to the private network or laptop and reconnect the cable to the public network 10 From a computer on the public network browse to https new IP 2373 and log in The HP P6000 Control Panel GUI appears Connecting through a private network 1 Press and hold the recessed Reset button 3 Figure 18 page 44 for 4 to 5 seconds The green LED on the management module 1 Figure 18 page 44 blinks to indicate the configuration reset has started The reset may take up to 2 minutes to complete When the reset is completed the green LED turns solid This sets IP addresses of 192 168 0 1 24 IPv4 and fd50 f2eb a8a 7 48 IPv6 2 Browse tohttps 192 168 0 1 2373 orhttps d50 2eb a8a 7 2373 and log in as an HP EVA administrator HP recommends that you either change or delete the default IPv4 and IPv addresses to avoid duplicate address detection issues on your network The default user name is admin No password is required during the initial setup The HP P6000 Control Panel GUI appears IMPORTANT At initial setup you cannot browse to the HP P6000 Control Panel until you perform this step 3 Select Administrator Options gt Configure Net
299. ities and temperature Authority None Syntax show system Example MEZ75 admin gt show system Commands 261 System Information Product Name Symbolic Name Controller Slot Target Presentation Mode Controller Lun AutoMap Target Access Control Serial Number HW Version SW Version Boot Loader Version No of FC Ports No of iSCSI Ports Log Level Telnet SSH FTP Temp C Uptime Show targets HP StorageWorks MEZ75 MEZ75 1 Left Auto Enabled Disabled PBGXEA1GLYGO016 01 3 2 2 6 LO dos Dd 4 2 0 Enabled Enabled Enabled 41 19Days2Hrs19Mins32Secs Displays targets discovered by the module s FC FCoE or iSCSI ports or by all ports Example MEZ75 admin gt show targets Target Information WWNN 50 01 43 80 04 WWPN 50 01 43 80 04 Port ID 00 00 aa State Online WWNN 50 01 43 80 04 WWPN 50 01 43 80 04 Port ID 00 00 b1 State Online Show VPGroups Authority None Syntax show targets fc iscsi Keywords fe Specifies the display of FC targets iscsi Specifies the display of iSCSI targets c6 c6 C6 C6 89 2 89 260 68 89 89 60 lt 6 C Displays information about the modules s configured virtual port groups Authority None Syntax show vp index vpgroups Keywords vp index The number 1 4 of the virtual port group to be displayed Example 1 MEZ75 admin gt show vpgroups 262 Command refere
300. itivo podria contener una bater a No intente recargar las baterias si las extrae Evite el contacto de las baterias con agua y no las exponga a temperaturas superiores a los 60 C 140 F No utilice incorrectamente ni desmonte aplaste o pinche las baterias No cortocircuite los contactos externos ni la arroje al fuego o al agua Sustituya las baterias s lo por el repuesto designado por HP Las bater as los paquetes de bater as y los acumuladores no se deben eliminar junto con los desperdicios generales de la casa Con el fin de tirarlos al contenedor de reciclaje adecuado utilice los sistemas p blicos de recogida o devu lvalas a HP un distribuidor autorizado de HP o sus agentes Para obtener m s informaci n sobre la sustituci n de la bater a o su eliminaci n correcta consulte con su distribuidor o servicio t cnico autorizado 212 Regulatory compliance notices B Non standard rack specifications The appendix provides information on the requirements when installing the P63x0 P65x0 EVA in a coca All the requirements must be met to ensure proper operation of the storage system Internal component envelope EVA component mounting brackets require space to be mounted behind the vertical mounting rails Room for the mountin ol the brackets includes the width of the mounting rails and needed room for any mounting hardware such as screws clip nuts etc Figure 92 page 213 shows the dimensions required f
301. iver kit such as the qla2x00 RPM invoke the INSTALL script with no arguments as shown in the following example INSTALL To manually upgrade the components select one of the following kernel distributions e For 2 4 kernel based distributions use version 7 xx e For 2 6 kernel based distributions use version 8 xx Depending on the kernel version you are running upgrade the driver RPM as follows e For the hp_qla2x00src RPM rpm Uvh hp gqla2x00src version revision 1linux rpm e For ibreutils RPM you have two options To upgrade the driver rpm Uvh fibreutils version revision linux architecture rpm To remove the existing driver and install a new driver rpm e fibreutils rpm ivh fibreutils version revision linux architecture rpm Upgrading qla2x00 RPMs If you have a qla2x00 RPM from HP installed on your system use the INSTALL script to upgrade from qla2x00 RPMs The INSTALL script removes the old qla2x00 RPM and installs the new hp_qla2x00src while keeping the driver settings from the previous installation The script takes no arguments Use the following command to run the INSTALL script INSTALL NOTE IF you are going to use the failover functionality of the QLA driver uninstall Secure Path and reboot before you attempt to upgrade the driver Failing to do so can cause a kernel panic Detecting third party storage The preinstallation portion of the RPM contains code to check for non H
302. izio per lo smaltimento dei rifi uti domestici Latvian recycling notice Europos Sajungos nam kio vartotoj jrangos atlieky alinimas is simbolis nurodo kad gaminio negalima i mesti kartu su kitomis buitin mis atliekomis Kad apsaugotum te moni sveikat ir aplink pasenusiq nenaudojam jrangq turite nuve ti elektrini ir elektronini atlieky surinkimo punkt Daugiau informacijos teiraukit s buitini atlieky surinkimo tarnybos Lithuanian recycling notice Nolietotu iek rtu izn cin anas noteikumi lietot jiem Eiropas Savien bas priv taj s m jsaimniec b s is simbols nor da ka ier ci nedr kst utiliz t kop ar citiem m jsaimniec bas atkritumiem Jums j r p jas par cilv ku vesel bas un vides aizsardz bu nododot lietoto apr kojumu otrreiz jai p rstr dei pa lietotu elektrisko un elektronisko ier u sav k anas punkt Lai ieg tu pla ku inform ciju l dzu sazinieties ar savu m jsaimniec bas atkritumu likvid anas dienestu Polish recycling notice Utylizacja zu ytego an przez u ytkownik w w prywatnych gospodarstwach domowych w krajach Unii Europejskiej Ten symbol oznacza e nie wolno wyrzuca produktu wraz z innymi domowymi odpadkami Obowigzkiem u ytkownika jest ochrona zdrowa ludzkiego i rodowiska przez przekazanie zu ytego sprz tu do wyznaczonego punktu zajmuj cego si recyklingiem odpad w powsta ych ze sprz tu elektrycznego i elektronicznego
303. l FC processor system error System error event x MB1 x MB2 x MB3 x MB4 x MB5 x MB6 x MB7 Sx 102746 d QLProcessResponseQueue FC Fatal Response queue entry contains an invalid handle Invalid handle x type x 102752 d QLTimer Ext Ram parity FC Fatal FC processor external SRAM parity error count error exceed limit cnt 0x x exceeded limit FC port disabled limit 0x x Disabled adapter 102755 d QLTimer Heartbeat FC Fatal FC processor heartbeat failed failed 102800 d QLRestartRisc restart FC Fatal FC processor being restarted RISC 106583 d QLUtmReceivelIo Path FC Error FC processor received a SCSI command for an invalid FW No resource count unknown target path or has run out of resources to Sx execute additional commands 106589 d QLIoctlEnable Adapter FC Error FC processor was disabled by an IOCTL request to disabled the driver 106590 d QLIoctlEnable FC Error FC processor firmware failed initialization The Initialize FW error request to initialize was received by the driver in an IOCTL request Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continued MBOX_CMD_GET_VP_DATABASE for VP d failed x 106592 d QLIoctlRunDiag FC Error FC processor failed the external loopback test Diagnostic loopback command failed x x x 106593 d QLIoct1Disable FC Error FC processor failed t
304. l as new batteries This requires HP P6000 Command View 10 1 or later on the management module and XCS 11000000 or later on the P6350 and P6550 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE recessed maintenance button 28 The iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE recessed maintenance button is the only manual user accessible control for the module It is used to reset or to recover a module This maintenance button is a multifunction momentary switch and provides the following functions each of which causes a reboot that completes in less than one minute e Reset the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module and boot the primary image e Reset the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE MGMT port IP address e Enable iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE MGMT port DHCP address e Reset the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module to factory defaults P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware Reset the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module and boot the primary image Use a pointed nonmetallic tool to briefly press the maintenance button for a duration of two seconds and release it The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module responds as follows 1 The amber MEZZ status LED illuminates once NOTE Holding the maintenance button for more than two seconds but less than six seconds or until the MEZZ status LED illuminates twice boots a secondary image and is not recommended for field use 2 After approximately two seconds the power on self test begins and the MEZZ status LED is turned off 3 When the power on self test is complete the MEZZ status LED illuminates and fl
305. le operating system section Adding hosts To add hosts using HP P6000 Command View 1 2 Retrieve the worldwide names WWNs for each FCA on your host You need this information to select the host FCAs in HP P6000 Command View Use HP P6000 Command View to add the host and each FCA installed in the host system NOTE To add hosts using HP P6000 Command View you must add each FCA installed in the host Select Add Host to add the first adapter To add subsequent adapters select Add Port Ensure that you add a port for each active FCA Select the applicable operating system for the host mode Table 10 Operating system and host mode selection Operating System Host mode selection in HP P6000 Command View HP UX HP UX IBM AIX IBM AIX Linux Linux Mac OS X Linux Microsoft Windows Microsoft Windows Microsoft Windows 2008 Microsoft Windows 2012 OpenVMS OVMS Oracle Solaris Sun Solaris VMware VMware Citrix XenServer Linux Check the Host folder in the Navigation pane of HP P6000 Command View to verify that the host FCAs are added NOTE More information about HP P6000 Command View is available at http www hp com support manuals Click Storage Software under Storage and then select HP P6000 Command View Software under Storage Device Management Software Testing connections to the array 51 Creating and presenting virtual disks To create and present virtual disks to the hos
306. le secret settings MS Initiator secret settings Source Setting example Action Setting example iSCSI Port N A General Tab Secret N A Discovered iSCSI Initiator CHAPsecretO1 Add Target Portal CHAPsecretO1 iSCSI Presented Target N A Log on to Target CHAPsecret01 environment 1 Enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules discovered iSCSI Initiator entry CHAP NOTE These are examples of secret settings Configure CHAP with settings that apply to your specific network can be enabled via CLI only To enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules discovered iSCSI Initiator entry using the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s CLI a If the iSCSI Initiator is not listed under set chap command e HP Command View Option add the initiator iqn name string via HP Command View s add host tab e Go to the HP P6000 Command View and select Hosts then select Add Host tab and enter the ign name string e CLI Option Enter the initiator add command and add the iSCSI Initiator that is about to do discovery b If the iSCSI Initiator is listed under set chap command then enable CHAP secret For example CHAPsecret01 e Select the index of the iSCSI Initiator e To Enable CHAP select 0 then type the CHAP secret Set up the iSCSI Initiator 133 2 Enable CHAP for the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator a h ao o aon g Click Discovery e For manually discovering iSCSI target portals
307. led Installing the HP EVA VAAI Plug in using ESX host console utilities NOTE This installation method is supported for use only with VAAI Plug in version 1 00 in ESX ESXi 4 1 environments This is required for ESX 4 1 but not for ESX 5i l 3 Obtain the VAAI Plug in software package and save to a local folder on the target VMware host a Go to the HP Support Downloads website at http www hp com support downloads b Navigate through the display to locate and then download the HP P6000 EVA Software Plug in for VMware VAAI to a temporary folder on the server Example folder location root vaaip Install the VAAI Plug in From the ESX service console enter a command using the following syntax esxupdate bundle hp vaaip p6000 xxx zip maintenance mode update where hp vaaip p6000 xxx zip represents the filename of the VAAI Plug in Restart the target VMware host VMware 75 76 4 Verify the installation a Check for new HP P6000 claim rules Using the service console enter esxcli corestorage claimrule list c VAAI The return display will be similar to the following Rule Class Rule Class Type Plugin Matches VAAI 5001 runtime vendor hp_vaaip_p6000 vendor HP model HSV VAAI 5001 file vendor hp vaaip_p6000 vendor HP model HSV Check for claimed storage devices Using the service console enter esxcli vaai device list The return display will be similar to the following aa 600c0Of 00010e1
308. lementation Fault stimulus Server path failure Failure effect Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Job hangs cannot umount disk fsck failed disk corrupted need mkfs disk Storage path failure Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Job hangs replace cable I O continues Without cable replacement job must be aborted disk seems error free Windows Servers Fault stimulus Server failure host power cycled Failure effect OS runs a command called chkdsk when rebooting Data lost data that finished copying survived Switch failure SAN switch disabled Write delay server hangs until I O is cancelled or cold reboot Controller failure Write delay server hangs or reboots One controller failed other controller and shelves critical shelves offline Volume not accessible Server cold reboot data lost Check disk when rebooting Controller restart Controller momentarily in failed state server keeps copying All data copied no interruption Event error warning error detected during paging operation Server path failure Write delay volume inaccessible Host hangs and restarts Storage path failure Write delay volume disappears server still running When cables plugged back in controller recovers server finds volume data loss Oracle Solaris Fault stimulus Server failure host power c
309. ler 1 OS unit ID p No To access storage devices for a target select the target and then click Log on To see information about sessions connections and devices for a target click Details Targets n 2004 09 com hp Fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da53c Inactive n 2004 09 com hp feqw mez50 1 01 5001438004c92ab8 Connecte n 2004 09 com hp feqw mez50 1 01 5001438004c92abc Connected in 2004 09 com hp feqw mez50 2 01 5001438001195e49 Connected n 2004 09 com hp feqw mez50 2 01 5001438001195e4d Connected n 2004 09 com hp feqw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 maane in 2004 09 com hp fegw mez50 2 01 50014380025da539 Inactive n 2004 09 com hp feqw mez50 2 01 50014380025da53d Connected ana am i r gt wgon eten Issue Windows initiators may display Reconnecting if NIC MTU changes after connection has logged in Solution Log out of those sessions and Log On again to re establish the Connected state Issue When communication between HP P6000 Command View and iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module is down use following options Solution 1 Refresh using Hardware gt iSCSI Devices gt iSCSI Controller 01 or 02 gt Refresh button Solution 2 If the IPv4 management port IP address is set 1 Discover the controller This option is exposed through iSCSI controller gt Set options gt Discover controller iSCSI module diagnostics and troubleshooting 177 Enter a valid IPv4
310. lization Initialize FW failed 74056 d QLRunDiag MBOX Diag iSCSI Error iSCSI processor failed the internal loopback test test internal loopback failed tx x 74057 d QLRunDiag MBOX Diag iSCSI Error iSCSI processor failed the external loopback test test external loopback failed tx x 74068 d QLUtmReceiveScsicmd iSCSI Error iSCSI processor reported an invalid Accept Target Invalid ATIO Continuation I O ATIO Continuation type x type x 74069 d iSCSI Error iSCSI processor reported an Immediate data QLUtmProcessResponseQueue address xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx in an unsupported Immediate data addr PDU Type 08x 08x in unsupported PduType 74241 d QLiSNSEnableCallback iSCSI Error iSCSI processor could not connect with the iSCSI iSNS Server TCP Connect name server iSNS failed 74577 d QLIsrDecodeMailbox iSCSI Error iSCSI processor reported that the iSCSI port NVRAM NVRAM invalid contains invalid data checksum error 74580 d QLIsrDecodeMailbox AEN iSCSI Error iSCSI processor reported a duplicate IP address 04x Duplicate IP address was detected address xxxx XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX detected MB 1 5 04x 04x S04x 04x 04x 74587 d QLIsrDecodeMailbox iSCSI Error iSCSI processor reported a link down condition Link down 290 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module log messages Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continue
311. ll or a portion of the module s event log Authority None Syntax show logs last_x_entries Keywords last_x_ entries Shows only the last x number of module s log entries For example show logs 10 displays the last ten entries in the module event log The show logs command not specifying number of entries displays the entire module event log Commands 249 Example MEZ75 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 admin 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Show LUNinfo Displays complete information for a specified LUN and target Authority None gt show logs 22 18 42 22 22 22 22 223 223 22 3 2233 223 2123 22 223 223 223 223 29 31 zig Iis 3l 353 35 35 35 36 39 41 43 43 44 23 22 25 26 28 28 36 44 55 47 22 25 34 42 18 UserApp UserApp UserApp UserApp UserApp UserApp UserApp BridgeApp BridgeApp UserApp UserApp UserApp UserApp UserApp UserApp UserApp alt al 3 User has cleared the logs qapisetpresentedtargetchapinfo_1 svc Chap Configuration Changed 1 qapisetfcinterfaceparams_1 svc FC port configuration 2 qapisetfcinterfaceparams_1 svc FC port configuration 3 qapisetfcinterfaceparams_1 svc FC port configuration 4 qapisetfcinter
312. ller enclosure controller event controller pair corrective action code CRITICAL Condition CRU customer replaceable unit D data entry mode data replication group failover default disk group Detailed Fault View device channel device ports device side ports DIMM dirty data disk drive disk drive blank disk drive enclosure disk failure protection 300 Glossary A SCSI3 virtual object that makes a controller pair accessible by the host before any virtual disks are created Also called a communication LUN The ID that can be assigned when a host operating system requires a unique ID The console LUN ID is assigned by the user usually when the storage system is initialized Virtual disk space that is preallocated for later use as a snapclone snapshot or mirrorclone A hardware software device that manages communications host systems and other devices Controllers typically differ by the type of interface to the host and provide functions beyond those the devices support A unit that holds one or more controllers power supplies fans transceivers and connectors A significant occurrence involving any storage system hardware or software component reported by the controller to HP P6000 Command View Two connected controller modules that control a disk array See CAC A drive enclosure EMU condition that occurs when one or more drive enclosure elements have failed or are operating outside of
313. llowing output is displayed Disk 1 DGA50 BRCK18 device type HSV210 is online file oriented device shareable device has multiple I O paths served to cluster via MSCP Server error logging is enabled Error count 2 Operations completed 4107 Owner process Lo Owner UIC SYSTEM Owner process ID 00000000 Dev Prot S RWPL O RWPL G R W Reference count 0 Default buffer size 512 Current preferred CPU Id o Fastpath T WWID 01000010 6005 08B4 0010 70C7 0001 2000 2E3E 0000 Host name BRCK18 Host type avail AlphaServer DS10 466 MHz yes Alternate host name VMS24 Alt type avail HP rx3600 1 59GHz 9 0MB yes Allocation class 1 I O paths to device 9 Path PGAO 5000 1FE1 0027 0A38 BRCK18 primary path Error count 0 Operations completed 145 Path PGAO 5000 1FE1 0027 0A3A BRCK18 Error count 0 Operations completed 338 Path PGAO 5000 1FE1 0027 0A3E BRCK18 Error count 0 Operations completed 276 Path PGAO 5000 1FE1 0027 0A3C BRCK18 Error count 0 Operations completed 282 Path PGBO 5000 1FE1 0027 0A39 BRCK18 Error count 0 Operations completed 683 Path PGBO 5000 1FE1 0027 0A3B BRCK18 Error count 0 Operations completed 704 Path PGBO 5000 1FE1 0027 0A3D BRCK18 Error count 0 Operations completed 853 Path PGBO 5000 1FE1 0027 0A3F BRCK18 current path Error count 2 Operations completed 826 Path MSCP VMS24 Error count 0 Operations completed 0 You can also use the SHOW DEVICE DG command to display a
314. lone empty container Case 2 Retry operation using a mirror clone 196 LDAD Mismatch An attach operation attempted to attach an empty container from one disk group to the target virtual disk from a different disk group Retry the attach using an empty container in the same disk group as the target virtual disk Unsupported for Active Active Mode 197 An operation was attempted on an empty Retry with an non empty virtual disk Empty Container container 198 A non mirrored caching policy was Select a different caching policy requested in Active Active mode 199 Incompatible Redundancy A snapshot or snapclone was requested with a RAID type greater than the original virtual disk Retry operation using a RAID type less than or equal to the RAID type of the original virtual disk 200 Unsupported Snap Tree A snapshot or snapclone was requested with a different RAID type different from the existing snapshots or snapclones Retry operation using the same RAID type as the existing snapshots or snapclones 193 Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value 201 No Path To DR Destination Meaning Attempt to create a data replication group failed because of a loss of communication with the remote site How to correct Verify re establish communication to the remote site Not In Synchronous Mode 202 This error is no longer supported
315. lost Commands 219 FRU Help Saves and restores the module s configuration Authority Admin session to restore Syntax FRU restore save Keywords restore The fru restore command requires that you first FTP the tar file containing the configuration to the module When you issue this command the system prompts you to enter the restore level You can fully restore the module s configuration all configuration parameters and LUN mappings or restore only the LUN mappings The restored configuration does not take effect until the module is rebooted save Creates a tar file containing the module s persistent data configuration and LUN mappings The file is stored in the module s var ftp directory You must then FTP the tar file from the module Example The following is an example of the fru restore command MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt fru restore A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key to do so Type of restore O full l mappings only full FRU restore completed Please reboot the system for configuration to take affect Example 2 The following is an example of the fru save command MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt fru save FRU save completed Configuration File is HP_Storag
316. lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN 256 Command reference BCS FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 1 20 05 4 21 05 4 ef 09 03 FC4 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 1 20 06 f4 21 06 f4 ef 0d 04 FC3 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 oe 3 2 20 06 f 4 21 06 4 ef 09 04 FC4 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 2 20 09 4 21 09 4 ef 0d 05 FC3 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 3 20 09 f4 21 09 4 ef 09 05 FC4 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 3 20 0b 4 21 0b 4 ef 0d 06 FC3 FCOE 50 01 43 50 01 43 80 80 ce Ce 80 80 Ce Ce 80 80 cei ce 80 80 ce cCe 80 80 cCe ce 80 80 Cce Cce 80 80 04 04 246 46 04 04 46 46 04 04 46 46 04 04 46 46 04 04 46 46 04 04 246 46 04 04 C6 C6 fb f b C6 C6 fb fb ON ots C6 b fb e6 7C6 fb fb DEG C6 fb fb Nes POR oer fb sfb SCO 2062 89 89 Oa Oa 89 89 Oa Oa 89 89 Oa Oa 89 89 Oa Oa 89 89 Oa Oa 89 89 Oa Oa 89 89 60 6C 44 44 60 6C 43 43 60 68 44 44 60 68 43 43 60 268 44 44 60 68 43 43 60 68 VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type lt MAPS TO gt WWNN WWPN VPGroup WWNN WWPN Port ID Port Type lt MAPS TO
317. lts sent by the initiator If they are the same the initiator is assumed to be authentic These schemes are often called proof of possession protocols The challenge requires that an entity prove possession of a shared key or one of the key pairs in a public key scheme This procedure is repeated throughout the session to verify that the correct initiator is still connected Repeating these steps prevents someone from stealing the initiator s session by replaying information that was intercepted on the line There are sever allnternet RFCs that cover CHAP in more detail e RFC 1994 PPP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol August 1996 e RFC 2433 Microsoft PPP CHAP Extensions October 1998 e RFC 2759 Microsoft PPP CHAP Extensions version 2 January 2000 CHAP restrictions The CHAP restrictions are as follows e Maximum length of 100 characters e Minimum length of 1 character e No restriction on the type of characters that can be entered e Entering an IQN using the HP P6000 Command View add host tab requires the iSCSI initiator to have been registered by the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s initiator database Implying that the initiator s target discovery has completed Microsoft Initiator CHAP secret restrictions e Maximum length of 16 characters e Minimum length of 12 characters e No restriction on the type of characters that can be entered e When an initiator uses iSNS for target discovery only normal sess
318. lume groups 53 customer self repair 198 parts list 83 D date command 219 Declaration of Conformity 201 device names Linux Initiator 112 device names assigning 112 diagnostic steps 169 if the enclosure does not initialize 169 if the enclosure front fault LED is amber 169 if the enclosure rear fault LED is amber 169 if the fan LED is amber 171 if the I O module fault LED is amber 170 if the power on standby LED is amber 170 if the power supply LED is amber 170 diagnostics iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE 173 iSCSI module 173 discovered targets tab 110 discovery target device 282 disk drives defined 15 LEDs 15 disk enclosure LFF component callout 14 15 drive bay numbering 15 front view 14 rear view 15 SFF component callout 13 14 drive bay numbering 14 front view 13 rear view 14 disks labeling 69 partinioning 69 Disposal of waste equipment European Union 206 document 312 Index conventions 198 related documentation 197 documentation HP website 197 providing feedback 197 DR group empty 184 logging 185 merging 185 dust covers using 40 E error messages 180 European Union notice 201 exit command 219 F fabric setup 65 fan module defined 17 LEDs 18 FATA drives using 36 FC port down notification 281 FC port table 272 FCA configuring Qlogic 64 configuring with Solaris 62 configuring Emulex 62 Federal Communications Commission notice 200 fiber optics
319. ly maintains a bindings file var iscsi bindings This file contains persistent bindings to ensure that the same iSCSI bus and target ID number are used for every iSCSI session with a particular iSCSI TargetName even when the driver is repeatedly restarted This feature ensures that the SCSI number in the device symlinks described in Assigning device names page 12 always map to the same iSCSI target Set up the iSCSI Initiator 113 NOTE Because of the way Linux dynamically allocates SCSI device nodes as SCSI devices are found the driver does not and cannot ensure that any particular SCSI device node dev sda for example always maps to the same iSCSI TargetName The symlinks described in Assigning device names page 2 are intended to provide application and fstab file persistent device mapping and must be used instead of direct references to particular SCSI device nodes If the bindings file grows too large lines for targets that no longer exist may be manually removed by editing the file Manual editing should not be needed however since the driver can maintain up to 65 535 different bindings Mounting file systems Because the Linux boot process normally mounts file systems listed in etc fstab before the network is configured adding mount entries in iSCSI devices to etc fstab will not work The iscsi mountall script manages the checking and mounting of devices listed in the file etc fstab iscsi which ha
320. mands e The esxcli storage nmp device set device naa 6001438002a56f220001100000710000 psp VMW_PSP_MRU command sets device naa 6001438002a56 220001100000710000 with an MRU multipathing policy e The esxcli storage nmp device set device naa 6001438002a56f220001100000710000 psp VMW_PSP_FIXED command sets device naa 6001438002a56f220001100000710000 with an Fixed multipathing policy e The esxcli storage nmp device set device naa 6001438002a56 220001100000710000 psp VMW_PSP_RR command sets device naa 6001438002a56 220001100000710000 with a RoundRobin multipathing policy 72 Configuring application servers Verifying virtual disks from the host Use the VMware vCenter management GUI to check all devices see figure below Getting Started Summary Virtual Machines Performance Configuration Tacks amp Everts Alarms Permissions Maps Storage Views Hardware S Hardware View Datastores Devices Processors Devices Memory Name Identifier Runtime Na Storage Local TEAC CD ROM mpx vmhba C0 T0 L0 smpx vmmbba0 C0 T0 L0 venhbs0 c0 Networking HP Fibre Channel RAID Ctir naa SO01438004c naa 5001438004c6a2d0 vmhba6 c0 Storage Adapters HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600508b4000f1ae naa 600508b4000F 1 s 10002400000sc0000 vmhba CO Network Adapters HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600508b4000f1ae naa 600508b4000f1 ae 1000240000050000 vmhba6 00 Advanced Settings HP Fibre Channel Disk naa 600S08b4000f1ae
321. me takes effect immediately Each module has its own independent date set Properly setting the date ensures that event log entries are dated correctly The date must be set prior to applying any feature keys or licenses Authority Admin session required to set the date and time No authority is required to display the current date and time Syntax date MMDDhhmmCCYY Specifies the date which requires an Admin session If you omit MMDDhhmmCCYY the command displays the current date which does not require an Admin session Keywords MMDDhhmmccyyY NOTE Always set the time using Greenwich Mean Time GMT and Universal Transverse Mercator UTM You must disable the network time protocol NTP to set the time with the date command Examples The following examples show the setting and then the display of the date MEZ50_02 admin gt date Tue May 24 18 33 41 UTC 2011 MEZ50_02 admin gt date Please enter time in Universal UTC timezone Note that Universal UTC time may not be the same as your local time Usage date lt MMDDhhmmCCYY gt MEZ50_ 02 admin gt date 052513272011 Wed May 25 13 27 00 UTC 2011 MEZ50_02 admin gt Exits the command line interface and returns you to the login prompt same as the quit command Authority None Syntax exit Example 1 The exit command logs the session out The following example shows the exit command MEZ50 gt exit Connection to host
322. meOutvalue from the default of 60 to 120 will avoid initiator I O timeouts during controller code loads and synchronizations These settings are included in the HP P6000 iSCSI FCoE and MPX200 Multifunction Router kit 94 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines l Install the HP P6000 iSCSI FCoE and MPX200 Multifunction Router kit a b Start the installer by running Launch exe if you are using a CD ROM the installer should start automatically Click Install iSCSI FCoE software package see Figure 28 page 95 and Figure 29 page 95 Figure 28 Windows Server 2003 kit Y Server Software Install iSCSI FCoE software package HP P6000 iSCSI FCoE and MPX200 Multifunction Router Optional Components Documentation Go to microsoft com for the latest iSCSI Initiator information and updates Version 3 0 Exit Figure 29 Windows registry and controller device installation Y Server Software Install iSCSIFCoE software package This will install The proper network registry settings Optional Components EVA Array Controller Device To install the Microsoft Initiator obtain it from Documentation http microsoft com aeei Readme bt Go to microsoft com for the latest iSCSI Initiator information and updates Version 3 0 Exit For Windows Server 2003 the Microsoft iSCSI initiator installation presents an option for installing MPIO using the Microsoft generic DSM
323. metric option symmetric option 0x1000000 Activate the changes by a reconfiguration reboot reboot r Edit the sgen conf file To ensure that the HP storage arrays are recognized by Solaris as scsi controllers the appropriate information needs to be added in the kernel drv sgen conf file l 3 Use a text editor to change the configuration file For example vi kernel drv scsi_vhci conf Add array_ctrl to device type config list device type config list array_ctrl Uncomment all target lun pair entries Example HP storage array settings in kernel drv sgen conf Set up the iSCSI Initiator 119 e devices on your system Please refer to sgen 7d for details sgen may be configured to bind to SCSI devices exporting a particular device type using the device type config list which is a delimited list of strings device type config list array ctrl After configuring the device type config list and or the inquiry config list the administrator must uncomment those target lun pairs at which there are devices for sgen to control If it is expected that devices controlled by sgen will be hotplugged or added into the system later it is recommended that all of the following lines be uncommented name sgen class scsi target 0 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 1 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 2 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 3 lun 0 name sgen class sc
324. mgmt lp address under Mgmt Port and click the Save changes button If only IPv6 mgmt port IP address is set enter a valid IPv management IP address under Mgmt Port and click the Save changes button NOTE If you configure IPv6 on any iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s iSCSI port you must also configure IPv on the HP P6000 Command View EVA management server Issue HP P6000 Command View issues and solutions Solution Discovered iSCSI Controller not found with selected EVA Click the Refresh button on the iSCSI Controller properties page Check management port connection Check the iSCSI Controller Properties Condition State of the FC ports Not a supported configuration Both HP Storage Works iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules should belong to same chassis enclosure Only iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules that are in the same controller chassis are supported for connectivity Not a supported configuration HP iSCSI FCoE module cannot be discovered with this EVA Check FCoE zoning connectivity to the EVA The virtual disk operation has failed Please make sure that FC target connections are online Check all iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module FC Ports Condition State Check that the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module and HP P6000 Command View are in a consistent state each with the same hosts and presented LUNs You may have to use the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s CLI to reset factory or reset mappings and remove all
325. miner ena E 201 Class B egumen si teisisomssinoiieenmon eannan testes dint ante aaie a iiaeiai 201 European Uni n NOliCe ssiiiecssiresiarinn neesan eere ii a narena iaa i erinnere iaia 201 Japanese HGNC CS siunaninientiautenasoranedladd hansa nouns i E EEE AEE EEEE EEE ET E ERTO ES 202 Japanese VCCI A notice eeeeeeeesseseessseeetrtterrerrseresssssssstettettttrtttettssssssssssssssssereeeeeeeeee 202 Japanese VCCIB NOCE iis sutomosansabiiaioriepnicteosnendnmenanssendetssammomnndiaxddaueineneasbeosuaiedlancedyes 202 Japanese VCCI marking nssseeennesesseenensssssseoesssesseessssssrerssssssettsrsssseerresssrreeessssereres 202 Japanese power cord stalenient c ccccircitsc aw vests et ad aad wens 202 Kore n NOCES nesine nenene n n aaa aa a aE E aa SRi SEN 202 Class A egU PSNI seaic ctevepctpanidedinatcesnmacantiatiecd kee E EE E AET 202 Class SUN AI TYAN cs ai en etre sae dyin tosece i neers eatnseesdes ot as eotesoa oe oun ewnea towne teenentueeteeees 203 Taiwanese Notices aaronii sanais aE ENERE E E AAA E AE EEEN aay 203 BSMI Class A notice isnnesicnis oreren nani aeea i aa aa E i eaa aani 203 Taiwan battery recycle Stale men cesses aa cesaerasided dea teechleateu pdemecenadeeniuaeceeenies 203 Torkish recycling WINGS sssrin sieiiisnm rnise ierosin bition damsxdeotesusieauesciebeeesmueanieciete 203 Vietnamese Information Technology and Communications compliance marking cceeeeeeeeeee 203 Laser compliance MONGSS tose spo casnadonccn
326. mmands admin 218 beacon 218 clear 218 date 219 exot 219 fru 220 help 220 hstory 222 image 222 logout 225 omotoatpr 223 passwd 228 ping 229 quit 230 reboot 230 reset 230 save 23 set 23 set fc 233 set iscsi 235 set isns 236 set mgmt 236 set ntp 237 set properties 237 set snmp 238 set system 239 set vpgroups 239 show 240 show chap 242 show fc 242 show features 244 show initiators lun mask 246 show initiatorws 244 show iscsi 247 show isns 249 show logs 249 show luninfo 250 show lunmask 252 show luns 251 show memory 252 show mgmt 253 show ntp 253 show perf 254 show presented targets 255 show properties 258 show snmp 259 show stats 259 show system 261 show targets 262 show vpgroups 262 shutdown 263 target 263 traceroute 264 commandslunmask 225 commandsset alias 232 commandsset chap 233 commandsset features 234 components disk drive blanks 16 disk drives 15 fan 17 front status and UID 16 I O module 18 power supply 17 26 rear power and UID 19 SAS cables 21 configuration modifying 267 configuring ESX server 70 311 EVA 70 restoring 267 saving and restoring 267 Solaris 66 connected targets tab 111 connection suspended 185 connectors protecting 39 controller cabling 29 connectors 29 HSV340 13 conventions document 198 creating virtual disks 52 vo
327. n Off Off No power Green Blinking The module is being identified Solid Normal no fault conditions Amber Blinking Fault conditions detected Solid Problems detecting the module I O module The I O module provides the interface between the disk enclosure and the host Each I O module has two ports that can transmit and receive data for bidirectional operation 1 Manufacturing diagnostic port 2 SAS Port 1 3 SAS Port 2 18 P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware 4 Double 7 segment display 5 I O module LEDs I O module LEDs LEDs on the I O module provide status information about each I O port and the entire module NOTE The following image illustrates LEDs on the Small Form Factor I O module LED LED icon LED color LED status Description 1 SAS Port Link n a Green Off No cable no power or port not connected Blinking The port is being identified by an application client Solid Healthy active link 2 SAS Port Error n a Amber Off Normal no errors detected Blinking Error detected by application client Solid Error fault conditions detected on the port by the I O module 3 7 segment n a n a Off No cable no power enclosure not display detected Number The enclosure box number 4 UID UID Blue Off Not being identified or no power Solid Module is being identified from the management utility 5 Health AN Green Off No power or firmware malfunction Blinking Enclosure
328. n by the target s uncomment the following lines discovery sendtargets auth username username discovery sendtargets auth username iqn 1994 05 com redhat fc813cacl13 sanergy33 discovery sendtargets auth password password discovery sendtargets auth password CHAPSecret01 To set a discovery session CHAP username and password for target s authentication by the initiator uncomment the following lines discovery sendtargets auth username_in username_in discovery sendtargets auth username_in iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 discovery sendtargets auth password_in password in discovery sendtargets auth password_in hpstorageworks Set up the iSCSI Initiator 143 iSCSI and FCoE thin provision handling iSCSI and FCoE presented LUNs which experience the thin provision TP Overcommitted state as detected by P6000 Command View and illustrated in Figure 68 page 144 will generally be write protected until the Overcommitted state is cleared However there is a special case for Windows and Windows 2008 FCoE or iSCSI initiators the TP Overcommitted LUNs are masked and manual intervention through P6000 Command View is required to remove the mask by re presenting the LUN s to the iSCSI or FCoE initiator s Note that the TP Overcommitted mask state only for the iSCSI and FCoE presented LUNs is cleared by a restart of both of the iSCSI controllers Figure 68 FCoE presented LUN reported as TP Overcommitted
329. n closed UTM_EC_CLOSE CONNECTION or UTM_EC_CONNECTION_ CLOSED 54941 QLIS HandleTeb iSNS Server App__ Info Event notification connection opened with iSNS Open Connection succeeded server 54943 QLIS HandleTeb App Info Event notification iSNS registered state change UTM_EC_ISNS_SCN notification RSCN received 54945 QLIS HandleTeb App Info Event notification iSNS client discovered UIM_EC_ISNS_ CLIENT DISCOVERED 69652 d qlutm init Diagnostic iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor SRAM test failed failed invalid SRAM 288 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module log messages Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continued 69653 d qlutm_init Diagnostic failed fail reboot iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor failed diagnostic reboot 69654 d qlutm_init Diagnostic failed invalid NVRAM iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor failed NVRAM diagnostic 69655 d qlutm_init Diagnostic failed invalid DRAM iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor failed DRAM diagnostic 69656 d qlutm_init Failed to return diagnostic result to Bridge iSCSI Fatal iSCSI processor failed to return diagnostic results 69941 69951 3d QLUtmProcessResponseQueue Invalid handle x EntryType SX 3d QLSetNvram QLRebootTimer failed AF x RS x Time d iSCSI iSCSI Fatal Fatal Response queue entry contains an invalid handle Set NVRAM reboot timer failed 69964 d
330. n does not release the session When using Telnet you must either wait for the Admin session to time out or use the admin cancel command Example The following example shows how to open and close an Admin session MEZ50 lt 1 gt gt admin start Password config MEZ50 lt l gt admin gt MEZ50 lt l gt admin gt admin end MEZ50 lt l gt gt Beacon Clear Enables or disables the flashing of the blue UID beacon LED Authority None Syntax beacon on off Keywords on Turns on the flashing of the controller blue UID beacon off Turns off the flashing of the controller blue UID beacon Example The following example turns the controller blue UID beacon on and then off MEZ50 lt 1 gt gt beacon on MEZ50 lt 1 gt beacon off Removes all entries events from the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s log file or resets the FC and iSCSI statistic counters Authority Admin session Syntax logs clear stats 218 Command reference Date Exit Clears all entries from the module s log file Resets the statistic counters Examples The following examples show the clear commands MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt clear logs MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt clear stats Displays or sets the date and time To set the date and time you must enter the information in the format MMDDhhmmCCYY numeric representation of month date hour minute century year The new date and ti
331. na aia AAEE A EEEE EE ARNE AE RAEE 165 Oradee Solaris aeeai nE A E E E rere Tne 165 OpenVMS eerren E E EA E E E aeaees 165 LON AEAEE EEEE 166 IBM AIX enairar E i AEA eaa 167 NII neisd eeduosinoseoie teim oana i oee i e a aaa a Neea senii aneii 167 Mac OS eaei E E A E E E ne eee 168 r E A E E E A EA E T N E N TE 169 If the disk enclosure does not initialize ccc ccccceeceeceecceeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeececesseeseeeseseeeteeeeeeeees 169 Diagnostic Steps scatisaisdbcncaxcusadvoiaussnedeetastiurdenenenaaaavanecacataueeoaiasainsunainuenaianineninuanaiaiaeedieeee 169 Is the enclosure front fault LED saMmber s2ccuscccsacuee aetockaeeauanesatuetauseeoeeenenduskie dyeacsmecerTeeamesea 169 Is the enclosure rear fault LED amber ssssnnsssoesnnesssssnoestssssenettrssseornrsssserernsssrereenesssesee 169 Is the power on standby button LED amber cccccccesscecceeeeeseeneeeeeeceesseeeeeeeesesentseeeseeees 170 Is the power supply LED Gm ene asce es ecesiedacedecetoneed lececklevedoelaudiecieedevetedterd eubveleveiatnediweired 170 Is the I O module fault LED emt cacoxssieesc dsavumssansicaceavincsedastieeaalvenevtoceedeeaieieadeeebnidiweee 170 ls the fan LED CMO eet ecescacreceneesiettatacnsdanee te dticaetatuensuee dead eccnatinatbaraticadensmedsaaetadtonaaeeus 171 Eftects of a disk drive failuresnsrinincagnaneierenn in E A aes 171 Compromised fault tolerance 22 sacscvisscczsesnadncnencnvessasehadetnbucelincs deddnunawtnnusesdidsncn nexdave
332. nce VpGroup Information Index VpGroup Name Status WWPNs Index VpGroup Name Status WWPNs Index VpGroup Name Status WWPNs Index VpGroup Name Status WWPNs admin Usage show Shutdown Target Shuts down the module VPGROUP_1 Enabled 21 00 00 c0 21 00 00 c0 2 VPGROUP_ 2 Enabled 21 01 00 c0 21 01 00 c0 3 VPGROUP_3 Enabled 21 02 00 c0 21 02 00 c0 4 VPGROUP_ 4 Enabled 21 03 00 c0 21 03 00 c0 gt show vpgroups chap features initiators _lunmask isns luns lunmask mgmt perf properties stats targets dd 00 00 75 dd 00 00 76 dd 00 00 75 dd 00 00 76 dd 00 00 75 dd 00 00 76 dd 00 00 75 dd 00 00 76 Example 2 The iSCSI module does not presently support VPgroups MEZ50 fc initiators iscsi logs luninfo memory ntp presented targets snmp system Authority Admin session Syntax shutdown Example This operation disables the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module a controller power cycle is required to reactivate the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module MEZ75 admin gt shutdown Are you sure you want to shutdown the System y n Removes an offline target from the module s database Weer remove targets from the database that are no longer connected t that was offline However these commands are not needed by the iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE modules you will use this command to o the module or to add a target Commands 263 because t
333. ncel Help c Select the Scan for New Storage Devices and the Scan for New VMFS Volumes check boxes d Click OK The LUNs are now available for the ESX server When presenting iSCSI storage to Virtual Machines you must do the following e Create Virtual Machines using LSI Logic emulation e Present iSCSI storage to a Virtual Machine either as a data store created on an iSCSI device or raw device mapping Configuring multipath with the Solaris 10 iSCSI Initiator This section contains information about configuring multipath with the Solaris 10 iSCSI Initiator to the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules Set up the iSCSI Initiator 117 MPxlIO overview 118 The Oracle multipathing software MPxIO provides basic failover and load balancing capability to HP P6000 and EVA4x00 6x00 8x00 storage systems MPxIO allows the merging of multiple SCSI layer paths such as an iSCSI device exposing the same LUN via several different iSCSI target names Because MPxIO is independent of transport it can multipath a target that is visible on both iSCSI and FC ports This section describes only the iSCSI implementation of MPxIO with the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules For more information about MPxIO see the Solaris Fibre Channel and Storage Multipathing Administration Guide at http docs sun com source 819 0139 Preparing the host system To verify that MPxIO is enabled 1 Enter the following command to verify that the MPIO setting is no cat kernel dr
334. ncy energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment 200 Regulatory compliance notices off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit that is different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo United States only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation For questions regarding this FCC declaration contact us by mail or telephone e Hewlett Packard Company P O Box 692000 Mail Stop 510101 Houston Texas 77269 2000 e Orcall 1 281 514 3333 Modification The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications
335. nd iSCSI FCoE module properties Storage Systems iSCSI Controller Properties 225 EVA Storage Network 2 a CVEVA_4K50 a Virtual Disks G FCoE aoa so voucher Operational state 7 Good GG s22E Controller 1 Temperature Good 8G s220 G s32 eGiscsi Issues and solutions Issue HP P6000 Command View does not discover the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules Solution 1 Ensure that a DHCP server is available Solution 2 Set a static IP address on each iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module through the CLI Solution 3 Ensure the HP P6000 Command View station is on the same subnet of the management ports Solution 4 Enter the known IP address of the management port of the iSCSI modules in the HP P6000 Command View discovery screen iSCSI module diagnostics and troubleshooting 175 Issue Initiator cannot login to iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module target Solution 1 Ensure the correct iSCSI port IP address is used Solution 2 In HP P6000 Command View for each iSCSI controller 01 and 02 click the IP ports tab then expand the TCP properties under the Advanced Settings There should be available connections if not choose another IP port to log in to or reduce the connections from other initiators by logging out from unused connections see Figure 89 page 176 Figure 89 IP Ports tab Storage Systems 285 EVA Storage Network B CVEVA 4K50 a P6500 10GiSCSi FCoE BS Virtual Disks G FCoE eG so G s22 E G s22a aA
336. nd persistent data such as discovered FC targets and iSCSI initiators 268 Using the iSCSI CL E Simple Network Management Protocol Simple network management protocol SNMP provides monitoring and trap functions for managing the module through third party applications that support SNMP The module firmware supports SNMP versions 1 and 2 and a Qlogic management information base MIB see Management Information Base page 270 You may format traps using SNMP version 1 or 2 SNMP parameters You can set the SNMP parameters using the CLI For command details see the set SNMP command page 238 Table 33 page 269 describes the SNMP parameters Table 33 SNMP parameters Parameter Description Read community A password that authorizes an SNMP management server to read information from the module This is a write only field The value on the module and the SNMP management server must be the same The read community password can be up to 32 characters excluding the number sign semicolon and comma The default is password is private Trap community A password that authorizes an SNMP management server to receive traps This is a write only field The value on the module and the SNMP management server must be the same The trap community password can be up to 32 characters excluding the number sign semicolon and comma The default password is private System location Sp
337. nd set to Path A are brought online to Controller 1 This is a one time occurrence If the host then moves the LUN using SCSI commands the LUN will remain where moved Path B Failover Failback At initial presentation The units are brought online to Controller 2 On dual boot or controller resynch If cache data for a LUN exists on a particular controller the unit will be brought online there Otherwise the units are brought online to Controller 2 On controller failover All LUNs are brought online to the surviving controller On controller failback All LUNs remain on the surviving controller After controller restoration the units that are online to Controller 1 and set to Path B are brought online to Controller 2 This is a one time occurrence If the host then moves the LUN using SCSI commands the LUN will remain where moved Table 8 page 37 describes the failback default behavior and supported settings when ALUA compliant multipath software is running with each operating system Recommended settings may vary depending on your configuration or environment Table 8 Failback settings by operating system Operating system Default behavior Supported settings HP UX Host follows the unit No preference Path A B Failover only Path A B Failover Failback IBM AIX Auto failback done by the host No preference Path A B Failover only Path A B Failover Failback
338. ne 2 When prompted enter an account name and password typically guest and password Understanding the guest account iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE modules come from the factory with the guest account already defined This guest account provides access to the module and its configuration After planning your management needs consider changing the password for this account For information about changing passwords see the passwd command page 228 The guest account is automatically closed after 15 minutes of inactivity For example login as guest guest 172 17 136 86 s password kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk 7 HP StorageWorks MEZ50 kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk MEZ50 admin gt show system Logging on to an iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module 265 System Information Product Name Symbolic Name System Mode Controller Slot Controller Lun AutoMap Target Access Control Serial Number HW Version SW Version Boot Loader Version No of FC Ports No of iSCSI Ports Telnet SSH Temp C MEZ50 admin gt HP StorageWorks MEZ50 MEZ50 1 iSCSI Server Connectivity Left Enabled Disabled 18082303297 01 Oi 349 1 19 NEW 4 Enabled Enabled 36 Working with iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module configurations Successfully managing iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE modules with the CLI depends on effective module configurations Key module management tasks include modifying c
339. nents are also included on the documentation CD that ships with the P63x0 P65x0 EVA and posted on the web For the latest information HP recommends that you obtain the instructions from the web Go to the following web site hitp www hp com support manuals Under Storage select Disk Storage Systems then select HP P6300 P6500 Enterprise Virtual Array Systems under P6000 EVA Disk Arrays The manuals page for the P63x0 P65x0 EVA appears Scroll to the Service and maintenance information section where the following replacement instructions are posted e HP P6300 P6500 EVA FC Controller Enclosure Replacement Instructions e HP P6300 P6500 EVA FC iSCSI Controller Enclosure Replacement Instructions Replacing the failed component 85 86 HP Controller Enclosure Battery Replacement Instructions HP Controller Enclosure Cache DIMM Replacement Instructions HP Controller Enclosure Fan Module Replacement Instructions HP Controller Enclosure LED Display Replacement Instructions HP Controller Enclosure Management Module Replacement Instructions HP Controller Enclosure Midplane Replacement Instructions HP Controller Enclosure Power Supply Replacement Instructions HP Controller Enclosure Riser Assembly Replacement Instructions HP Large Form Factor Disk Enclosure Backplane Replacement Instructions HP Small Form Factor Disk Enclosure Backplane Replacement Instructions HP Disk Enclosure Fan Module Replacement Instructions HP Disk Enclosure Fan Inter
340. neously except for a few seconds after power up Fan modules provide the cooling necessary to maintain the proper operating temperature within the controller enclosure If one fan fails the remaining fan is capable of cooling the enclosure Controller enclosure 27 Figure 11 Fan module pulled out 16323 1 Green Fan normal operation LED 2 Amber Fan fault LED Table 6 Fan status indicators Status indicator Fault indicator Description On left Green Solid green Normal operation Blinking Maintenance in progress Off Amber is on or blinking or the enclosure is powered down On right Amber On Fan failure Green will be off Green and amber are not on simultaneously except for a few seconds after power up Management module The HP P6000 Control Panel provides a direct interface to the management module within each controller From the HP P6000 Control Panel you can display storage system status and configuration information shut down the storage system and manage the password For tasks to perform with the HP P6000 Control Panel see the HP P6000 Control Panel online help The HP P6000 Control Panel provides two levels of administrator access and an interface for software updates to the management module For additional details about the HP P6000 Control Panel see the HP P6000 Control Panel online help NOTE The HP P6350 and P6550 employ a performance enhanced management module as wel
341. nfiguring FCAs with the Oracle SAN driver stack page 62 and the FCA manufacturer s instructions The DMP feature requires an Array Support Library ASL and an Array Policy Module APM The ASL APM enables Asymmetric Logical Unit Access ALUA LUNs are accessed through the primary controller After enablement use the vxdisk list lt device gt command to determine the primary and secondary paths For VxVM 4 1 MP1 or later you must download the ASL APM from the Symantec Veritas support site for installation on the host This download and installation is not required for VxVM 5 0 or later To download and install the ASL APM from the Symantec Veritas support website Go to http support veritas com Enter Storage Foundation for UNIX Linux in the Product Lookup box Enter EVA in the Enter keywords or phrase box and then click the search symbol To further narrow the search select Solaris in the Platform box and search again Read TechNotes and follow the instructions to download and install the ASL APM Run vxdct1 enable to notify VxVM of the changes Verify the configuration of VxVM as shown in Example 3 Verifying the VxVM configuration the output may be slightly different depending on your VxVM version and the array configuration NOUR WNS Example 3 Verifying the VxVM configuration vxddladm listsupport all grep HP libvxhpevale so HP HSV200 HSV210 vxddladm listsupport libname libvxhpevale so ATTR_NA
342. nk Local fe80 223 7dff fef4 15a7 IPv6 Default Router r IPv6 Target TCP Port No 3260 IPv6 VLAN Disabled iSCSI Max First Burst 65536 iSCSI Max Burst 262144 248 Command reference iSCSI Header Digests iSCSI Data Digests iSCSI Port Port Status Link Status iSCSI Name Firmware Revision Current Port Speed Programmed Port Speed MTU Size Window Size MAC Address IPv4 Address IPv4 Subnet Mask IPv4 Gateway Address IPv4 Target TCP Port No IPv4 VLAN IPv6 Address 1 IPv6 Address 2 IPv6 Link Local IPv6 Default Router IPv Target TCP Port No IPv6 VLAN iSCSI Max First Burst iSCSI Max Burst iSCSI Header Digests iSCSI Data Digests Show iSNS Disabled Disabled GE4 Enabled Up ign 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 3 L000 1Gb FDX Auto Normal 32768 00 23 7d f 4 15 a8 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 0 0 0 3260 Disabled fe8s0 223 7dff fef4 15a8 3260 Disabled 65536 262144 Disabled Disabled Displays Internet simple name service iSNS configuration information for the specified iSCSI port If you do not specify the port this command displays the iSNS configuration information for all iSCSI ports Authority None Syntax show port_nun isns Keywords port_nun The iSCSI port number whose iSNS configuration is to be displayed Example MEZ75 admin gt show isns iSNS Information iSNS Enabled IP Address 10 3 6 33 TCP Port No 3205 Show logs Displays either a
343. nnel adapters page 50 To identity the WWLUN ID assigned to the virtual disk and or the LUN assigned by the storage administrator e Oracle SAN driver with MPxlIO enabled o You can use the luxadm probe command to display the array node WWN and associated array for the devices The WWLUN ID is part of the device file name For example dev rdsk c5t600508B4001030E40000500000B20000d0s2 If you use luxadm display the LUN is displayed after the device address For example 50001 e1002709e9 5 e Oracle SAN driver without MPxlO o The EVA WWPN is part of the file name which helps you to identify the controller For example dev rdsk c3t50001FE1002709E8d5s2 dev rdsk c3t50001FE1002709ECd5s2 dev rdsk c4t50001FE1002709E9d5s2 dev rdsk c4t50001FE1002709EDd5s2 If you use luxadm probe the array node WWN and the associated device files are displayed You can retrieve the WWLUN ID as part of the format e scsi inquiry output however it is cumbersome and hard to read For example 09 e8 20 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 35 30 30 30 31 46 3 50001F 45 31 30 30 32 37 30 39 45 30 35 30 30 30 31 46 E1002709E050001F 45 31 30 30 32 37 30 39 45 38 36 30 30 35 30 38 E1002709E8600508 42 34 30 30 31 30 33 30 45 34 30 30 30 30 35 30 B4001030E4000050 30 30 30 30 42 32 30 30 30 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 0000B20000 The assigned LUN is part of the device file name For example dev rdsk c3t50001FE1002709E8d5s2 You can also retriev
344. ns line and typically share the resources of a single processor or server within a small geographic area A device that amplifies light waves and concentrates them in a narrow very intense beam An HSV Controller display defining the last reported fault condition See LTEA Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor diode used in an electronic display that emits light when a voltage is applied to it A visual indicator A WWN encoded sequence that is obtained from the license key fulfillment website See LED 1 A connection of ports on fibre channel devices 2 A full duplex connection to a fabric or a simplex connection of loop devices A procedure whereby a user or network connection is identified as being an authorized network user or participant loop loop ID loop pair LTEA LUN M management agent management agent event management server MB Mb MBps Mbps mean time between failures Mega metadata micro meter mirrored caching mirroring MTBF multi mode fiber N near online storage See arbitrated loop Seven bit values numbered contiguous from O to 126 decimal that represent the 127 valid AL_PA values on a loop not all 256 hexadecimal values are allowed as AL_PA values per Fibre Channel A Fibre Channel attachment a controller and physical disk drives Physical disk drives connect to controllers through paired Fibre Channel arbitrated loops There are two loop pairs designated loop pai
345. nte alas niente eather eines 281 Agent shutdown HCH GU ON 2 cectnesesnceadendsndnedensmeadsdadagaueidegs veudedeedeanmneiuysadeuaemneuateicenteetaantes 281 Network port down MOTINCON Oi asicecicetuedincetteewiaebatetcocaniscanateeeneeniseansaeideitenenesnbciensdeleects 281 FC ORO WAM OH MCI OI oer aiaset sesaincasleuid Sestncwiindsibe deal eesensnn iced seadsanwianeeetaeensaesasmenmeteedaeasinens 281 Target device ASO VEN Yess seriertosire iiinn e E E EE EEE TE EAEE Aa AEE Aiia aaa 282 Target presentation mapping lt diveieesndserdavndvernenndsdervasdvvdeasencadaseesnawielnedentesvawnnriesendeudusvanenees 282 VE group notihicahoN ccc teacuatctircuidersetslarceucienaranidetacanven ceiauelenceneaenclonew meres 282 Sensor NONHEAH OMe orense ea aie EE EO pE A AE ES AE E ESSE EEEE E SESS EE 283 Generic HOM CANON ts cans seeria a a e aa En n E A aniani AA E 283 F iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module log messages ccccccccccseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 284 Ea AN isthe essed aedciecedectcditae opi A EEE Release PAT AES EE E 298 1a e AINNE ENIA NEA EAA E N E O AINE EOE I E ENA T 311 12 Contents 1 P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware The P63x0 P65x0 EVA contains the following components EVA controller enclosure Contains HSV controllers power supplies cache batteries and fans Available in FC and iSCSI options NOTE Compared to older models the HP P6350 and P6550 employ newer batteries and a performance enhanced management module They require XCS Vers
346. nted Target CHAP secret For example hpstorageworks Click OK Click Discovery e For manually discovering iSCSI target portals Click Add under Target Portals Enter the IP address of the iSCSI port of the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller Click Advanced Select the CHAP Login Information check box Enter the CHAP secret for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator in the Target Secret box For example CHAPsecret01 f Select the Mutual Authentication check box g Click OK h Click OK and the initiator completes Target discovery oangoa e Using iSNS for Target discovery a Click Add under iSNS Servers b Enter the IP address of the iSNS server c Click OK Click Targets Select the appropriate target for login Click Log On Click Advanced Select the CHAP Login Information check box Enter the CHAP secret for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator in the Target Secret box For example CHAPsecret 01 Select the Mutual Authentication check box Click OK Click OK and the initiator completes normal login Enabling bi directional CHAP during discovery and bi directional CHAP during normal session 140 Table 25 page 140 lists the parameters you need to enable bi directional CHAP during discovery and bi directional CHAP during normal session Table 25 Parameters enabling bi direction CHAP MS Initiator secret settings iSCSI Port hpst
347. nterruption to the application The iSCSI target must support multiple sessions to the same target The Microsoft iSCSI MPIO DSM supports a set of load balance policies that determine how I O is allocated among the different sessions With Microsoft MPIO the load balance policies apply to each LUN individually The Microsoft iSCSI DSM v2 x assumes that all targets are active active and can handle I O on any path at any time There is no mechanism within the iSCSI protocol to determine whether a target is active active or active passive therefore the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules support only multipath configurations with the EVA with active active support More information can be found at http www microsoft com WindowsServer2003 technologies storage mpio detault mspx htto www microsoft com WindowsServer2003 technologies storage mpio faq mspx http download microsoft com download 3 0 4 304083f1 11e7 44d9 92b9 23cdbf01048 mpio doc Table 20 page 100 details the differences between Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 Table 20 Windows server differences Windows Server 2008 and 2012 Windows Server 2003 iSCSI Initiator Included with operating system Separate installation MPIO Feature has to be installed Included with iSCSI initiator Table 21 page 100 shows the supported MPIO options for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller Table 21 Supported MPIO options for iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules Windows Server 2008 and
348. ntil all VAAI primitives are attempted by ESX on the device and completed successfully Upon completion VAAI device status will be Supported Installing the HP VAAI Plug in using vCLI vMA NOTE This installation method is supported for use only with VAAI Plug in version 1 00 in ESX ESXi 4 1 environments 1 Obtain the VAAI Plug in software package and save to a local folder on the target VMware host a b Go to the HP Support Downloads website at http www hp com support downloads Locate the HP P6000 Software Plug in for VMware VAAI and then download it to a temporary folder on the server Configuring application servers Enter maintenance mode Enter a command using the following syntax vicfg hostops pl server Host _ IP Address username User Name password Account _ Password o enter Install the VAAI Plug in using vihostupdate Enter a command using the following syntax vihostupdate pl server Host IP Address username User Name password Account Password bundle hp vaaip p6 000 offline bundle xyz install 4 Restart the target VMware host Enter a command using the following syntax vicfg hostops pl server Host_IP_Address username User _Name password Account _Password o reboot f 5 Exit maintenance mode Enter a command using the following syntax vicfg hostops pl server Host_IP_ Address username User Name password Account Password o exit 6 Verify the cla
349. ntilation e For side vented components the clearance between the installed rack component and the side panels of the rack must be a minimum of 2 75 inches 7 cm e Always use blanking panels to fill all empty front panel U spaces in the rack This ensures proper airtlow Using a rack without blanking panels results in improper cooling that can lead to thermal damage Configuration Standards EVA configurations are designed considering cable length configuration CG serviceability and accessibility and to allow for easy expansion of the system If at all possible it is best to configure non HP cabinets in a like manner UPS Selection This section provides information that can be used when selecting a UPS for use with the EVA The four HP UPS products listed in Table 29 page 215 are available for use with the EVA and are included in this comparison Table 30 page 215 identifies the amount of time each UPS can sustain power under varying loads and with various UPS ERM Extended Runtime Module options NOTE The specified power requirements reflect fully loaded enclosures 14 disks 214 Non standard rack specifications Table 29 HP UPS models and capacities UPS Model Capacity in watts R1500 1340 R3000 2700 R5500 4500 R12000 12000 Table 30 UPS operating time limits Minutes of operation R1500 Load percent With standby battery With 1 ERM With 2 ERMs 100 23 49
350. ntly merging Wait for the merge operation to complete and retry the request 63 DR group is logging The operation cannot be performed because the Continuous Access connection is currently logging Wait for the logging operation to complete and retry the request 64 Connection is suspended The operation cannot be performed because the Continuous Access connection is currently suspended Resolve the suspended mode and retry the request 65 The firmware image file has a header Retrieve a valid firmware image file Bad image header checksum error and retry the request 66 The firmware image file has a checksum Retrieve a valid firmware image file Bad image error and retry the request 67 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Obsolete 185 Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value Meaning How to correct Image incompatible 68 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Obsolete 69 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Obsolete 70 The firmware image file is incompatible with Retrieve a valid firmware image file the current system configuration Version conflict in upgrade or downgrade not allowed and retry the request 71 Bad image segment The firmware image download process has failed because of a corrupted image segment Verify that the f
351. nvironment the same LUN number should appear under different EVA port targets from the same controller Example iscsiadm list target S Target iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 2 01 50014380025da539 Alias TPGT 0 ISID 4000002a0000 Connections 1 LUN 120 Vendor HP Product HSV340 OS Device Name dev rdsk c5t600508B4000B15A200005000038E0000d0s2 Target iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 Alias TPGT 0 ISID 4000002a0000 Connections 1 LUN 120 Vendor HP Product HSV340 OS Device Name dev rdsk c5t600508B4000B15A200005000038E0000d0s2 2 mpathadm list lu This command lists the total and operational path count for each logical unit Both controller and device path counts are displayed Example mpathadm list lu scsi_vhci array controller g50014380025c4170 Total Path Count 2 Operational Path Count 2 dev rdsk c5t600508B4000B15A200005000038E0000d0s2 Total Path Count 2 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines 3 mpathadm show lu logical unit This command lists details regarding a specific logical unit This command can help verify symmetric mode load balancing and autofailback settings as well as path and target port information Example mpathadm show lu dev rdsk c5t600508B4000B15A200005000038E0000d0s2 Logical Unit dev rdsk c5t600508B4000B15A200005000038E0000d0s2 mpath support libmpscsi_vhci so Vendor HP Product HSV340 Revision 0005 Name Type unkno
352. o re initialize in response to Re initialize adapter failed an IOCTL disable request 106803 d QLIsrEventHandler Link FC Error FC processor reported a link down condition down x 106813 d QLIsrEventHandler FC Error FC processor reported an unexpected asynchronous Unexpected async event x event The mailbox registers provide status event MB1 x MB2 x MB3 x code and data related to the event MB4 x MB5 x MB6 x MB7 Sx 106847 d QLProcessResponseQueue FC Error FC controller reported an invalid Entry Status x Invalid EntryStatus x type type x SX 106851 d QLTimer Heartbeat FC Error FC controller failed to provide a heartbeat failed 106853 d OLTimer Link error FC Error Driver has determined that the FC link is unreliable count 0x x exceeded link and unusable due to the number of errors down encountered The link has been taken down 106912 d QLReserveLoopId out FC Error FC processor was unable to obtain the number of of loop Ids loop IDs required This failure occurs only when the FC processor is running multi ID firmware 106928 d OLMarkDeviceOffline FC Error Driver was unable to re establish connection to the Device Id x marked target within the timeout and retry counts and is offline cLinkDownTimeout therefore marking it offline 6x CPortDownRetryCount x 106948 d QLSnsGetAllNext Name FC Error FC processor is unable to log into the FC fabric server log
353. oE module by executing an FTP utility on the workstation The following example shows an FTP transfer to put previously saved module configuration data on the module c gt ftp 172 17 137 102 Connected to 172 17 137 102 Working with iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module configurations 267 220 none FTP server GNU inetutils 1 4 2 ready User 172 17 137 102 none ftp 331 Guest login ok type your name as password Password ftp 230 Guest login ok access restrictions apply ftp gt bin NOTE Use of the CLI fru save does not capture all required P6000 information and a fru restore is likely to result in HP P6000 Command View inconsistencies which prevent normal operations Use HP P6000 Command View for all normal save and restore operations 200 Type set to I ftp gt put HP StorageWorks MEZ50 FRU bin 200 PORT command successful 150 Opening BINARY mode data connection for HP StorageWorks MEZ50_ FRU bin 226 Transfer complete ftp 6168 bytes sent in 0 00Seconds 6168000 00Kbytes sec ftp gt quit 221 Goodbye 2 Update an iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module with the saved configuration data see page 2 12 by executing the fru restore CLI command The fru restore command has the following two options e Full restore restores all module configuration parameters including IP addresses subnet masks gateways virtual port group settings LUN mappings and all other persistent data e Partial restore restores only the LUN mappings a
354. olic link mt maps to the auto rewind SCSI tape device node for the LUN dev sto for example Additional links for mt 1 mtm and mta map to the other auto rewind devices dev st01 dev stO0m dev st0a regardless of whether these device nodes actually exist or could be opened e The symbolic link mtn maps to the no rewind SCSI tape device node if any For example this LUN maps to dev nst0 Additional links formt1n mtmn and mtan map to the other no rewind devices such as dev nst0l dev nstOm dev nst0a regardless of whether those device nodes actually exist or could be opened e The symbolic link cd maps to the SCSI CD ROM device node if any for the LUN dev scdo for example e The symbolic link generic maps to the SCSI generic device node if any for the LUN dev sg0 Because the symlink creation process must open all of the SCSI device nodes in dev in order to determine which nodes map to iSCSI devices you may see many modprobe messages logged to syslog indicating that modprobe could not find a driver for a particular combination of major and minor numbers This message can be ignored The messages occur when Linux is unable to find a driver to associate with a SCSI device node that the iSCSI daemon is opening as part of its symlink creation process To prevent these messages from occurring remove the SCSI device nodes that do not contain an associated high level SCSI driver Target bindings The iSCSI driver automatical
355. oller 8 character hexadecimal display that defines a problem causing controller operations to halt See IC The occurrences that cause a storage system to cease operation Interconnected elements that form the ends of the transmission lines in the enclosure address bus An interconnection scheme that allows multiple Fibre Channel ports to communicate Point to point and arbitrated loop are examples of Fibre Channel topologies The device that converts electrical signals to optical signals where the fiber cables connect to the Fibre Channel elements such as hubs controllers or adapters Unit identification A state in which the storage system is not ready for use A drive enclosure EMU condition report that occurs when one or more elements inside the enclosure have failed and have disabled the enclosure The enclosure may be incapable of recovering or bypassing the failure and will require repairs to correct the condition This is the highest level condition and has precedence over all other errors and requires immediate corrective action Also known as unflushed data See also dirty data Uninterruptible Power Supply A battery operated power supply guaranteed to provide power to an electrical device in the event of an unexpected interruption to the primary power supply Uninterruptible power supplies are usually rated by the amount of voltage supplied and the length of time the voltage is supplied Unique Universal Identifier A unique 1
356. ommand failed with check condition command failed with CHECK status The Report LUNs command was issued by CONDITION SCSI STATUS the module as part of its discovery process 0x 02X 41771 QLBI_GetLunList Lun App Error Failed to allocate LUN object out of resources allocation failed for LunId sd 41994 QLFC_Login VpIndex d out App Error Login attempted using FC virtual port VP index that of range is out of range range 0 31 Index reported in log message 41995 QLFC_ Login VP Index 0x x App Error Login attempted using FC VP index that has not not configured been configured Operation attempted on an unconfigured VP 286 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module log messages Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continued De compression failed Disabling compression temporarily 42002 QLFC_ Login Can t open App Error Attempting login but FC connection cannot be connection opened 42024 QLFC_Logout No active path App Error Attempting logout of device for which there is no to device WWPN active path WWPN not found 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 42027 QLFC Logout VP Index 0x x App Error Logout attempted using FC VP index that has not not configured been configured Operation attempted on an unconfigured VP 42068 QLFC HandleTeb System Error App Error Event notification FC processor encountered a s
357. onal physical disk space See WWN A controller process that notifies the host that the write operation is complete when the data is written to the cache This occurs before transferring the data to the disk Write back caching improves response time since the write operation completes as soon as the data reaches the cache As soon as possible after caching the data the controller then writes the data to the disk drives A process when the host sends a write request to the controller and the controller places the data in the controller cache module As soon as possible the controller transfers the data to the physical disk drives World Wide Name A unique identifier assigned to a Fibre Channel device Index A AC power distributing 31 accessing multipathing 50 Secure Path 50 add features page 103 adding hosts 51 59 admin command 218 agent shutdown notification 281 agent startup notification 281 Apple Mac iSCSI Initiator 91 105 storage setup 109 authority requirements 217 B bad image header 185 bad image segment 186 bad image size 186 battery replacement notices 210 beacon command 218 C cables data 29 handling fiber optic 39 SAS 21 Y cable 13 22 30 cabling controller 29 Cache batteries failed or missing 184 Canadian notice 201 Cautions file systems 114 CHAP policies 132 restrictions 131 clear command 218 CLI usage 265 command reference 217 command syntax 217 co
358. ond Megabits per second A measure of bandwidth or data transfers occurring at a rate of 1 000 000 10 bits per second See MTBF A notation denoting a multiplier of 1 million 1 000 000 The data in the first sectors of a disk drive that the system uses to identify virtual disk members See um A process in which half of each controller s write cache mirrors the companion controller s write cache The total memory available for cached write data is reduced by half but the level of protection is greater The act of creating an exact copy or image of data Mean time between failures The average time from start of use to first failure in a large population of identical systems components or devices A fiber optic cable with a diameter large enough 50 microns or more to allow multiple streams of light to travel different paths from the transmitter to the receiver This transmission mode enables bidirectional transmissions On site storage of data on media that takes slightly longer to access than online storage kept on high speed disk drives 305 Network Storage Controller node port non OFC Open Fibre Control NONCRITICAL Condition NSC NVRAM O occupancy alarm level OCP online storage operator control panel P param password PDM PDU petabyte physical disk physical disk array 306 Glossary See NSC A device port that can operate on the arbitrated loop topology A laser t
359. one Syntax show perf byte init _rbyte init _wbyte tgt_rbyte tgt_wbyte Keywords byte Displays performance data bytes per second for all ports init_rbyte Displays initiator mode read performance init_wbyte Displays initiator mode write performance tgt_rbyte Displays target mode read performance tgt_wbyte Displays target mode write performance Example 1 MEZ50 admin gt show perf WARNING Valid data is only displayed for port s that are not associated with any configured FCIP routes Port Bytes s Bytes s Bytes s Bytes s Bytes s Number init_r init_w tgt_r tgt_w total GEL 0 0 6M 6M 12M GE2 0 0 5M 5M 11M GE3 0 0 0 0 0 GE4 0 0 0 0 0 FC1 6M 6M 0 0 12M FC2 5M 5M 0 0 11M Example 2 MEZ50 admin gt show perf byte WARNING Valid data is only displayed for port s that are not associated with any configured FCIP routes Displaying bytes sec total Press any key to stop display GE1 GE2 GE3 GE4 FC1 FC2 11M 10M 0 0 11M 10M 12M 11M 0 0 12M 11M 12M 12M 0 0 12M 12M 12M 12M 0 0 12M 12M 11M 11M 0 0 11M 11M 12M 12M 0 0 12M 12M 12M 11M 0 0 12M 11M 12M 11M 0 0 12M 11M 11M 10M 0 0 11M 10M 12M 12M 0 0 12M 12M 254 Command reference Show presented targets Displays targets presented by the module s FC FCoE or iSCSI or for all Authority None Syntax show presented fo targets iscsi Keywords fe Specifies the display of FC presented targets is
360. onent is to occupy Z the mounting surface of the mounting flanges Y and the centerline of the component X Determining the CG of a configuration may be necessary for safety considerations CG considerations for CG calculations do not include cables PDU s and other peripheral components Some consideration should be made to allow for some margin of safety when estimating configuration CG Estimating the configuration CG requires measuring the CG of the cabinet the product will be installed in Use the following formula LdeomponentW dsystem cgW where deomponeni the distance of interest and W Weight The distance of a component is its CG s distance from the inside base of the cabinet For example if a loaded disk enclosure is to be installed into the cabinet with its bottom at 10U the distance for the enclosure would be 10 1 75 2 7 inches Airflow and Recirculation Component Airflow Requirements Component airflow must be directed from the front of the cabinet to the rear Components vented to discharge airflow from the sides must discharge to the rear of the cabinet Rack Airflow Requirements The following requirements must be met to ensure adequate airflow and to prevent damage to the equipment e If the rack includes closing front and rear doors allow 830 square inches 5 350 sq cm of hole evenly distributed from top to bottom to permit adequate airflow equivalent to the required 64 percent open area for ve
361. onfigurations backing up configurations and restoring configurations Status viewing through the use of the show commands can be quite helpful in collecting information needed to resolve problems e show fc e show iscsi e show perf e show stats e show luns e show luninfo e show initiators e show initiators_lunmask show targets e show presented targets show system e show logs nn NOTE Mapping and unmapping LUNs through the CLI is likely to result in inconsistencies with HP P6000 Command View and is not recommended by HP There may be cases where a CLI reset mappings is a more effective method of addressing these inconsistencies than using the CLI Lunmask add or lunmask rm commands 266 Using the iSCSI CLI Modifying a configuration The module has the following major areas of configuration e Management port configuration requires the use of the following commands o The set mgmt command page 236 o The show mgmt command page 253 e iSCSI port configuration requires using the following commands o The set iSCSI command page 235 o The show iSCSI command page 247 e Virtual port groups configuration requires the following commands o The set VPGroups command page 239 o The show VPGroups command page 262 e LUN mapping requires the use of the show lunmask command page 252 Saving and restoring iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller configurations Saving and re
362. onfigured configured configured configured configured configured AVAILABLE DISK SELECTIONS FO 7 8 Specify disk with with with with with with with with cOto0dd0 lt SUN18G cyl 7506 alt 2 hd 19 capacity capacity capacity capacity capacity capacity capacity capacity sec 248 gt pci 1f 4000 scsi 3 sd 0 0 of of of of of of of of 1008 1008 1008 1008 1008 1008 1008 1008 00M 00M 00M 00M 00M 00M 00M 00M Donn Dow c2t50001FE1002709F8d1 lt HP HSV210 5100 cyl 126 alt 2 hd 128 pci 1f 4000 QLGC qla 4 fpe 0 0 ssd w50001fe1002709f8 1 c2t50001FE1002709F8d2 lt HP HSV210 5100 cyl 126 alt 2 hd 128 pci 1f 4000 QLGC qla 4 fp 0 0 ssd w50001fe1002709F8 2 c2t50001FE1002709FCd1 lt HP HSV210 5100 cyl 126 alt 2 hd 128 pci 1f 4000 QLGC qla 4 fpe 0 0 ssd w50001fe1002709fc 1 c2t50001FE1002709FCd2 lt HP HSV210 5100 cyl 126 alt 2 hd 128 pci 1f 4000 QLGC qla 4 fpe 0 0 ssd w50001fe1002709Ffc 2 c3t50001FE1002709F9d1 lt HP HSV210 5100 cyl 126 alt 2 hd 128 pci 1f 4000 lpfc 5 fp 0d 0 ssd w50001fe1002709f9 1 c3t50001FE1002709F9d2 lt HP HSV210 5100 cyl 126 alt 2 hd 128 pci 1 4000 1lpfc 5 f p 0 0 ssd w50001fe1002709f9 2 c3t50001FE1002709FDd1 lt HP HSV210 5100 cyl 126 alt 2 hd 128 pci 1f 4000 lpfc 5 fpe 0 0 ssd w50001fe1002709fd 1 c3t50001FE1002709FDd2 lt HP HSV210 5100 cyl 126 alt 2 hd 128 pci 1f 4000 lpfc 5 fpe 0 0 ssd w50001fe1
363. onnection However HP P6000 Command View should be the primary management tool for the iSCSI and ISCSI FCoE modules The CLI is a supplemental interface Logging on to an iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module You can either use Telnet or Secure SHell SSH to log on to a module or you can log on to the switch through the serial port To log on to the module using Telnet 1 On the workstation open a command line window 2 Enter the telnet command followed by the IP address telnet lt ip address gt NOTE This is the management port IP address of either iSCSI controller 01 or 02 and may be a static IP a DHCP provided IP or a default static IP A Telnet window opens and prompts you to log in 3 Enter an account name and password To log on to a module using SSH NOTE SSH works in a way similar to Telnet except it uses ROSA to encode transmissions to and from your workstation and the HP iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module 1 On the workstation open a command line window 2 Enter the ssh command followed by the module mgmt port IP address ssh lt ip address gt An SSH window opens and prompts you to log in 3 Enter an account name and password To log on to a switch through the serial port 1 Configure the workstation port with the following settings using an RJ45 to DB9 dongle HP spares part number 663678 001 and a standard RJ45 Ethernet cable e 115200 baud e 8 bit character e 1 stop bit e No parity and flow control no
364. ons 100 properties page 103 313 with QLogic iSCSI HBA 125 MPxlO enabling for EVA 118 multipath devices monitoring 122 multipathing 99 accessing 50 ESX server 71 Solaris 10 117 N network port down notification 281 network port table 270 no FC port 181 no image 181 no logical disk for Vdisk 183 no more events 183 no permission 181 non standard rack specifications 213 not a loop port 181 not participating controller 181 notifications agent shutdown 281 agent startup 281 FC port down 281 generic 283 network port down 281 sensor 283 VP group 282 O object does not exist 182 183 objects in use 182 OpenVMS adding hosts 59 configuring virtual disks 61 failure scenarios 165 scanning bus 60 single path implementation 157 operation rejected 184 Oracle San driver stack 62 Oracle StorEdge 62 Traffic Manager 65 other controller failed 184 P pages add features 103 properties 103 parts replaceable 83 passwd command 228 password mismatch 185 ping command 229 power applying to the disk enclosure 40 startup sequence 40 power on standby button defined 21 location 19 314 Index operation 21 power supply module defined 17 26 LEDs 17 powering down 41 powering up 40 troubleshooting 169 presenting virtual disks 52 protecting fiber optic connectors cleaning supplies 40 dust covers 40 proxy reads 38 Q qla2300 driver 64 QLogic iSCSI HBA configuring
365. ontinued 139282 QBRPC_Initialize GetStats User Error Failed memory allocation for Get Statistics API Mem Allocation error 139283 OBRPC_Initialize InitListMem User Error Failed memory allocation for Get Initiator List API Allocation error 139284 QBRPC_Initialize TargetList User Error Failed memory allocation for Get Target List API Mem Allocation error 139285 QBRPC_Initialize LunList User Error Failed memory allocation for Get LUN List API MemAllocation error 139286 QBRPC_Initialize PresTarget User Error Failed memory allocation for Get Presented Targets Mem Allocation error List API 139287 QBRPC_Initialize LunMask Mem User Error Failed memory allocation for Get LUN Mask API Allocation error 139288 QBRPC_Initialize Init Mem User Error Failed memory allocation for Initiator API Allocation error 139289 QBRPC_Initialize TgtDevice User Error Failed memory allocation for Target Device API Mem Allocation error 139296 QBRPC_Initialize FeTgt Mem User Error Failed memory allocation for FC Target API Allocation error 139297 OBRPC_Initialize BridgeStatus User Error Failed memory allocation for System Status API Mem Allocation error 139298 QBRPC_Initialize Diag Mem User Error Failed memory allocation for Diagnostic API Allocation error 139299 QBRPC_Initialize DiagLog Mem User Error Failed memory allocation for Diagnos
366. ontroller is down Use the CLI to reset mappings reboot or reset factory reboot then unmap all presented LUNs deleting the iSCSI HOSTs and also removing both iSCSI controllers The CLI show luns show luninfo and show initiators _lunmask commands can provide information on which LUNs are causing the inconsistency 178 Troubleshooting Volume information mismatch across cveva and Optimize ReTrim used space There can be a mismatch on the Vdisk allocated size in comparison with the host volume size shown by optimizer slab count and volume information Space reclaim is very minimal for iSCSI LUN during the file deletion Based on the controller load the efficiency of space reclamation might vary and the reclamation not start immediately Reclaim of the specified space or majority of the specified space may complete over a period of time and may not be instantly Thin Provisioning Threshold and Resource Exhaustion Test LOGO Failed The system event log when the threshold limit of the vdisk is reached When the system event log reaches the threshold limit on the vdisk the user can see an event on the LUN utilization capacity and pool availability capacity for LUN is restricted by either size of LUN or available capacity in pool iSCSI module diagnostics and troubleshooting 179 8 Error messages This list of error messages is in order by status code value O to 243 Table 27 Error Messages
367. ooted to avoid stale persistent data without clearing configured IP addresses To save or restore the configuration 1 Select the iSCSI controller in the Navigation pane 2 Select Set Options 3 Select Save Restore configuration 4 Select the configuration method P63x0 P65x0 EVA operation Figure 20 iSCSI Controller Configuration Selection window iSCSI Controller Configuration Selection Choose a configuration method and click Select to continue Save Configuration This method provides the facility for reading your iSCSI controller configuration and save it to a file with a TGZ extension which later can be restored using the Restore Configuration method The information includes basic advance iSCSI controller configuration basic advance FC and IP port settings LUN masking etc Full Configuration Restore This method provides the facility to fully restore your iSCSI controller configuration It requires iSCSI controller configuration file with a TGZ extension C Restore LUN Masking This method provides the facility to restore only lun masking configuration of your iSCSI controller It requires iSCSI controller configuration file with a TGZ extension NOTE A Restore action will reboot the module Saving storage system configuration data 49 3 Configuring application servers Overview This chapter provides general connectivity information for all the supported operating systems
368. or a cable connector can impede the transmission of data Therefore protecting the connector tips against contamination or damage is imperative The tips can be contaminated by touching them by dust or by debris They can be damaged when dropped To protect the connectors against contamination or damage use the dust covers or dust caps provided by the manufacturer These covers are removed during installation and should be installed whenever the transceivers or cables are disconnected Operating tips and information 39 The transceiver dust caps protect the transceivers from contamination Do not discard the dust covers CAUTION To avoid damage to the connectors always install the dust covers or dust caps whenever a transceiver or a fiber cable is disconnected Remove the dust covers or dust caps from transceivers or fiber cable connectors only when they are connected Do not discard the dust covers To minimize the risk of contamination or damage do the following e Dust covers Remove and set aside the dust covers and dust caps when installing an I O module a transceiver or a cable Install the dust covers when disconnecting a transceiver or cable One of the many sources for cleaning equipment specifically designed for fiber optic connectors is Alcoa Fujikura Ltd 1 888 385 4587 North America 011 1 770 956 7200 International Storage system shutdown and startup You can shut down the array from HP P6000 Command Vie
369. or the mounting space for the EVA Ae line It does not show required space for additional HP components such as servers Figure 92 Mounting space dimensions 7a 59 H a R ba Dg 1 a to a D f 7 716 MINIMUM A 0 29 60 27 50 is 8 onono ops coosoosno ooo sos eoereoe arose boots segoses eon ssernne of a ee 1S BSS SEBS ESE BEB SSE BEE SESE BEE ESET E SET ESBS EEE e D E 7 Qs H pr View new_view_1f u x Dr o D3 i A 33 g s Des l p Qo 32 i Qe s a Te k E hg D Be i ai om s 1 EIA310 D standards The rack must meet the Electronic Industries Association EIA Standard 310 D Cabinets Racks and Associated Equipment The standard defines rack mount spacing and component dimensions specified in U units Copies of the standard are available for purchase at http www eia org EVA cabinet measures and tolerances EVA component rack mount brackets are designed to fit cabinets with mounting rails set at depths from 27 5 inches to 29 6 inches inside rails to inside rails Internal component envelope 213 Weights dimensions and component CG measurements Cabinet CG dimensions are reported as measured from the inside bottom of the cabinet Z the leading edge of the vertical mounting rails Y and the centerline of the cabinet mounting space X Component CG measurements are measured from the bottom of the U space the comp
370. orageworks General Tab Secret hpstorageworks Discovered iSCSI CHAPsecret01 Add Target Portal CHAPsecret0 Initiator iSCSI Presented hpstorageworks Log on to Target CHAPsecret01 Target Note These are examples of secret settings You must configure CHAP with settings that apply to your specific network environment iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator entry CHAP can be enabled via CLI only To enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator entry using the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller CLI a If the iSCSI Initiator is not listed under set chap command e HP Command View Option add the initiator iqn name string via Command View s Add Host tab e Go to HP P6000 Command View and select Hosts then select Tab Add Host and enter the iqn name string e CLI Option Enter the initiator add command and add the iSCSI Initiator that is about to do discovery b If the iSCSI Initiator is listed under set chap command then enable CHAP secret For example CHAPsecret01 a Select the index of the iSCSI Initiator b To Enable CHAP select O then type the CHAP secret Enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller iSCSI port a To enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller iSCSI port using HP P6000 Command View e Select the appropriate iSCSI Controller then select the IP Ports tab then sele
371. ory command deletes all LUN mappings as well as all persistent data regarding targets LUNs initiators virtual port group settings log files iSCSI and MGMT IP addresses FC and Ethernet port statistics and passwords This command also restores the factory default IP addresses The reset mappings command clears only the LUN mappings Authority Admin session Syntax reset factory mappings Keywords factory mappings Example 1 MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt reset factory Are you sure you want to restore to factory default settings y n y Please reboot the System for the settings to take affect Example 2 MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt reset mappings Are you sure you want to reset the mappings in the system y n y Please reboot the System for the settings to take affect 230 Command reference Save Set Saves logs and traces Authority Admin session Syntax save capture logs traces Keywords capture The save capture command creates a debug file that captures all debug dump data After the command completes you must FTP the debug capture file from the module logs The save logs command creates a tar file that contains the module s log data storing the file in the module s var ftp directory After the command completes you must FTP the log s tar file from the module traces The save traces command creates a tar file that contains the module s dump data storing the tar fil
372. osoft Generic DSM Multiple NIC iSCSI HBA ports four recommended one public one private two storage for higher availability and performance oe MPIO use HP DSM or the Microsoft Generic DSM HP recommends using the latest available DSM e Connectivity Dual blade configuration for redundancy Setting the Persistent Reservation registry key The iSCSI Persistent Reservation Setup utility assists you in creating the proper registry settings for use with the Microsoft Generic DSM and Microsoft Cluster Server This must be run on every node of the cluster 1 Run PRset hta to start the application This automatically adds the registry key and values seen 2 Click Modify to make changes see Figure 67 page 130 Set up the iSCSI Initiator 129 Figure 67 iSCSI Persistent Reservation Setup window iSCSI Porsictont Reservation Sotup a1 8 The Persistent Reservation Key is an byte binary value The first 6 bytes are chister specific the last 2 bytes are node specdic Use the same valte for cach speciic cluster The currext key is set to AA BB CC CC BB AA bex 170 187 204 204 187 170 decimal The last byte value 5 1 hex 1 decimal Click the Mody button to make changes Modify Delete Done 3 Click Done to finish Each cluster is required to have its own value and each node of a single cluster must have its own value For example Cluster A could have the default setting of AABBCCCCBB
373. ow pert command 254 show presented targets command 255 show properties command 258 show snmp command 259 show stats command 259 show system command 261 show targets command 262 show vpgroups command 262 shutdown command 263 single path implementation failure scenarios 164 HP UX 152 IBM AIX 162 Linux Itanium 160 Linux 32 bit 159 Mac OS 164 OpenVMS 157 Oracle Solaris 155 VMware 163 Windows Server 32 bit 153 Windows Server 64 bit 154 Xen 158 SNMP parameters 269 trap configuration parameters 269 SNP setup 105 Windows Server 2003 105 Solaris configuring FCAs 62 configuring virtual disks 67 fabric setup 65 failure scenarios 165 iSCSI Initiator 92 117 loading OS 62 single path implementation 155 startup sequence 40 statistics 175 status disk drives 15 fan module 18 front status and UID module 16 I O module 19 power supply module 17 rear power and UID module 20 storage connection down 184 storage not initialized 18 storage system racks defined 30 Subscriber s Choice HP 197 support FCoE 87 Fibre Channel switch 87 operating system 90 supportmultipath software 90 SUSE Linux installing and configuring 109 system information objects 280 system rack configurations 30 T tabs connected targets 111 discovered targets 110 tabstarget settings 127 Taiwanese notices 203 target login 111 target bindings 113 target command 263 target device discover
374. ower supply is capable of operating the enclosure Replace any failed component as soon as possible NOTE If one of the two power supply modules fails it can be hot replaced Figure 9 Power supply 16317 1 Power supply A Status indicator dual color amber and green 2 AC input connector 5 Handle 3 Latch 26 P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware Table 4 Power supply LED status Battery module LED color Description Amber e The power supply is powered up but not providing output power e The power supply is plugged into a running chassis but is not receiving AC input power the fan and LED on the supply receive power from the other power supply in this situation Green Normal no fault conditions Battery modules provide power to the controllers in the enclosure Figure 10 Battery module pulled out gl0136 1 Green Normal operation LED 2 Amber Fault LED Each battery module provides power to the controller directly across from it in the enclosure Table 5 Battery status indicators Fan module Status indicator Fault indicator Description On left Green Solid green Normal operation Blinking Maintenance in progress Off Amber is on or blinking or the enclosure is powered down On right Amber Solid amber Battery failure no cache hold up Green will be off Blinking amber Battery degraded replace soon Green will be off Green and amber are not on simulta
375. p this event is sent with the qgsrEventSeverity object set to clear qsrNwPortDown uses the following objects e qsrNwLinkStatus e qsrEventTimeStamp e qsrEventSeverity Network notifications are sent for the following events e Management port down or up e iSCSI port down or up e Port number 1 4 FC port down notification The FC port down notification indicates that the specified FC port is down The next time the port comes up this event is sent with the gsrEvent Severity object set to clear qsrFcPortDown uses the following objects e qsrFcLinkStatus e qsrEventTimeStamp e qsrEventSeverity Notifications 281 FC notifications are sent for the following events e Fibre Channel port down or up e down or up Port number 1 4 Target device discovery The Fibre Channel target device discovery notification indicates that the specified Fibre Channel target is online or offline qsrDscTgtStatusChanged uses the following objects e gqsrBladeSlot e qsrEventTimeStamp qsrFcTgtState e qsrEventSeverity FC target device discovery notifications are sent for the following event e FC Target State Discovered went offline or went online Target WWPN Target presentation mapping The target presentation notification indicates that the specified target has been presented mapped or unpresented unmapped qsrPresTgtMapped uses the following objects e qsrBladeSlot e qsrEventTimeStamp e g
376. p fcgw 3 iqn 1986 03 com hp fcgw 4 igqn 1986 03 com hp fcgw 5 igqn 1986 03 com hp fcgw 6 igqn 1986 03 com hp fcgw T iqn 1986 03 com hp fcgw Please select a iSCSI admin gt set alias A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list and the ENTER key to do so MEZ50 MEZ50 MEZ50 MEZ50 MEZ50 MEZ50 MEZ50 MEZ50 node from the list above 0834e00025 b1 01 50001 e150070ce9 0834e00025 b1 02 50001 e150070ce9 0834e00025 b1 03 50001 e150070ce9 0834e00025 b1 04 50001 e150070ce9 0834e00025 b1 01 50001 e150070cec 0834e00025 b1 02 50001 e150070cec 0834e00025 b1 03 50001 e150070cec 0834e00025 b1 04 50001 e150070cec q to quit 0 A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q 232 Command reference or Q 1 and the ENTER key to do so Set CHAP Provides for the configuration of the challenge handshake authentication protocol CHAP Authority Admin session Syntax set chap Example MEZ50 lt 1 gt admin gt set chap A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press th
377. ponent is repaired The controllers have an 8 Gb host port capability The P63x0 and P65x0 EVA controllers are available in FC FC iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE versions The controller models are HSV340 for the P63x0 and HSV360 for the P65x0 Figure page 22 shows the bezel of the controller enclosure Figure 2 page 22 shows the front of the controller enclosure with the bezel removed Controller enclosure 21 Figure 1 Controller enclosure front bezel 1 Enclosure status LEDs 2 Front UID push button Figure 2 Controller enclosure front view with bezel removed 1 Rack mounting thumbscrew 8 Fan 1 normal operation LED 2 Enclosure product number PN and serial number 9 Fan 1 fault LED 3 World Wide Number WWN 10 Fan 2 A Battery 1 11 Battery 2 5 Battery normal operation LED 12 Enclosure status LEDs 6 Battery fault LED 13 Front UID push button 7 Fan 1 Each P63x0 controller contains two SAS data ports Each P65x0 controller contains four SAS data ports made possible using Y cables one cable with two outputs For both the P63x0 and P65x0 EVA the FC controller adds four 8 Gb FC ports Figure 3 page 23 the FC iSCSI controller adds two 8 Gb FC ports and four 1 GbE iSCSI ports Figure 4 page 23 and the iSCSI FCoE controller adds two 8 Gb FC ports and twol0 GbE iSCSI FCoE ports Figure 5 page 24 22 P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware Figure 3 P6000 EVA FC controller enclosure rear view 1 Power supply 1
378. power PCM Un plugged unplugged 152137 sysTempMon Slot 1 R1 PCM User Info Left PCM 1 is reporting a faulty fan Fansd faulty 152138 sysTempMon Slot 2 R2 PCM User Info Left PCM 1 is reporting a healthy fan Fansd faulty 152139 sysTempMon Slot 1 R1 PCM User Info Right PCM 2 is reporting a faulty fan Fan d healthy 152140 sysTempMon Slot 2 R2 PCM User Info Right PCM 2 is reporting a healthy fan Fand healthy 152141 sysTempMon Over Temperature User Info Module has detected an over temperature Front Front dC Rear dC CPUL dC Rear dc CPUT sac CPU2 dc sdc CPU2 dc 152142 sysTempMon Setting the fan User Info Fan s speed has been set to high speed to high 152143 sysTempMon Setting the fan User Info Fan s speed has been set to normal speed to normal 152144 sysTempMon Temperature back User Info Module temperature has returned to normal to safe value Front dC operating range Front dc Rear dc CPUT sdc Rear dC CPU1 dC CPU2 CPU2 dc SAC 152145 sysTempMon Critical User Info Module has reached a critical temperature ad is Temperature Shutting Down shutting down Front dc Rear ac CPU1 dc Front dC Rear dC CPUL CPU2 dc dC CPU2 dC 200721 0L3022 ql3xxx_ probe Adapter TOE Fatal A GE port eth d has invalid NVRAM eth d Invalid NVRAM parameters parameters 233473 memory monitor Detected System Fatal Uncorrectable memory error detected at
379. pport Cache batteries failed or missing 57 The virtual disk member is not presented to The virtual disk member must be a client presented to a client before this operation can be performed 58 Other controller failed The other controller failed during the execution of this operation Retry the operation once controller failout is complete 184 Error messages Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value 59 Maximum Number of Objects Exceeded Meaning Case 1 The maximum number of items allowed has been reached Case 2 The maximum number of EVA hosts has been reached Case 3 The maximum number of port WWNs has been reached How to correct Case 1 If this operation is still desired delete one or more of the items and retry the operation Case 2 If this operation is still desired delete one or more of the EVA hosts and retry the operation Case 3 If this operation is still desired delete one or more of the port WWNs and retry the operation 60 Max size exceeded Case 1 The maximum number of items already exist on the destination storage cell Case 2 The size specitied exceeds the maximum size allowed Case 3 The presented user space exceeds the maximum size allowed Case 4 The presented user space exceeds the maximum size allowed Case 5 The size specified exceeds the maximum size allowed Case 6 The maximum numb
380. presentations and hosts from HP P6000 Command View IP port of iSCSI controller 01 and 02 should be enabled to change the corresponding port attributes Enable port Command not supported with this version of HP iSCSI Unable to process command at this time Check all connections as iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s Fibre Channel ports are unavailable Check software version Code load latest revision if necessary Check the status of the P6000 controller health and the MEZZ status for failed conditions Ensure that the P6000 FC ports are up Invalid iSCSI Controller configuration file extension Ensure the correct file is being used to restore configuration Operation failed iSCSI controller code load file cannot open read File may be invalid or corrupt Retrieve another copy of firmware file iSCSI Controller code load process have been failed Process may have been interrupted during code load try again Invalid iSCSI controller code load file extension Ensure the correct file is being used iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE LUN presentation Operation Failed The virtual disk operation has failed Please make sure that the FC target connections are online A result of HP P6000 Command View and the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE LUN mask being inconsistent while trying to map a LUN that is already mapped or is offline This can result from misuse of the CLI or making LUN masking changes while a module or c
381. product support Table 27 Error Messages continued Status code value Snapclone Active Meaning How to correct m EMU Load Busy The operation cannot be completed while the drive enclosures are undergoing code load Wait several minutes for the drive enclosure code load to finish then retry the operation 112 Duplicate User Name An existing Continuous Access group already has this user name Change the user name for the new Continuous Access group or delete the existing Continuous Access group with the same name 113 The operation is not allowed because the Allow the drive to finish code load Drive Reserved For Code Load drive is in a migrate code load state 114 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Already Presented 115 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Invalid Remote Storage Cell 116 The SCMI lock context in StorageCell is Retry the operation later If the error No Management Interface Lock empty where the lock is expected to be taken by the management agent persists report the error to product support 117 Maximum Members The specified Continuous Access group already has the maximum number of members Use another Continuous Access group or remove members from the existing Continuous Access group 118 Maximum Destinations The specified Continuous Access group is attempting to u
382. qsrPresTgtMapped e gqsrPresTgtUnmapped e qsrEventSeverity Target presentation notifications are sent for the following event e Target Presentation State Presented mapped or unpresented unmapped Target name VP group notification The VP group notification indicates that the specified VP group is enabled or disabled It also represents change in the name of the VP group qsrVPGroupStatusChanged uses the following objects e qsrBladeSlot e qsrVvPGroupindex qsrVPGroupStatus e qsrEventTimeStamp e qsrEventSeverity 282 Simple Network Management Protocol VP group notifications are sent for the following events e Change in name of a VP group e Enabling and disabling a VP group Sensor notification The sensor notification indicates that the state for the specified sensor is not normal When the sensor returns to the normal state this event is sent with the qsrEventSeverity object set to clear qsrSensorNot ification uses the following objects e qsrSensorValue qsrSensorState e qsrEventTimeStamp e qsrEventSeverity Sensor notifications are sent for the following events e Over Temperature sensor number 1 of 1 e Temperature returned to normal sensor number 1 of 1 fe Generic notification The generic notification reports events other than the defined event types It provides a description object that identifies the event in clear text qsrGenericEvent uses the following objects e
383. r 1 and loop pair 2 Each loop pair consists of two loops called loop A and loop B that operate independently during normal operation but provide mutual backup in case one loop fails Last termination event array A two digit HSV Controller number that identifies a specific event that terminated an operation The valid numbers range from 00 to 47 Logical unit number A LUN results from mapping a SCSI logical unit number port ID and LDEV ID to a RAID group The size of the LUN is determined by the emulation mode of the LDEV and the number of LDEVs associated with the LUN For example a LUN associated with two OPEN 3 LDEVs has a size of 4 693 MB The HP P6000 Command View software that controls and monitors the Enterprise storage system The software can exist on more than one management server in a fabric Each installation is a management agent A significant occurrence to or within the management agent software or an initialized storage cell controlled or monitored by the management agent A server on which management software is installed such as HP P6000 Command View and HP Replication Solutions Manager Megabtye A term defining either e A data transfer rate o A measure of either storage or memory capacity of 1 048 576 27 bytes See also MB Megabit A term defining a data transfer rate See also Mbps Megabytes per second A measure of bandwidth or data transfers occurring at a rate of 1 000 000 10 bytes per sec
384. r becomes unavailable The variable speed airflow device that cools an enclosure or component by forcing ambient air into an enclosure or component and forcing heated air out the other side Fibre Attached Technology Adapted disk drive See FMC Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapter See also FCA Fibre Channel Adapter An adapter used to connect the host server to the fabric Also called a Host Bus Adapter HBA or a Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapter FC HBA Federal Communications Commission The federal agency responsible for establishing standards and approving electronic devices within the United States Fibre Channel over Ethernet Fibre Channel Protocol fiber fiber optic cable fiber optics fibre Fibre Channel Fibre Channel adapter Fibre Channel drive enclosure Fibre Channel Loop field replaceable unit flush FMC form factor FPGA frequency FRU G general purpose server Giga G gigabaud gray color H HBA host Host bus adapter host computer host link indicator host port The optical media used to implement Fibre Channel A transmission medium designed to transmit digital signals in the form of pulses of light Fiber optic cable is noted for its properties of electrical isolation and resistance to electrostatic contamination The technology where light is transmitted through glass or plastic optical threads fibers for data communication or signaling purposes The internat
385. r disk enclosure chassis Front view a ay Nis al E ci ESj 1 Rack mounting thumbscrew 3 UID push button and LED 2 Disk drive in bay 6 4 Enclosure status LEDs 14 P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware Rear view 17149 1 Power supply 1 4 I O module A 7 UID push button and LED 2 Power supply 2 5 I O module B 8 Enclosure status LEDs 3 Fan 1 6 Fan 2 9 Power push button and LED Drive bay numbering Disk drives mount in bays on the front of the enclosure Bays are numbered sequentially from top to bottom and left to right A drive bay legend is included on the left bezel gE Sor or or o OL 604 OL T ie JEG 17158 Disk drives Disk drives are hot pluggable A variety of disk drive models are supported for use Disk drive LEDs Two LEDs indicate drive status NOTE The following image shows a Small Form Factor SFF disk drive LED patterns are the same for SFF and LFF disk drives SAS disk enclosures 15 LED LED color LED status Description 1 Locate Fault Blue Slow blinking 0 5 Hz Locate drive Amber Solid Drive fault 2 Status Green Blinking 1 Hz Drive is spinning up or down and is not ready Fast blinking 4 Hz Drive activity Solid Ready for activity Disk drive blanks To maintain the proper enclosure air flow a disk drive or a disk drive blank must be installed in each drive bay The disk drive blank maintains proper airflo
386. r the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator in the Target Secret box For example CHAPsecret01 f Select the Mutual Authentication check box g Click OK h Click OK and the initiator completes target discovery oangoa e Using iSNS for target discovery a Click Add under iSNS Servers b Enter the IP address of the iSNS server c Click OK g Click Targets h Select the appropriate target for login i Click Log On j Click Advanced k Select the CHAP Login Information check box Enter the CHAP secret for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator in the Target Secret box For example CHAPsecret01 m Select the Mutual Authentication check box n Click OK 0 Click OK and the initiator completes normal login Enable CHAP for the open iscsi iSCSI Initiator To enable CHAP in open iscsi you need to edit the etc iscsi iscsid conf file 142 l Enable CHAP for both Discovery and Normal Session by node session auth authmethod CHAP node session auth authmethod CHAP Setup Username and Password for Initiator and Target for Normal Session For Example To set a CHAP username and password for initiator authentication by the target s uncomment the following lines node session auth username username node session auth password password node session auth username iqn 1994 05 com redhat fc813cac13 sanergy33 node session auth password CHAPSecret01 To se
387. rage API for Array Integration VAAI is included in VMware vSphere solutions VAAI can be used to offload certain functions from the target VMware host to the storage array With the tasks being performed more efficiently by the array instead of the target VMware host performance can be greatly enhanced The HP P6000 EVA Software Plug in for VMware VAAI VAAI Plug in enables the offloading of the following functions primitives to the EVA e Full copy Enables the array to make full copies of data within the array without the ESX server having to read and write the data e Block zeroing Enables the array to zero out a large number of blocks to speed up provisioning of virtual machines e Hardware assisted locking Provides an alternative means to protect the metadata for VMFS cluster file systems thereby improving the scalability of large ESX server farms sharing a datastore e Block Space Reclamation Enables the array to reclaim storage block space on thin provisioned volumes upon receiving command from ESX server 5 1x or later System prerequisites ESX ESXi 4 1 VMware vCenter 4 1 ESX ESXi 4 1 environments vCLI 4 1 Windows or Linux ESX 5 0 ESX 5 1 VMware operating system VMware management station VMware administration tools HP P6000 controller software XCS 11001000 or later Enabling vSphere Storage API for Array Integration VAAI To enable the VAAI primitives do the following VMware 73 N
388. rage system shutdown and startup 4 2 Ensure all power cords are connected to the controller enclosure and disk enclosures Apply power to the rack PDUs 3 Apply power to the controller enclosure rear panel on the enclosure The disk enclosures will power on automatically Wait for a solid green status LED on the controller enclosure and disk enclosures approximately five minutes Wait up to five minutes for the array to complete its startup routine 5 Apply power to the servers in the SAN with access to the array start the operating system and log in as administrator A A CAUTION e f power is applied to a server and it attempts to boot off of an array that has not been powered on properly the server will not start e If a New Hardware Found message appears when you power on a server cancel the message and ensure that supported drivers are installed on the server 6 Start HP P6000 Command View and verify connection to the storage system If the storage system is not visible click EVA Storage Network in the navigation pane and then click Discover in the content pane to discover the array NOTE If the storage system is still not visible reboot the management server or management module to re establish the communication link 7 Check the storage system status using HP P6000 Command View to ensure everything is operating properly If any status indicator is not normal check the log files or contact your H
389. raised complete the following procedure 1 Raise one foot by turning the leveler foot hex nut counterclockwise until the weight of the rack is fully on the caster see Figure 16 page 35 2 Repeat Step for the other feet P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware Figure 16 Raising a leveler foot CXO7589A 1 Hex nut 2 Leveler foot 3 Carefully move the rack to the installation area and position it to provide the necessary service areas see Figure 15 page 34 To stabilize the rack when it is in the final installation location 1 Use a wrench to lower the foot by turning the leveler foot hex nut clockwise until the caster does not touch the floor Repeat for the other feet 2 After lowering the feet check the rack to ensure it is stable and level 3 Adjust the feet as necessary to ensure the rack is stable and level Moving and stabilizing a rack 35 2 P63x0 P65x0 EVA operation Best practices For useful information on managing and configuring your storage system see the HP P6300 P6500 Enterprise Virtual Array configuration best practices white paper available at htto h18006 www 1 hp com storage arraywhitepapers html Operating tips and information Reserving adequate free space To ensure efficient storage system operation reserve some unallocated capacity or free space in each disk group The recommended amount of free space is influenced by your system configuration For guidance on how much free space
390. ransceiver whose lower intensity output does not require special open Fibre Channel mechanisms for eye protection The Enterprise storage system transceivers are non OFC compatible A drive enclosure EMU condition report that occurs when one or more elements inside the enclosure have failed or are operating outside of their specifications The failure does not affect continued normal operation of the enclosure All devices in the enclosure continue to operate according to their specifications The ability of the devices to operate correctly may be reduced if additional failures occur UNRECOVERABLE and CRITICAL errors have precedence over this condition This condition has precedence over INFORMATION condition Early correction can prevent the loss of data Network Storage Controller The HSV Controllers used by the Enterprise storage system Nonvolatile Random Access Memory Memory whose contents are not lost when a system is turned Off or if there is a power failure This is achieved through the use of UPS batteries or implementation technology such as flash memory NVRAM is commonly used to store important configuration parameters A percentage of the total disk group capacity in blocks When the number of blocks in the disk group that contain user data reaches this level an event code is generated The alarm level is specified by the user Operator Control Panel The element that displays the controller s status using indicators and an LCD
391. rd that is shared by the two entities It is also referred to as a three way handshake An important concept of CHAP is that the initiator must prove to the target that it knows a shared secret without actually revealing the secret Sending the secret across the wire could reveal it to an eavesdropper CHAP provides a mechanism for doing this NOTE Setting up authentication for your iSCSI devices is optional If you require authentication HP recommends that you configure it after you have properly verified installation and operation of the iSCSI implementation without authentication In a secure environment authentication may not be required access to the targets is limited only to trusted initiators In a less secure environment the target cannot determine if a connection request is truly from a given host In that case the target can use CHAP to authenticate an initiator When an initiator contacts a target that uses CHAP the target called the authenticator responds by sending the initiator a challenge The challenge is a piece of information that is unique for this authentication session The initiator then encrypts this information using a previously issued password that is shared by both initiator and target The encrypted information is then returned to the target The target has the same password and uses it as a key to encrypt the information it originally sent to the initiator It compares its results with the encrypted resu
392. rt the command or the command is only executable by product support 170 This is an internal error Report the error to product support SCS Operation Failed Remove members from group and retry operation 171 Operation cannot be completed because it s Has Members group has members 172 This error is no longer supported Report the error to product support Incompatible Preferred Mask 173 Not enough volumes have been selected for Retry operation with more available Too Few Volume Tags creation of a disk group or addition to a drives disk group 174 This error relates to the ILF product support Report the error to product support ILF Debug Flag Not Set feature 175 The drive is not valid for the specified Report the error to product support Invalid Physical Object Identifier command 176 There are not enough available drives to Add more disks to the array and retry Too Few Drives create the requested storage cell Add more disks to the tag list and retry 177 Supplied tag list contains fewer than the Too Few Physical Store Tags minimum required number of drives 178 This is an internal error Report the error to product support Unexpected SCS Error Case 1 Remove the unsupported drive and retry operation 179 Case 1 A physical disk whose capacity is Unsupported Capacity larger than the maximum supported physical disk capacity was detected Case 2 Retry the shrink operation
393. rted with single path configurations e Single path HBA server is not part of a cluster e Booting from the SAN is not supported 152 Single path implementation Figure 75 HP UX configuration 26464a 1 Network interconnection 5 SAN switch 1 2 Single HBA server Host 1 6 SAN switch 2 3 Dual HBA server Host 2 7 Controller A 4 Management server 8 Controller B Windows Server 2003 32 bit Windows Server 2008 32 bit and Windows Server 2012 32 bit configurations Requirements e Switch zoning or controller level SSP must be used to ensure each single path HBA has an exclusive path to its LUNs e Single path HBA server can be in the same fabric as servers with multiple HBAs e Single path HBA server cannot share LUNs with any other HBAs e In the use of snapshots and snapclones the source virtual disk and all associated snapshots and snapclones must be presented to the single path hosts that are zoned with the same controller In the case of snapclones after the cloning process has completed and the clone becomes an ordinary virtual disk you may present that virtual disk as you would any other ordinary virtual disk HBA configuration e Host 1 is a single path HBA host e Host 2 is a multiple HBA host with multipathing software See Figure 76 page 154 Risks e Single path failure will result in loss of connection with the storage system e Single path failure may cause the se
394. rver to reboot e Controller shutdown puts controller in a failed state that results in loss of data accessibility and loss of host data that has not been written to storage Windows Server 2003 32 bit Windows Server 2008 32 bit and Windows Server 2012 32 bit configurations 153 NOTE For additional risks see Windows Servers page 165 Limitations e HP P6000 Continuous Access is not supported with single path configurations e Single path HBA server is not part of a cluster e Booting from the SAN is not supported on single path HBA servers Figure 76 Windows Server 2003 32 bit and Windows 2008 32 bit configuration 26464a 1 Network interconnection 5 SAN switch 1 2 Single HBA server Host 1 6 SAN switch 2 3 Dual HBA server Host 2 7 Controller A 4 Management server 8 Controller B Windows Server 2003 64 bit and Windows Server 2008 64 bit configurations Requirements e Switch zoning or controller level SSP must be used to ensure each single path HBA has an exclusive path to its LUNs e Single path HBA server can be in the same fabric as servers with multiple HBAs e Single path HBA server cannot share LUNs with any other HBAs HBA configuration e Hosts 1 and 2 are single path HBA hosts e Host 3 is a multiple HBA host with multipathing software See Figure 77 page 155 NOTE Single path HBA servers running the Windows Server 2003 x64 or Windo
395. rvices to test your configuration ete init d isdsi start 3 Modify the etc initiatorname iscsii file to reflect a meaningful name for the initiator For example InitiatorName iqn 1987 05 com cisco servername yourcompany com NOTE In most cases the only part of the file requiring modification is after the colon If there are problems starting the iscsi daemon they are usually caused by an incorrect IP Address or an illformatted initiator name Installing the initiator for Red Hat 3 and SUSE 8 If you are upgrading from a previous installation of an iSCSI driver HP recommends that you remove the etc initiatorname iscsi file before installing the new driver See the following website for the latest version of the Linux driver for EVA iSCSI connectivity http sourceforge net projects linux iscsi NOTE The Linux driver supports both Red Hat 3 and SUSE 8 See the Readme file in the tar ball for more information on how to configure the Linux iSCSI Initiator Assigning device names 12 Because Linux assigns SCSI device nodes dynamically whenever a SCSI logical unit is detected the mapping from device nodes such as dev sda or dev sdb to iSCSI targets and logical units may vary Variations in process scheduling and network delay can result in iSCSI targets being mapped to different SCSI device nodes every time the driver is started Because of this variability configuring iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules an
396. ry sendtargets auth password_in password_in Enabling single direction CHAP during discovery and bi directional CHAP during normal session 136 Table 23 page 136 lists the parameters you need to enable single direction CHAP during discovery Table 23 Parameters enabling single direction CHAP MS Initiator secret settings iSCSI Port N A General Tab Secret hpstorageworks Discovered iSCSI CHAPsecret01 Add Target Portal CHAPsecret0 Initiator iSCSI Presented hpstorageworks Log on to Target CHAPsecret01 Target Note These are examples of secret settings You must configure CHAP with settings that apply to your specific network environment iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator entry CHAP can be enabled via CLI only To enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator entry using the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller CLI a Ifthe iSCSI Initiator is not listed under the set chap command e HP Command View Option add the initiator iqn name string via HP Command View s Add Host tab e Go to HP Command View and select Hosts then select Tab Add Host and enter the iqn name string e CLI Option Enter the initiator add command and add the iSCSI Initiator that is about to do discovery b If the iSCSI Initiator is listed under set chap command then enable CHAP secret For
397. ry to restore the storage system configuration it can be done using the following procedure 1 Double click on the SSSU desktop icon to run the application 2 Enter FILE pathname filename where pathname identifies the location where the configuration files are be saved and filename is the name of the first configuration file for example FILE c EVAConfig LargeEVA SteplA txt 3 Repeat the preceding step for each configuration file Use files in sequential order For example use Step1A before Step1B and so on Files that are not needed for configuration data are not created so there is no need to restore them Saving or restoring the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module configuration 48 After the initial setup of the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules save the configuration for each module in case a service action is required The Save Configuration function Figure 20 page 49 enables you to save the configuration from a selected module to a file on the management server You can use this file as a restoration point The Full Configuration Restore function enables the restoration of the configuration to the point when the configuration was last saved such as during the LUN presentation to new initiators If a new controller is installed the full configuration can be restored and no reconfiguration is required When using HP P6000 Command View to uninitialize a P6300 or P6500 array the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules are issued reset mappings and are reb
398. s See array port port colored port_name power distribution module power distribution unit power supply preferred address preferred path protocol pushbutton Q quiesce R rack rack mounting unit read ahead caching read caching reconstruction redundancy A physical connection that allows data to pass between a host and a disk array Pertaining to the application of the color of port or red wine to a CRU tab lever or handle to identify the unit as hot pluggable A 64 bit unique identifier assigned to each Fibre Channel port The port_name is communicated during the login and port discovery processes See PDM See PDU An element that develops DC voltages for operating the storage system elements from either an AC or DC source An AL_PA which a node port attempts to acquire during loop initialization A preference for which controller of the controller pair manages the virtual disk This preference is set by the user when creating the virtual disk A host can change the preferred path of a virtual disk at any time The primary purpose of preferring a path is load balancing The conventions or rules for the format and timing of messages sent and received A button that is engaged or disengaged when it is pressed The act of rendering bus activity inactive or dormant For example quiesce the SCSI bus operations during a device warm swap A floorstanding structure primarily designe
399. s A set of paths is configured as active and a set of paths is configured as standby O is sent in a round robin fashion over the active paths If all of the active paths fail one of the standby paths is used If any of the formerly active paths become available again the formerly active paths are used The activated standby path becomes a standby path again Weighted Path Each path is assigned a weight and I O is sent on the path with the lowest weight If the path with the lowest weight fails the path with the next lowest weight is used Least Queue Depth This is not supported by MPIO NOTE For raw disk access MPIO load balance policy must be set to Failover Only For file system disk access all MPIO load balance policies are supported Failover policies are set on a LUN by LUN basis MPIO support does not have global failover settings iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Microsoft MPIO with QLogic iSCSI HBA The Qlogic iSCSI HBA is supported in a multipath Windows configuration that is used in conjunction with Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Services and Microsoft MPIO Because the iSCSI driver resides on board the Qlogic iSCSI HBA it is not necessary to install the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Installing the QLogic iSCSI HBA Install the QLogic iSCSI HBA hardware and software following the instructions in the QLogic installation manual The QLogic iSCSI HBA is managed by QLogic s SANsurfer Management Suite S
400. s add Adds an initiator to the module s database mod Modifies the settings of an initiator remove Removes a logged out initiator You cannot remove an initiator that is currently logged in Example 1 MEZ50 admin gt initiator add A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reaching the end of the list press q or Q and the ENTER key Commands 223 to do so Only valid iSCSI name characters will be accepted Valid characters include lower case alphabetical a z numerical 0 9 colon hyphen and period iSCSI Initiator Name Max 223 characters Jigqn 1995 com microsoft serverl OS Type 0 Windows 1 Linux 2 Solaris 3 OpenvVMS 4 vVMWare 5 Mac OS X 6 Windows2008 7 Windows2012 8 Other Windows 6 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Example 2 MEZ50 admin gt initiator mod Index WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 iqn 1991 05 com microsoft perf2 sanbox com T iqn 1991 05 com microsoft perf3 sanbox com 2 ign 1991 05 com microsoft perf10 sanbox com 3 ign 1995 com microsoft serverl Please select an Initiator from the list above q to quit 3 A list of attributes with formatting and current values will follow Enter a new value or simply press the ENTER key to accept the current value If you wish to terminate this process before reac
401. s additions to its storage solution product line For more information about the HP Fibre Channel product line the latest drivers and technical tips and to view other documentation see the HP website at htto www hp com country us eng prodserv storage html Installation requirements e The host must be placed in a zone with any EVA worldwide IDs WWWIDs that access storage devices presented by the hierarchical storage virtualization HSV controllers to the single path HBA host The preferred method is to use HBA and HSV WWIDs in the zone configurations e On HP UX Solaris Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 32 bit Windows 2000 Linux and IBM AIX operating systems the zones consist of the single path HBA systems and one HSV controller port e On OpenVMS the zones consist of the single HBA systems and two HSV controller ports This results in a configuration where there are two paths per device or multiple paths Recommended mitigations EVA is designed for the mission critical enterprise environment When used with multipath software high data availability and fault tolerance are achieved In single path HBA server configurations neither multipath software nor redundant I O paths are present Server based operating systems are not designed to inherently recover from unexpected failure events in the O path for example loss of connectivity between the server and th
402. s not exist invalid TSIH 0x x 41067 QLBA_CreateLunObject App Error Memory unavailable for LUN object LunObject memory unavailable 41077 QLBA_CreateInitiatorObject App Error Unable to create an object for initiator object Too many initiators exceeded the maximum number of initiators 41096 QBA DisplayTargetOperationStatus App Error Process control block status indicates that a PCI Error Status 0x 2x peripheral component interface interconnect PCI error occurred during a target operation 41106 QA DisplayInitiatorQperatianstatus App Error Process control block status indicates that a direct DMA Error Status 0x 2x memory access DMA error occurred during an initiator operation 41107 QA DisplayInitiatcrQperationstatus App Error Process control block status indicates that a transport Transport Error Status error protocol occurred during an initiator 0x 2x operation 4111 qM DisplayInitiatorQperationstatus App Error Process control block status indicates that a data Data Overrun Status 0x 2x overrun error occurred during an initiator operation 41234 QLIS_LoginPduContinue App Error iSCSI login failed between receipt of protocol data Operation failed Initiator unit PDU and request for the data segment Oxsx TPB status O0x x 41238 JK Validstelogirffrensitce egversim App Error iSCSI login failed due to unsupported version failed status 0x x number in received login PDU
403. s of different capacities the SSSU procedures used do not guarantee that disk drives of the same capacity will be exclusively added to the same disk group If you need to restore an array configuration that contains disks of different sizes and types you must manually recreate these disk groups The controller software and the utility s CAPTURE CONFIGURATION command are not designed to automatically restore this type of configuration For more information see the HP Storage System Scripting Utility Reference The following examples illustrate how to save and restore the storage system configuration data using SSSU on a Windows host Saving storage system configuration data 47 Example 1 Saving configuration data on a Windows host 1 Double click on the SSSU desktop icon to run the application When prompted enter Manager management server name or IP address User name and Password 2 Enter LS SYSTEM to display the storage systems managed by the management server 3 Enter SELECT SYSTEM system name where system name is the name of the storage system 4 Enter CAPTURE CONFIGURATION pathname filename where pathname identifies the location where the configuration files will be saved and filename is the name used as the prefix for the configurations files for example CAPTURE CONFIGURATION c EVAConfig LargeEVA 5 Enter EXIT to close the SSSU command window Example 2 Restoring configuration data on a Windows host If it is necessa
404. s the same format as etc fstab This script is automatically invoked by the iSCSI startup script NOTE If iSCSI sessions are unable to log in immediately due to network or authentication problems the iscsi mountal1 script can time out and fail to mount the file systems Mapping inconsistencies can occur between SCSI device nodes and iSCSI targets such as mounting the wrong device due to device name changes resulting from iSCSI target configuration changes or network delays Instead of directly mounting SCSI devices HP recommends one of the following options e Mount the dev iscsi tree symlinks e Mount file system UUIDs or labels see man pages for mke2fs mount and fstab e Use logical volume management see Linux LVM Unmounting file systems 114 It is very important to unmount all file systems on iSCSI devices before the iSCSI driver stops If the iSCSI driver stops while iSCSI devices are mounted buffered writes may not be committed to disk and file system corruption can occur Since Linux will not unmount file systems that are being used by a running process any processes using those devices must be stopped see fuser 1 before iSCSI devices can be unmounted To avoid file system corruption the iSCSI shutdown script automatically stops all processes using devices in etc fstab iscsi first by sending them SIGTERM and then by sending any remaining processes SIGKILL The iSCSI shutdown script unmounts all iSCSI
405. s to install on this server Confirmation Eeatures Progress Results NET Framework 3 0 Features BitLocker Drive Encryption BITS Server Extensions Connection Manager Administration Kit Desktop Experience Failover Clustering Group Policy Management Internet Printing Client Internet Storage Name Server LPR Port Monitor Message Queuing Multipath I O Network Load Balancing Peer Name Resolution Protocol Quality Windows Audio Video Experience Remote Assistance Remote Differential Compression Do oopoorogooorgog Remote Server Administration Tools Removable Storage Manager RPC over HTTP Proxy Simple TCP IP Services zj RAT Smee ine 2 Click Next and then click Install 3 After the server reboots add support for iSCSI Devices using the MPIO applet see Figure 41 page 103 and Figure 42 page 104 NOTE You must present a virtual disk to the initiator to enable the Add support for iSCSI devices checkbox Figure 41 MPIO Properties page before reboot MPIO ed Devices Discover Multi Paths DSM Install gt SPC 3 compliant Device Hardware Id Set up the iSCSI Initiator 103 Figure 42 MPIO Properties page after reboot MPIO ed Devices Discover Multi Paths DSM Install To add support for a new device click Add and enter the Yendor and Product Ids as a string of 8 characters followed by 16 characters Multiple Devices can be specifie
406. se a new destination past the maximum number Use an existing destination or stop using a destination 19 The user name field for the specified Populate the user name field Empty User Name Continuous Access group is empty 120 The command is not valid when a Use the command form designed to Storage Cell Exists StorageCell is already formed and the NSC is operating normally as a member of the be used when no storage sell exists yet storage cell 121 The requested session is already open on Close the requested session before Already Open this NSC It cannot be opened for multiple attempting this command again session operation 122 The requested session was not established Open the requested session before Session Not Open by opening the session attempting this command again 123 Case 1 The specified Continuous Access Case 1 Resolve the RAID inoperative Not Marked Inoperative group cannot complete the operation until the disk group is marked permanently data lost Case 2 The specified virtual disk is not in the thin provisioned overcommit state condition in the disk group Case 2 Command is unnecessary on a non thin provisioned overcommit virtual disk 124 Media Not Available Drive activity prevents the operation from being completed at this time Retry the operation later If the error persists report the error to product support 125 The batteries do not allow th
407. senbennietieniciaeets 209 Swedish recycling MONE Sscpreicsezs cn dveincs davies 2dsuncngndaedeiad denen dnudedd ead zanealsntnes edeneaedasnenmiedaeasinens 209 Battery replacement MONeeS a ccievsuctsacedelasricrsnes sucuatd vale weed ot cicmiansdavananswcte leu tansmetetatscumanncis 210 Dutch battery secre ceseeeac ce sasncn cacieeeen esate ranecie semieusuee eaiteeenddusasabacsnneieanecanceeetcanes 210 French battery Noles jiscreetacinenincunied ibn eee E T OE 210 German battery NOCE sssisssiisiissrissirssreisnisstiririnsrds kokiri dus jsd riia nin akiri ki r ninii ainnir reinis 211 ltalian battery NCS scat ceeds ede edad Meetieedi ahd aed lacucedan ed chicudbacnnndeemietaccd ia eredncniatacealabereds 211 Japanese battery TON CE aniasssis sad eocnvannctaraactn te rajoschdeenaivenctpisdadireteralaneredaneaohautenniyasenoann 212 Spanish battery NOl Cesssiiiirisiririrrrii riisiin rE EE EEEE EE EE EAE 212 B Nonstandard rack SO SCOT ONS escas inani 213 Internal component envelope cccccceceseseceeeceeeeeeseeeeececesseeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesessseseeeeeeeeesteeeeeeeees 213 BIAGIO D standard Siessen a E E Ea A EAEE 213 EVA cabinet measures and Foletnc SS isis 1ssstecoveramnandaxsaaiduenedinaninranavorerewniadaaunanleteianans 213 Weights dimensions and component CG measurement ccccceeecseeceeeeesseceeeeeceeesseeeeeeeenseaes 214 Airtlow and RECICUlGHGN siusxasarateanndveidondddendaatnanbivenddadseraunnnnaadganissmhianiinsedtoulasnmsemadaaia
408. si target 4 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 5 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 6 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 7 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 8 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 9 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 10 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 11 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 12 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 13 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 14 lun 0 name sgen class scsi target 15 lun 0 Create an sgen driver alias The HP storage array is a self identifying scsi device and must be bound to the sgen driver using an alias 1 Enter the following command to update the sgen driver update drv a I scsiclass 0c sgen NOTE Lowercase c is mandatory 2 Verity sgen alias setting egrep sgen etc driver aliases Example rep sgen etc driver_ aliases sgen scsa 08 bfcp sgen sgen scsa 08 bvhci scsiclass 0c Enable iSCSI target discovery Solaris supports three iSCSI target discovery methods e SendTargets e Static e ISNS This section describes SendTargets discovery only For further information on Static and iSNS discovery please see http docs sun com app docs doc 817 5093 fanlk en amp view 120 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines To enable iSCSI target discovery 1 Enable Sendtargets discovery iscsiadm modify discovery t enable 2 Verity SendTargets setting is
409. specified in the file parameter and installs the firmware image on the module Before using this command you must first transfer the firmware image file to the module s var ftp directory using FTP To activate the new firmware you must reboot the module 222 Command reference Example 1 MEZ50_ 02 admin gt image cleanup MEZ50_02 admin gt image list No images found in system Example 2 MEZ50_02 admin gt image list mez50 3 0 4 1 bin Only the file name is displayed as a response to this command The software image file is placed using ftp to the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module as shown in Figure 93 page 223 Figure 93 FTP to iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module U Administrator C Windows system32 cmd exe ion 6 0 6002 soft Corporation All rights reserved iC Users fdministrator gt ed cz SIN gt gt ftp 192 168 8 16 ected to 192 168 0 16 gt Consider using PASU ent in 6 98Seconds 11608 06Kbytes sec Example 3 MEZ50_ 02 admin gt image unpack Usage image unpack lt file gt MEZ50_02 admin gt image unpack mez50 3 0 4 1 bin Unpack Completed A reboot is required for the FW to take affect Do you wish to reboot the System at the current time y n y System will now be rebooted MEZ50_ 02 gt Initiator Adds modifies and removes an initiator in the module s database Authority Admin session Syntax initiator add mod remove Keyword
410. st be used to ensure each single path HBA has an exclusive path to its LUNs All nodes with direct connection to a disk must have the same access paths available to them Single path HBA server can be in the same fabric as servers with multiple HBAs In the use of snapshots and snapclones the source virtual disk and all associated snapshots and snapclones must be presented to the single path hosts that are zoned with the same controller In the case of snapclones after the cloning process has completed and the clone becomes an ordinary virtual disk you may present that virtual disk as you would any other ordinary virtual disk Single HBA path to the host with MPIO driver enabled to provide recovery from controller on controller link failures Linux 32 bit configuration 159 HBA configuration e Host 1 is a single path HBA e Host 2 is a dual HBA host with multipathing software See Figure 81 page 160 Risks e Single path failure may result in data loss or disk corruption NOTE For additional risks see Linux page 166 Limitations e HP P6000 Continuous Access is not supported with single path configurations e Single HBA path at the host server is not part of a cluster unless in a Linux High Availability Cluster e Booting from the SAN is supported on single path HBA servers Figure 81 Linux 32 bit configuration 26464a 1 Network interconnection 5 SAN switch 1 2 Single HBA server Host
411. storing a a ale helps protect your work You can also use a saved configuration as a template for configuring other modules Persistent data consists of system settings virtual port group settings LUN mappings discovered FC targets and discovered iSCSI initiators To save a module s configuration and persistent data 1 Generate a file HP_StorageWorks MEZ50_FRU bin containing the saved data see page 2 12 by entering the fru save CLI command This command stores the file locally on the module in an FTP directory 2 Transfer the saved data from the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module to a workstation by executing an FTP utility on a workstation The following example shows an FTP transfer to get the saved module configuration data c gt ftp 172 17 137 102 Connected to 172 17 137 102 220 none FTP server GNU inetutils 1 4 2 ready User 172 17 137 102 none ftp 331 Guest login ok type your name as password Password ftp 230 Guest login ok access restrictions apply ftp gt bin 200 Type set to I ftp gt get HP StorageWorks MEZ50 FRU bin 200 PORT command successful 150 Opening BINARY mode data connection for HP StorageWorks MEZ50 FRU bin 6168 bytes 226 Transfer complete ftp 6168 bytes received in 0 00Seconds 6168000 00Kbytes sec ftp gt quit 221 Goodbye Restoring iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module configuration and persistent data 1 Transfer the saved data from a workstation to the iSCSI or iSCSI FC
412. sures to complete their startup routines A CAUTION If power is applied to the controller before the disk enclosures complete their startup routine the array might not start properly 4 Power on or restart the controller and allow the array to complete startup 5 Using P6000 Command View verify that each component is operating properly P63x0 P65x0 EVA operation Powering off disk enclosures A CAUTION Be sure that the server controller is the first unit to be powered down and the last to be powered back up Taking this precaution ensures that the system does not erroneously mark the disk drives as failed when the server is later restarted It is recommended to perform this action with P6000 Command View see below IMPORTANT If installing a hot plug device it is not necessary to power down the enclosure To power off a disk enclosure 1 Power down any attached servers See the server documentation 2 Perform an orderly shutdown of the array controllers 3 Allow all components to enter standby power mode Note that not all indicators may be off 4 Disconnect the power cords The system is now powered down Shutting down the storage system from HP P6000 Command View 1 Start HP P6000 Command View 2 Select the appropriate storage system in the Navigation pane The Initialized Storage System Properties window for the selected storage system opens 3 Click Shut down The Shutdown Options window
413. system Network interconnect Apple Mac OS X All standard GbE NICs ASICs supported by Apple Microsoft Windows Server 2012 All standard 1 GbE or 10 GbE NICs ASICs and TOE NICs supported by HP 2008 2003 Hyper V for Windows 2012 2008 and 2003 QLogic iSCSI HBAs Red Hat Linux SUSE Linux All standard 1 GbE or 10 GbE NICs ASICs supported by HP for Linux QLogic iSCSI HBAs Solaris All standard GbE NICs ASICs supported by Oracle VMware All standard 1GbE or 10 GbE NICs ASICs supported by HP for VMware QLogic iSCSI HBAs IP network requirements HP recommends the following e Network protocol TCP IP IPv6 IPv4 Ethernet 1000 Mb s or 10 GbE e P data LAN VLAN support with less than 10 ms latency maximum of 2 VLANs per port 1 VLAN per protocol e IP management LAN WAN support e Dedicated IP network for iSCSI data e Jumbo frames NOTE If you configure IPv6 on any iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s ISCSI data port you must also configure IPv on the HP P6000 Command View management server Supported IP network adapters 93 Set up the iSCSI Initiator Windows For Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2008 the iSCSI initiator is included with the operating system For Windows Server 2003 you must download and install the iSCSI initiator version 2 08 recommended HP recommends the following Windows HKEY_LOCAL MACHINE Registry settings Tcp 13230pts 2 TimeOutvalue 120 NOTE Increasing the Ti
414. t and beal clients are prevented from Network adapters accessing services on remote hosts Advorced Settings To provide access to a service or chert check the corresponding box Liniess configured otherwase demons wall start YO tICalY when any of their ports are opened and stop when all of ther ports are closed Software Licensed Features Incoming Ports Cutgcing Forts Protoc s Daemon Time Configuration Simple Network Management Protocol mj DNS and Routing O SNMP Server 161 162 uop NJA Virtual Machine Stertup Stutdow Ungrouped Virtual Machine Svante Location a YMware vCenter Agert Securty Profile FautT TEP A X System Resource Allocation C fakTomance 5 Ni a Advanced Settings d Select the Software iSCSI check box for to enable iSCSI traffic e Click OK 4 Enable the iSCSI software initiators a In the VMware VI client select the server from the inventory panel b Click the Configuration tab and then click Storage Adapters under Hardware c Under iSCSI Software Adapter choose the available software initiator d Click the Properties link of the software adapter The iSCSI Initiator Properties dialog box is displayed e Click Configure The General Properties dialog box is displayed see Figure 56 page 1 16 Figure 56 General Properties dialog box General Properties xi Properties iSCSI Name fian 1998 01 com vmware rack87 s04 iSCSI Alias Status IV Enabled 3 Cancel Help
415. t a CHAP username and password for target s authentication by the initiator uncomment the following lines node session auth username_in username_in node session auth username_in igqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 node session auth password_in password_in node session auth password_in hpstorageworks iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Setup Username and Password for Initiator and Portal for Discovery Session For example To set a discovery session CHAP username and password for the initiator authentication by the target s uncomment the following lines discovery sendtargets auth username username discovery sendtargets auth password password discovery sendtargets auth username iqn 1994 05 com redhat fc813cacl13 sanergy33 discovery sendtargets auth password CHAPSecret01 To set a discovery session CHAP username and password for target s authentication by the initiator uncomment the following lines discovery sendtargets auth username_in username in discovery sendtargets auth username_in ign 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 discovery sendtargets auth password_in password in discovery sendtargets auth password_in hpstorageworks Save the file and start or restart iscsi root sanergy33 iscsi etc init d iscsi start or etc init d iscsi restart Using the iscsiadm do a discovery For example root sanergy33 iscsi l iscsiadm m discovery t send
416. t for login Click Log On Click Advanced Select the CHAP Login Information check box Enter the CHAP secret for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator in the Target Secret box For example CHAPsecret01 Select the Mutual Authentication check box Click OK Click OK and the initiator completes normal login Enabling bi directional CHAP during discovery and single direction CHAP during normal session 138 Table 24 page 138 lists the parameters you need to enable bi direction CHAP during discovery and bi directional CHAP during normal session Table 24 Parameters enabling bi direction CHAP MS Initiator secret settings iSCSI Port hpstorageworks General Tab Secret hpstorageworks Discovered iSCSI CHAPsecret01 Add Target Portal CHAPsecret0 Initiator iSCSI Presented N A Log on to Target CHAPsecret01 Target Note These secret settings are for example only Please configure CHAP with settings that apply to your specific network environment iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator entry CHAP can be enabled via CLI only To enable CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller discovered iSCSI Initiator entry using the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller CLI a Ifthe iSCSI Initiator is not listed under the set chap command e HP Command View Option add the initiator iqn name string via the H
417. t is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with U S FDA regulations and the IEC 60825 1 The product does not emit hazardous laser radiation A WARNING Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser product s installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation e Do not try to open the module enclosure There are no user serviceable components inside e Do not operate controls make adjustments or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein e Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit The Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the U S Food and Drug Administration implemented regulations for laser products on August 2 1976 These regulations apply to laser products manufactured from August 1 1976 Compliance is mandatory tor products marketed in the United States Dutch laser notice AN WAARSCHUWING dit apparaat bevat mogelijk een laser die is geclassificeerd als een laserproduct van Klasse 1 overeenkornstig de bepalingen van de Amerikaanse FDA en de richtlijn IEC 60825 1 Dit product geeft geen gevaarlijke laserstraling af Als u bedieningselementen gebruikt instellingen aanpast of procedures uitvoert op een andere manier dan in deze publicatie of in de installatichandleiding van het laserproduct wordt aangegeven loopt u h
418. t server 1 From HP P6000 Command View create a virtual disk on the storage system 2 Specify values for the following parameters e Virtual disk name e Vraid level e Size 3 Present the virtual disk to the host you added 4 If applicable AIX or OpenVMS select a LUN number if you chose a specific LUN on the Virtual Disk Properties window Verifying virtual disk access from the host To verify that the host can access the newly presented virtual disks restart the host or scan the bus If you are unable to access the virtual disk e Verify that all cabling is connected to the switch EVA and host e Verify that all firmware levels are appropriate for your configuration For more information refer to the Enterprise Virtual Array QuickSpecs and associated release notes See Related documentation page 197 for the location of these documents e Ensure that you are running a supported version of the host operating system For more information see the HP P6000 Enterprise Virtual Array Compatibility Reference e Ensure that the correct host is selected as the operating system for the virtual disk in HP P6000 Command View e Ensure that the host WWN number is set correctly to the host you selected e Verify that the FCA switch settings are correct e Verify that the virtual disk is presented to the host e Verify that the zoning is correct for your configuration Configuring virtual disks
419. t server 8 Controller B 156 Single path implementation OpenVMS configuration Requirements e Switch zoning or controller level SSP must be used to ensure each single path HBA has an exclusive path to its LUNs e All nodes with direct connection to a disk must have the same access paths available to them e Single path HBA server can be in the same fabric as servers with multiple HBAs e In the use of snapshots and snapclones the source virtual disk and all associated snapshots and snapclones must be presented to the single path hosts that are zoned with the same controller In the case of snapclones after the cloning process has completed and the clone becomes an ordinary virtual disk you may present that virtual disk as you would any other ordinary virtual disk HBA configuration e Host 1 is a single path HBA host e Host 2 is a dual HBA host See Figure 79 page 158 Risks e For nonclustered nodes with a single path HBA a path failure from the HBA to the SAN switch will result in a loss of connection with storage devices NOTE For additional risks see OpenVMS page 165 OpenVMS configuration 157 Limitations e HP P6000 Continuous Access is not supported with single path configurations Figure 79 OpenVMS configuration 1 Network interconnection 5 SAN switch 1 2 Single HBA server Host 1 6 SAN switch 2 3 Dual HBA server Host 2 7 Controller A 4 Management server 8 Controller
420. t videos To assist you in replacing components videos of the procedures have been produced To view the videos go to the following website and navigate to your product http www hp com go sml Verifying component failure e Consult HP technical support to verify that the hardware component has failed and that you are authorized to replace it yourself e Additional hardware failures can complicate component replacement Check your management utilities to detect any additional hardware problems o When you have confirmed that a component replacement is required you may want to clear the failure message from the display This makes it easier to identify additional hardware problems that may occur while waiting for the replacement part Before installing the replacement part check the management utility for new hardware problems If additional hardware problems have occurred contact HP support before replacing the component See the System Event Analyzer online help for additional information Identifying the spare part Parts have a nine character spare part number on their label Figure 23 page 83 For some spare parts the part number will be available in HP P6000 Command View Alternatively the HP call center will assist in identifying the correct spare part number 82 Replacing array components Figure 23 Example of typical product label f Product of U S from Components Replace with of U S and Foreign Countr
421. tal information from its own sub enclosure and broadcasts the data over the enclosure address bus to all members of the reporting group Information from enclosures in other reporting groups is ignored Reduction of Hazardous Substances See ambient temperature Recovery point objective The maximum age of the data you want the ability to restore in the event of a disaster For example if your RPO is six hours you want to be able to restore systems back to the state they were in as of no longer than six hours ago To achieve this objective you need to make backups or other data copies at least every six hours 1 Small Computer System Interface An American National Standards Institute ANSI interface which defines the physical and electrical parameters of a parallel O bus used to connect computers and a maximum of 16 bus elements 2 The communication protocol used a controller pair and the hosts Specifically the protocol is Fibre Channel drive enclosure or SCSI on Fibre Channel SCSI is the higher command level protocol and Fibre Channel is the low level transmission protocol The controllers have full support for SCSI 2 additionally they support some elements of SCSI 3 The ANSI standard that defines the operation and function of Fibre Channel systems See SES The process whereby a controller presents a virtual disk only to the host computer which is authorized access A method of transmission where each bit of information is s
422. targets p 10 10 1 23 Using the iscsiadm do a login into the iSCSI Target For example root sanergy33 iscsi l iscsiadm mode node targetname ign 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 login The following is a sample iscsid conf file for CHAP CHAP Settings kkkxkkkkkkkkkxk To enable CHAP authentication set node session auth authmethod to CHAP The default is None node session auth authmethod CHAP node session auth authmethod CHAP HHHH To set a CHAP username and password for initiator authentication by the target s uncomment the following lines node session auth username username node session auth username iqn 1994 05 com redhat fc813cac13 sanergy33 node session auth password password node session auth password CHAPSecret01 To set a CHAP username and password for target s authentication by the initiator uncomment the following lines node session auth username_in username _in node session auth username_in iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 node session auth password_in password _in node session auth password_in hpstorageworks To enable CHAP authentication for a discovery session to the target set discovery sendtargets auth authmethod to CHAP The default is None discovery sendtargets auth authmethod CHAP discovery sendtargets auth authmethod CHAP To set a discovery session CHAP username and password for the initiator authenticatio
423. tax show initiators_lunmask Example 1 MEZ75 admin gt show initiators_lunmask Index Type WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0d 21 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0d 1 FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0 21 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0 2 FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 53 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 53 3 FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 54 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 54 4 FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 5d 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 5d 5 FCOE 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 5e 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 5e 6 FCOE 20 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 77 10 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 77 7 FCOE 20 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 73 10 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 73 8 FCOE 20 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 4b 21 00 f4 ce 46 fb 0a 4b 9 FCOE 20 00 4 ce 46 fe 62 69 10 00 4 ce 46 f6 62 69 10 FCOE 20 00 4 ce 46 fe 62 6d 10 00 4 ce 46 fe 62 6d 11 FCOE 20 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 4c 21 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 4c 246 Command reference Please select an Initiator from the list above Target WWPN 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 50 01 43 80 Example 2 MEZ50 admin Index 0 1 2 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 gt show initiators lunmask C6 1C6 Hee 66 706 06 RCO s06 C6 C6 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 7 68 1 7 68 1 7 68 1 6c 1 6c 1 6C 1 LUN VpGroup WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 68 0 VPGROUP_1 68 9 VPGROUP 1 0 VPGROUP__ 1 VPGROUP_ 2 VPGROUP _ 6c 0 VPGROUP_1 6c 9 VP
424. tem System module TOE TCP IP offload engine module User User module e The Msg Type column specifies the log message type where 0 o o Error Error log message Fatal Fatal log message Info Informational log message e The Description column provides additional information about the log message Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages ID Log message Module Msg Description Type Type 40967 QLBA_NullDoorbell driver App Error NULL doorbell routine for unloaded drivers When unloaded port disabled a driver is unloaded the doorbell routine is redirected to this NULL routine 40996 QLBA ProcessTrb Processing App Error Processing unsupported ordered tag task unsupported ordered tag management command command 41004 QLBA ProcessTrb Processing App Error Processing unsupported head of queue task unsupported head of queue management command tag command 41058 QLBA CreateTargetDeviceObject App Error Unable to create an object for the target device Too many devices exceeded the maximum number of target devices 41060 QLBA CreateTargetNodeObject App Error Unable to create an object for the target node Too many devices exceeded the maximum number of target devices 284 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE module log messages Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continued Session doe
425. teydiouasta atecneuiyusssared aches eusssutecheanianduvaaeteesacuiaarsiecetects 204 English laser MNCS ac rsttcedeecsnendedees rectus i E EEE EEE in nee nen 204 UTE laser ONCE snesen e a a e e E 204 French VPN csc opto iatansacectsian a is on on gees eile eoestotio sor eso an noes tao ao noid eaghingap leon ume to som nce 204 German laser Not Cenecista a E E a a a a a 205 lalian laser RSH eat recpnasacete Leta eaten dson ete 20d roan ann alten tenn ate aed dm atareaedw enw maaopaele 205 Japanese laser Metleec e sss avesancdaseaastaornsnieeeaicanevonaneitececeon tomminaxinie masenenleimnemninaies 205 Contents 9 Spanish laser HOM Cearr Serica retoisnda annii tivities tana inc 206 Recycling FV teste eetteiclactstn ele aectaticbecy a coe E vat E a ei Ses aE e E Nest 206 English recycling NON Cesc necetscietyiguarstteracivanteusiclapeiutenalateles cieuiredlalaladsuaearawaliuent cas 206 Bulgarian recycling MNCS asec coe aecaueetestecase one souresvedees dbeneouyceeudeulesmenenusdetideclanemeburbedonaenne 206 Czech recycling MSN acca tecciedtdecaceaestevetpadacalencaniaveloatecelivpcntaelendecelacnaciaupiialuiaaaeds 206 Danish recycling NICHE andere cecheanasonteteceande sor duetentisatedveosannesoleceiueseaaay sbeaieeuhediardxGaeeduseesieers 206 Dutchrecycling WOM CS oso accents Se chic nc ataisenmeydcuvitealilecupeceicscienecnana rel inletemieen alone 207 Estonian recycling MONO Scie derclaacecdcebenciann gricecteaenletuncecinentsandanerniseen dae E 207 F
426. the following Host scsi3 Channel 00 ID 00 Lun 01 Vendor HP Model HSV340 Rev Type Direct Access ANSI SCSI revision 02 OpenVMS aah the AlphaServer console code Integrity Server console code and Fibre Channel FCA firmware The firmware update procedure varies for the different server types To update firmware follow the procedure described in the Installation instructions that accompany the firmware images Verifying the Fibre Channel adapter software installation A supported FCA should already be installed in the host server The procedure to verify that the console recognizes the installed FCA varies for the different server types Follow the procedure described in the Installation instructions that accompany the firmware images 58 Configuring application servers Console LUN ID and OS unit ID HP P6000 Command View software contains a box for the Console LUN ID on the Initialized Storage System Properties window It is important that you set the Console LUN ID to a number other than zero 0 If the Console LUN ID is not set or is set to zero 0 the OpenVMS host will not recognize the controller pair The Console LUN ID for a controller pair must be unique within the SAN Table 11 page 59 shows an example of the Console LUN ID You can set the OS unit ID on the Virtual Disk Properties window The default setting is O which disables the ID field To enable the ID field you must specify a value between 1 and 32767 ens
427. the rear of the enclosure will illuminate solid blue The UID on cascaded storage enclosures are not illuminated e To turn off an illuminated UID light press the UID button The UID light on the front and the rear of the enclosure will turn off Power on standby button The power on standby button applies either full or partial power to the enclosure chassis e To initially power on the enclosure press and hold the on standby button for a few seconds until the LEDs begin to illuminate e To place an enclosure in standby press and hold the on standby button for a few seconds until the on standby LED changes to amber NOTE System power to the disk enclosure does not completely shut off with the power on standby button The standby position removes power from most of the electronics and components but portions of the power supply and some internal circuitry remain active To completely remove power from the system disconnect all power cords from the device SAS cables These disk enclosures use cables with mini SAS connectors for connections to the controller and cascaded disk enclosures Controller enclosure For both the P63x0 EVA and P65x0 EVA a single enclosure contains a management module and two controllers Two interconnected controllers ensure that the failure of a controller component does not disable the system One controller can fully support an entire system until the defective controller or controller com
428. their specifications The failure of the element makes continued normal operation of at least some elements in the enclosure impossible Some enclosure elements may be able to continue normal operations Only an UNRECOVERABLE condition has precedence This condition has precedence over NONCRITICAL errors and an INFORMATION condition Customer replaceable unit A storage system element that a user can replace without using special tools or techniques or special training See CRU The state in which controller information can be displayed or controller configuration data can be entered On the Enterprise Storage System the controller mode is active when the LCD on the HSV Controller OCP is Flashing An operation that reverses data replication direction so that the destination becomes the source and the source becomes the destination Failovers can be planned or unplanned and can occur between DR groups or managed sets which are sets of DR groups The disk group created when the system is initialized The disk group must contain a minimum of eight disks The maximum is the number of installed disks An HSV Controller OCP display that permits a user to view detailed information about a controller fault A channel used to connect storage devices to a host I O bus adapter or intelligent controller The controller pair device ports connected to the storage system s physical disk drive array through the Fibre Channel drive enclosure Also call
429. tic Log API Allocation error 139300 QBRPC_Initialize FruImage User Error Failed memory allocation for FRU Image API Mem Allocation error 139301 QBRPC_Initialize OemMfg Mem User Error Failed memory allocation for OEM Manufacturing Allocation error API 139302 QBRPC_Initialize Status Mem User Error Failed memory allocation for Status API Allocation error 139303 QBRPC_Initialize TcpIpStats User Error Failed memory allocation for TCP IP Statistics API Mem Allocation error 139304 QBRPC_Initialize NtpStats User Error Failed memory allocation for NTP Status API Mem Allocation error 139305 QBRPC_Initialize LunList User Error Failed memory allocation for LUN List API MemAlloc error 139315 QBRPC_FreeResources Entered User Error RPC free resources entry point 139553 checkDuplicateIp Detected User Error Detected duplicate IP address for management port Error 08x 08x 04x 151842 FW Upgrade performed new User Info A firmware upgrade was performed the new version is d d d d version is d d d d 151843 REBOOT SHUTDOWN Command from User Info User issued a REBOOT or SHUTDOWN command user Code d 151889 d User Info FC port configuration has changed gapisetfcinterfaceparams_1 svc FC port configuration changed 295 Table 35 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module log messages continued 151890
430. ting each iSCSI initiator discovered by the module SnmpAdminString Access Not accessible Description qsrlsInitAlias OBJECT TYPE iSCSI name of the initiator Syntax SnmpAdminString Access Read only Description Alias for the iSCSI initiator qsrisInitAddressType Syntax InetAddressType Access Read only Description Type of iSCSI initiator s IP address IPv4 or IPv6 qsrlsInitAddress Syntax InetAddress Access Read only Description IP address of the iSCSI initiator 274 Simple Network Management Protocol qsrlsInitStatus Syntax Integer 1 unknown 2 loggedin 3 loggedOut 4 recovery Access Read only Description Status of the iSCSI initiator that is whether or not it is logged in to the module qsrlsInitOsType Syntax SnmpAdminString Access Read only Description The type of the iSCSI initiator s operating system qsrisInitChapEnabled Syntax Integer 0 enabled 2 disabled Access Read only Description A value indicating whether CHAP is enabled or not for this iSCSI initiator LUN table These tables contain information about the logical unit number LUN list qsrLunTable Syntax SEQUENCE OF QsrLunEntry Access Not accessible Description A list of the LUNs on the FC targets discovered by the module There are as many entries in this table as there are FC targets on
431. tion servers Setting the multipathing policy You can set the multipathing policy for each LUN or logical drive on the SAN to one of the following e Most recently used MRU e Fixed e Round robin To change multipathing policy use the VMware vSphere GUI interface under the Configuration tab and select Storage Then select Devices Figure 22 Setting multipathing policy Hardware View Datastores Devices Processors Devices Memory Nome Storage Networking Storage Adapters Network Adapters Mos Recerty Used mere SSS Advanced Settings Power Management Storage Array Type Round Robin VMware Fixed VMware Software Paths f Runtime Name Target TUN s Ucensed Features vmhba3 C1 TO LS ign 2004 09 com hp fegw mezS0 1 01 5001438004c6a2 5 Time Configuration vinhbs37 C3 TO L5 ign 2004 09 ccen hp fegw mnez50 1 01 5001438004c6a2 5 ONS and Routing ymbba37 CO T1 LS ign 2004 09 com hp Fegw mezS0 1 01 5001438004c6a2 5 Authentication Services vmhba37 C1 T1 LS ign 2004 09 com hp fegw mnezS0 1 01 5001438004c6a2 5 Power Management vmhba37 C0 T3 L5 ign 2004 09 com hp Fegw mezS0 2 01 5001438004c6a2 5 Virtual Machine Startup Shutdown vmhba37 C1 T3 L5 iqn 2004 09 com hp Fegw mezS0 2 01 5001438004c6a2 5 Virtual Machine Swapfile Location vrehba37 CO T2 L5 iqn 2004 09 coen hp fegw enezS0 2 01 5001438004c6a2 5 Securty Profile Host Cache Configuration System Resource Allocation ign 19
432. to remove a to remove all q to quit 0 All attribute values that have been changed will now be saved Example 2 The following shows an example of the Lunmask add command with virtual port groups MEZ75 admin gt lunmask add Index Type Mapped WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 FCOE Yes 20 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0d 21 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0d 1 FCOE Yes 20 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0 21 00 00 c0 dd 10 7 0f 2 FCOE No 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 53 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 53 3 FCOE No 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 54 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 54 4 FCOE No 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 de 5d 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 5d 5 FCOE No 20 00 00 c0 dd 18 dce 5e 21 00 00 c0 dd 18 dc 5e 6 FCOE Yes 20 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 77 10 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 77 7 FCOE Yes 20 00 00 00 c9 95 b 5 73 10 00 00 00 c9 95 b5 73 8 FCOE No 20 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 4b 21 00 4 ce 46 fb 0a 4b 9 FCOE Yes 20 00 4 ce 46 f6 62 69 10 00 f4 ce 46 fe 62 69 10 FCOE Yes 20 00 f4 ce 46 fe 62 6d 10 00 f4 ce 46 fe 62 6d TI FCOE No 20 00 f4 ce 46 fb 0a 4c 21 00 f4 ce 46 fb 0a 4c Please select an Initiator from the list above q to quit 10 Index VpGroup Name 1 VPGROUP_1 2 VPGROUP_2 226 Command reference 3 VPGROUP_ 3 4 VPGROUP_4 Multiple VpGroups are currently ENABLED Please select a VpGroup from the list above q to quit 1 Index WWNN WWPN iSCSI Name 0 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 68 1 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 60 50 01 43 80 04 c6 89 6c Please select a Target from the list above q to quit
433. to reserve see the HP P6300 P6500 Enterprise Virtual Array configuration best practices white paper Using SAS midline disk drives SAS midline drives are designed for lower duty cycle applications such as near online data replication for backup Do not use these drives as a replacement for EVA s high performance standard duty cycle Fibre Channel drives This practice could shorten the life of the drive Failback preference setting for HSV controllers Table 7 page 36 describes the failback preference setting for the controllers Table 7 Failback preference settings Behavior Point in time The units are alternately brought online to At initial presentation Controller 1 or to Controller 2 No preference On dual boot or controller resynch If cache data for a LUN exists on a particular controller the unit will be brought online there Otherwise the units are alternately brought online to Controller 1 or to Controller 2 On controller failover All LUNs are brought online to the surviving controller On controller failback All LUNs remain on the surviving controller There is no failback except if a host moves the LUN using SCSI commands Path A Failover Only At initial presentation The units are brought online to Controller 1 On dual boot or controller resynch If cache data for a LUN exists on a particular controller the unit will be brought online there Otherwise the units are bro
434. tting the multipathing POMCY acd ciesiaval nceeniaunesteceebciawictensdaund asaevedsuslonse er nmaaee Re 71 Verifying virtual disks from the MOSh ii racincuensanedocduaseneieadsad oxdeneneueiecoeadedduneundedendidedeaencwateiedanes 73 HP P6000 EVA Software Plug in for VMware VAAN asescissscrct sr urtesiadnei eae aaewee 73 SYSlEM 0111er IET cE E E 73 Enabling vSphere Storage API for Array Integration VAAI cssceeeseeteeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeeaees 73 Installing the VAAI PIWG izes fedcvetsnrovieice setseletuidtondssauedusesivevendbennntckinsemneseedeiecGeasemamedsuean 74 installation Vet VIEW scsnmnisiuicdatumcciteten wens T E E E S 74 Installing the HP EVA VAAI Plug in using ESX host console utilities cceesseceeeeereeeees 75 Installing the HP VAAI Plug in using VCU VMA vcscsssasaiasacensvnsnaaisaravennevenestiasateivectareciaiags 76 Installing the VAAI Plug in using VM venzvsssoseatetsercaaicisostenteiaiuiviaisdsedeareeceencieceiers 78 Uninstalling the VAAI PIG itis 7 206deqansncwdaerennegeendedededetansaumuduedtcntietnsgaundidsecadeananeedannecee 80 Uninstalling VAAI Plug in using the automated script hpeva pl ss sssssssssssssseerssreessssee 80 Uninstalling VAAI Plug in using vCLI vMA vihostupdate ceeeseeseeeeeeteeeeeenteeeeeennees 80 Uninstalling VAAI Plug in using VMware native tools esxupdate cccceeeseeeeeetteeees 81 4 keplacng amay COMPONE Ss siiddsssirisiror uneni E unei n uA E RE A KNER i 8
435. uetooth Certificates can be obtained from http www hp com go certiticates Hewlett Packard GmbH HQ TRE Herrenberger Strasse 140 71034 Boeblingen Germany Japanese notices Japanese VCCI A notice CORB TIZABRARMHRECT CORBtKERE CERT DERRE EZTIEN t TOBARRA BOS WREBFSLIBRKENSCEMHWVETF VCCI A Japanese VCCI B notice CORE FIABABRHRECH CORBlt RARE CEH FOECERBMELTIETHY CORBPIVAPT LEV a Ria Rie MLANA t BERS SSHCFCEMHVET MURAI TEL RWRUELT FEV VCCI B Japanese VCCI marking Japanese power cord statement Nalt MASH BRA KSEHE FS ARNERI FIE HONRMCSRAKRECA Piosre use the sttached power cord The attached power cord ret allowed to use wilh other product Korean notices Class A equipment As 7 7 273 445077 ol 717E AP SSS AAMAS SS Bt 217 0 2c Bho X t A SAHE ol AS F FOSA Hte Bret Rare E PUIRS Hols gez DeSHAL7 202 Regulatory compliance notices Class B equipment BS 717 FHS BBSt7 7 ol 771E 73 ge AAMAS SS E7712 FHAAANE BE TEAAN ABE S USUHCH Taiwanese notices BSMI Class A notice BoE AE PR Razed TEETER SBE Pe ARS ORE aR AR TR ah RASS ERR ES BRIAR Taiwan battery recycle statement KAFEER Turkish recycling notice T rkiye Cumhuriyeti EEE Y netmeli ine Uygundur a Vietnamese Information Technology and Communications compliance marking N ICT Taiwanese notices 203 Laser compliance notices English laser notice This device may contain a laser tha
436. ught online to Controller 1 On controller failover All LUNs are brought online to the surviving controller On controller failback All LUNs remain on the surviving controller There is no failback except if a host moves the LUN using SCSI commands Path B Failover Only At initial presentation The units are brought online to Controller 2 On dual boot or controller resynch If cache data for a LUN exists on a particular controller the unit will be brought online there 36 P63x0 P65x0 EVA operation Table 7 Failback preference settings continued Setting Point in time Behavior Otherwise the units are brought online to Controller 2 On controller failover All LUNs are brought online to the surviving controller On controller failback All LUNs remain on the surviving controller There is no failback except if a host moves the LUN using SCSI commands Path A Failover Failback At initial presentation The units are brought online to Controller 1 On dual boot or controller resynch If cache data for a LUN exists on a particular controller the unit will be brought online there Otherwise the units are brought online to Controller 1 On controller failover All LUNs are brought online to the surviving controller On controller failback All LUNs remain on the surviving controller After controller restoration the units that are online to Controller 2 a
437. ule is seated properly by pressing the I O module firmly into its bay after the handle has clicked in place CAUTION Never remove an O module from the chassis while the status LED is green Removing an active O module can result in data loss Contact an authorized service provider for assistance Is the fan LED amber Answers Possible Reasons Actions No Functioning properly No action required Yes Fan might not be inserted properly e Be sure that the fan is undamaged might have a damaged connector or and is fully seated might have failed f f e Contact an authorized service provider for assistance Effects of a disk drive failure When a disk drive fails all virtual disks that are in the same array are affected Each virtual disk in an array might be using a different fault tolerance method so each can be affected differently e RAIDO configurations cannot tolerate drive failure If any physical drive in the array fails all non fault tolerant RAIDO logical drives in the same disk group also fail e RAID1 0 configurations can tolerate multiple drive failures as long as no failed drives are mirrored to one another with no spares assigned e RAID5 configurations can tolerate one drive failure with no spares assigned e RAID6 configurations can tolerate simultaneous failure of two drives with no spares assigned Compromised fault tolerance If more disk drives fail than the f
438. upport for iSCSI Devices using the MPIO applet Set up the iSCSI Initiator 101 Figure 38 MPIO Properties page before reboot MPIO Devices Discover Muti Paths DSM Instal Configuration Snapshot SPC 3 complant Device Hardware Id NOTE You must present a virtual disk to the initiator to enable the Add support for iSCSI devices checkbox Figure 39 MPIO Properties page after reboot MPIO Devices Discover MukiPaths DSM Instal Configuration Snapshot To add support for a new device cick Add and enter the Vendor and Product Ids as a string of 8 characters followed by 16 characters Multiple Devices can be specified using semi colon as the delienter To remove support for currently MPIO d devices select the devices and cick Remove 4 A final reboot is required to get the devices MPIO ed 102 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Installing the MPIO feature for Windows Server 2008 NOTE Microsoft Windows 2008 includes a separate MPIO feature that requires installation for use Microsoft Windows Server 2008 also includes the iSCSI Initiator Download or installation is not required Installing the MPIO feature for Windows Server 2008 1 Check the box for Multipath I O in the Add Features page Figure 37 page 103 Figure 40 Add Features page Add Features Wizard m Er Select Features EK 4 Select one or more feature
439. urations A simplified example is illustrated in Figure 25 page 88 HP P6000 Command View supports the iSCSI FCoE module s FCoE LUN presentations while simultaneously servicing Fibre Channel and iSCSI hosts The iSCSI FCoE modules support simultaneous operation of iSCSI and FCoE on each port The iSCSI FCoE modules are supported with HP B series and C series product line converged network switch models iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module rules and supported maximums 87 Figure 24 Mixed FC and FCoE storage configuration using FC and FCoE storage targets Ethernet network B series or C series CN switches MENGE BLADE servers w CNAs and Pass Thru modules or ProCurve 6120XG FIP P6500 SNOOPING DCB switches EVA with C series FCoE switches only FCoE iSCSI FC EVA SAS storage 10 GbE FCoE iSCSI connection 10 GbE connection 26659b Figure 25 FCoE support Network ONNA M AL A VI a BLADE Servers w CNAs and Pass Through or ProCurve 6120XG FIP P6500 SNOOPING DCB Switches EVA A EVA with C series FCoE switches only FCoE iSCSI FC EVA SAS Storage 10 GbE FCoE A FCoE B connection 10 GbE FCoE iSCSI connection 10 GbE connection 26659 88 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines The following is an example of a Mixed FC and FCoE storage configuration Figure 26 Mixed FC and FCoE storage configuration BLADE Servers w CNAs and Pass T
440. uring that the number you enter is unique within the SAN An OS Unit ID greater than 9999 is not capable of being served by MSCP A CAUTION Itis possible to enter a duplicate Console LUN ID or OS unit ID number You must ensure that you enter a Console LUN ID and OS Unit ID that is not already in use A duplicate Console LUN ID or OS Unit ID can allow the OpenVMS host to corrupt data due to confusion about LUN identity It can also prevent the host from recognizing the controllers Table 11 Comparing console LUN to OS unit ID ID type System Display Console LUN ID set to 100 1 GGA100 OS unit ID set to 50 1 DGA50 Adding OpenVMS hosts To obtain WWNs on AlphaServers do one of the following e Enter the show device fg full OVMS command e Use the WWIDMGR SHOW PORT command at the SRM console To obtain WWNs on Integrity servers do one of the following 1 Enter the show device fg full OVMS command 2 Use the following procedure from the server console a From the EFI boot Manager select EFI Shell b In the EFI Shell enter Shell gt drivers A list of EFI drivers loaded in the system is displayed 3 In the listing find the line for the FCA for which you want to get the WWN information For a Qlogic HBA look for HP 4 Gb Fibre Channel Driver orHP 2 Gb Fibre Channel Driver as the driver name For example T D D CE R PFA V VERSION E G G D C DRIVER NAME IMAGE NAME 22 00000105 B X X 1
441. usecwentee 171 Factors to consider before replacing disk Crives ccccccccesesseceeeeeeseeneeeeeeeessseeeeeeesseetieeeeeeeess 171 Automatic data recovery rebuild esos cceeidecayanciennanedasanenatensdeadadacencuenague yadedeeantuatehadendesauances 172 Time required fora Bic 1 Ui cane tee nen cen one ene een onan poner ern sneer enter en nent ean Seen erent eter 172 Failure of another drive during EDUC toesciecsopcsosredceredacioansmecdressoctepmeesctdeeisiemseousieciecessueens 173 Handling disk drive TAS oa dod creda lecereds nde Diedsladucetavtsadedaie nactaundeeturaiavbcniieeiaduelncnels 173 iSCSI module diagnostics and troubleshooting cceisnnssdesiecaxacsincaddeseiesseoravecerdasbie teracmnncstecwanecens 173 iSCSI and iSCSI FCoE ciate tie Se ces eececcehs eit cteceewetnideniedataracuepecaeeetieacunreeeeeeenen 173 Locate the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE Gill 6 ossisuceoictocsdenetesusctseanctesdinneordsveeudindsocmenuevecduonsioeds 174 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module s lta eed xeaheweabectiedend sx euddeesandeced elardlavicedevehediacdlaubvets 175 iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module Statist siesiswidivavenivicneceaciwSvanieved vecibiecesileedehvosiwecisetesevedoetis 175 Troubleshoot using HP P6000 Command View cccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceessneeseeeeseneaaes 175 Issues and solt CMS iaciesivoncecasocnsgncuceriedemeeeacepeeseeeniecesio nee TAA ENE 175 Issue HP P6000 Command View does not discover the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules 175
442. uspended or process is terminated across this HBA until path is restored No data is lost or corrupted The operating system will report the volume in a Mount Verity state until the MVTIMEOUT limit is exceeded when it then marks the volume as Mount Verity Timeout OS reboots automatically checks disks HSV disks must be manually checked unless auto mounted by the system Switch failure SAN switch disabled Short I O suspended possible data loss Long I O halts with I O errors data loss HBA driver must be reloaded before failed drives can be recovered fsck should be run on any failed drives before remounting Controller failure Controller restart Short term I O suspended possible data loss Long term I O halts with I O errors data loss Cannot reload driver need to reboot system fsck should be run on any failed disks before remounting Short term I O suspended possible data loss Long term I O halts with I O errors data loss Cannot reload driver need to reboot system fsck should be run on any failed disks before remounting 166 Single path implementation Fault stimulus Server path failure Failure effect Short I O suspended possible data loss Long I O halts with I O errors data loss HBA driver must be reloaded before failed drives can be recovered fsck should be run on any failed drives before remounting Storage path failure Short O suspended poss
443. v iscsi conf 2 2 Verity mpxio disable no If setting is yes change to no and reboot Reboot r Example MPxIO on all iSCSI port settings in kernel dev iscsi conf Copyright 2006 Sun Microsystems Inc All rights reserved Use is subject to license terms ident iscsi conf 1 2 06 06 12 SMI name iscsi parent instance 0 ddi forceattach 1 I O multipathing feature MPxIO can be enabled or disabled using mpxio disable property Setting mpxio disable no will activate I O multipathing setting mpxio disable yes disables the feature Global mpxio disable property To globally enable MPxIO on all iscsi ports set mpxio disable no To globally disable MPxIO on all iscsi ports set mpxio disable yes mpxio disable no Enabling MPxlO for HP P63x0 P65x0 EVA This section describes the steps necessary to configure a Solaris server to recognize an HP storage array in an iSCSI multipath environment with the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE modules Edit the scsi_vhci conf file HP EVA storage arrays are supported with MPxlO e As symmetric devices only e With no load balancing e With no failback To configure MPxIO for HP storage devices the appropriate information needs to be added in the kernel drv scsi_vhci conf file To enable MPxIO for HP storage 1 Use a text editor to change the configuration file For example vi kernel drv scsi_vhci conf iSCSI or iSCSI F
444. ve the in progress state Case 2 Report the error to product support Case 3 Unpresent the LUNs before deleting this virtual disk Case 4 Resolve the delay before performing the operation Case 5 Delete any remaining virtual disks or wait for the used capacity to reach zero before the disk group can be deleted If this is the last remaining disk group uninitialize the storage cell to remove it Case 6 Report the error to product support Case 7 The disk must be in a reserved state before it can be erased Case 8 Delete the virtual disks or LUN presentations before uninitializing the storage cell Case 9 Delete the LUN presentations before deleting the EVA host Case 10 Report the error to product support Case 11 Resolve the situation before attempting the operation again Case 12 Resolve the situation before attempting the operation again Case 13 Select another disk or remove the disk from the disk group before making it a member of a different disk group Case 14 Remove the virtual disks from the group and retry the operation 26 Parameter Object Does Not Exist The operation cannot be performed because the object does not exist This can indicate a user or program error VOLUME set requested usage The disk volume set requested usage cannot be performed because the disk group does not exist This can indicate a user or program error Report the error to product support
445. vice O Ingoming Authentication READ WRITE make sure that this Username access is exclusive Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption _ Outgoing Authentication Username 4 Log in to the target Figure 52 page 111 TO iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE configuration rules and guidelines Figure 52 Target login YaST2 Rack83 05 iSCSI Initiator iSCSI Initiator Overview c dienes gak Sart Service Connected Target Discovered Target a new Discovery or Connect vany target Portal Address Target Name 33 33 50 155 3260 0 iqn 1906 03 com hp icgw mpx200 0634200028 bi 01 S00SOED40OD47i Discovery Login Delete 5 Click the Connected Targets tab and then click the Toggle Start Up button on each target listed so the targets start automatically Figure 53 page 111 Figure 53 Connected Targets tab YaST2 Rack83 05 iSCSI Initiator iSCSI Initiator Overview List of current sessions To rs Seen Connected Targets add a new target press Add Sigin y aia Discovered Target To remove one select it and press Log Out To change startup status press Toggle 33 33 50 155 3260 0 iqn 1986 03 com hp fcgw m px200 0834e00028 b1 01 SOOSDeb400b472ec automatic Portal Address Target Name StartUp Warning When accessing an iSCSI device READ WRITE make sure that this access is exclusive Other
446. vices 123 enable target discovery 120 Initiator for VMware 115 initiator rules and guidelines 91 initiator setup for Linux 109 Initiator with Solaris 10 117 Linux initiator 92 load balancing MPIO features 124 Microsoft Windows initiator 91 Oracle Solaris Initiator 92 supported maximums 87 VMware initiator 93 Windows Server 2003 initiator 94 iSCSI log messages 284 iSCSI locating 174 iSCSI FCoE rules 87 J Japanese notices 202 K Korean notices 202 L laser compliance notices 204 LEDs disk drives 15 fan module 18 front status and UID module 16 I O module 19 power supply module 17 rear power and UID module 20 Linux failure scenarios 166 installing Red Hat 111 iSCSI initiator 92 iSCSI initiator setup for 109 presenting EVA storage for 115 Qlogic driver 55 single path implementation 32 bit 159 single path implementation Itanium 160 uninstalling components 57 verifying virtual disks 58 Linux Initiator device names 112 target bindings 113 lock busy 183 log data 175 logging on iSCSI module 265 logical disk presented 183 logical disk sharing 186 logout command 225 LUN table 275 lunmask command 225 M Mac OS failure scenarios 168 single path implementation 164 maximum number of objects exceeded 185 maximum size exceeded 185 media inaccessible 181 Microsoft Windows iSCSI Initiator 91 MPIO 99 100 installing 103 installing for Windows Server 2003 104 opti
447. w or from the array controller The shutdown process performs the following functions in the indicated order Flushes cache Removes power from the controllers Disables cache battery power Removes power from the drive enclosures 5 Disconnects the system from HP P6000 Command View NOTE The storage system may take several minutes up to 15 to complete the necessary cache flush during controller shutdown when snapshots are being used The delay may be particularly long if multiple child snapshots are used or if there has been a large amount of write activity to the snapshot source virtual disk Powering on disk enclosures 40 IMPORTANT Always power up disk enclosures before controllers and servers This ensures that the servers during their discovery see the enclosure as an operational device If you do not power up the disk enclosures before powering up the controllers and servers you will need to power down the servers ensure that the disk enclosures are powered up and then power back up the servers 1 Apply power to each UPS 2 Apply power to the disk enclosures by pressing and holding the power on standby button on the rear of the disk enclosures until the system power LED illuminates solid green The LED on the power on standby button changes from amber to solid green indicating that the disk enclosure has transitioned from a standby state to fully powered 3 Wait a few minutes for the disk enclo
448. w within the disk enclosure Front status and UID module The front status and UID module includes status LEDs and a unit identification UID button Front UID module LEDs M er 1 Ce it oe _ _ m2 ff a TS C ie 3 U Ce i Z Te _ a acs is T8 i __L 18 H e ai 17105 LED LED icon LED color LED status Description 1 Health A Green Off No power Blinking Enclosure is starting up and not ready performing POST Solid Normal power is on 2 Fault A Amber Off Normal no fault conditions Blinking A fault of lesser importance was detected in the enclosure chassis or modules Solid A fault of greater importance was detected in the enclosure chassis or modules 3 UID UID Blue Off Not being identified or power is off Blinking Unit is being identified from the management utility Solid Unit is being identified from the UID button being pushed 16 P63x0 P65x0 EVA hardware Unit identification UID button The unit identification UID button helps locate an enclosure and its components When the UID button is activated the UID on the front and rear of the enclosure are illuminated NOTE A remote session from the management utility can also illuminate the UID e To turn on the UID light press the UID button The UID light on the front and the rear of the enclosure will illuminate solid blue The UID on cascaded storage enclosures are not illuminated e
449. wise there is a potential risk of data corruption Add Log Out Toggle StartUp Abort Einish Installing and configuring for Red Hat 5 To install and configure for Red Hat 5 NOTE The iSCSI driver package is included but is not installed by default Install the package iscsi initiator utils during or after operating system installation Set up the iSCSI Initiator 111 1 Use the iscsiadm command to control discovery and connectivity iscsiadm m discovery t st p 10 6 0 33 3260 2 Edit the initiator name vi etc iscsi initiatorname iscsi 3 To start the iSCSI service use the service command service iscsi start 4 Verify that the iSCSI service autostarts chkconfig iscsi on NOTE For more detail see the man pages regarding the iscsiadm open iscsi administration utility Installing and configuring for Red Hat 4 and SUSE 9 To install and configure for Red Hat 4 and for SUSE 9 NOTE The iSCSI driver is included with the Red Hat 4 and SUSE 9 distributions and is installed by default Configuration is the same for Red Hat 3 4 SUSE 8 and 9 1 Update etc iscsi conf to include the IP address of your iSCSI target A sample configuration file might include entries like this DiscoveryAddress 33 33 33 101 For a more detailed description of the configuration file format enter man iscsi conf 2 Enter the following command to manually start iSCSI se
450. wn type Name 600508b4000b15a200005000038e0000 Asymmetric no Current Load Balance none Logical Unit Group ID NA Auto Failback off Auto Probing NA Paths Initiator Port Name iqn 1986 03 com sun 01 sansun s04 4000002a00ff Target Port Name 4000002a0000 iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 2 01 50014380025da539 Override Path NA Path State OK Disabled no Initiator Port Name iqn 1986 03 com sun 01 sansun s04 4000002a00ff Target Port Name 4000002a0000 iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538d Override Path NA Path State OK Disabled no Target Ports Name 4000002a0000 iqn 1986 03 com hp fcgw MEZ50 0834e00028 b2 01 50014380025c4179 Relative ID 0 Name 4000002a0000 iqn 2004 09 com hp fcgw mez50 1 01 50014380025da538 Relative ID 0 Managing and Troubleshooting Solaris iSCSI Multipath devices For further details on managing and troubleshooting a Solaris iSCSI multipath environment see Chapter 14 of the Solaris System Administration Guide Devices and File Systems at htip dic sun com pdf 817 5093 817 5093 pdf Configuring Microsoft MPIO iSCSI devices For Microsoft MPIO the load balance policies apply to each LUN individually To display and modify the LUN load balance policy see Figure 59 page 1 24 Start the MS iSCSI control panel applet Select the Target tab Click Details Click Devices Highlight a LUN device name and click Advanced Select the MPIO check box OnAKRWN
451. work Options 4 Enter an IP address and other network settings that apply NOTE The reserved internal IP addresses are 10 253 251 230 through 10 253 251 249 5 Click Save Changes The IP address changes immediately causing you to lose connectivity to the HP P6000 Control Panel The new IP address is stored and remains in effect even when the storage system is shut down or restarted IMPORTANT The new IP address will be lost if the storage system is later uninitialized or the management module is reset 6 From a computer on the private network browse to https newly configured ip address 2373 and log in The HP P6000 Control Panel GUI appears Accessing HP P6000 Command View on the management module To access HP P6000 Command View on the management module 1 Login to P6000 Control Panel 2 From the left pane select Launch HP P6000 Command View from the User Options 3 Click Launch HP P6000 Command View Changing the host port default operating mode NOTE Fibre Channel host ports must be connected or have an optical loopback plug installed When using the loopback plug the host port must be configured for direct connect By default a storage system is shipped to operate in a Fibre Channel switch environment and is configured in fabric mode If you choose to connect the storage system directly to a server you must change the host port operating mode to direct mode If you do not change this mode the
452. ws Server 2008 x64 operating system will support multiple single path HBAs in the same server This is accomplished through a combination of switch zoning and controller level SSP Any single path HBA server will support up to four single path HBAs 154 Single path implementation Risks e Single path failure will result in loss of connection with the storage system e Single path failure may cause the server to reboot e Controller shutdown puts controller in a failed state that results in loss of data accessibility and loss of host data that has not been written to storage NOTE For additional risks see Windows Servers page 165 Limitations e HP P6000 Continuous Access is not supported with single path configurations e Single path HBA server is not part of a cluster e Booting from the SAN is not supported on single path HBA servers Figure 77 Windows Server 2003 64 bit and Windows Server 2008 64 bit configurations 1 Network interconnection 6 SAN switch 1 2 Management server 7 Multiple single HBA paths 3 Host 1 8 SAN switch 2 4 Host 2 9 Controller A 5 Host 3 10 Controller B Oracle Solaris configuration Requirements e Switch zoning or controller level SSP must be used to ensure each single path HBA has an exclusive path to its LUNs e Single path HBA server can be in the same fabric as servers with multiple HBAs e Single path HBA server cannot share L
453. y 282 target parameter modify 121 target presentation 282 target settings tab 127 technical support HP 197 service locator website 197 time not set 183 timeout 183 traceroute command 264 transport error 183 troubleshooting powering up 169 U UID button front 17 rear 21 unknown id 183 unknown parameter handle 183 unrecoverable media error 183 UPS selecting 214 315 V Vdisk DR group member 184 DR log unit 184 not presented 184 Veritas Volume Manager 66 version not supported 183 vgcreate 53 virtual disks configuring 52 61 67 HP UX 52 IBM AIX 54 Linux 58 OpenVMS 6 presenting 52 Solaris 67 verifying 67 68 VMware configuring servers 70 failure scenarios 167 iSCSI Initiator 93 setting up iSCSI Initiator 115 single path implementation 163 VAAI Plug in 73 volume groups 53 volume is missing 183 VP group notification 282 table 277 W warning rack stability 199 websites customer self repair 198 HP 197 HP Subscriber s Choice for Business 197 Oracle documentation 70 product manuals 197 Symantec Veritas 66 Windows Server 2003 failure scenarios 165 iSCSI initiator 94 scalable networking pack 105 single path implementation 32 bit 153 single path implementation 64 bit 154 Windows Server 2008 failure scenarios 165 single path implementation 32 bit 153 single path implementation 64 bit 154 WWLUN ID identifying 67 X Xen single path implem
454. y compliance identification numbers For the purpose of regulatory compliance certifications and identification this product has been assigned a unique flame model number The regulatory model number can be found on the mp nameplate label along with all required approval markings and information When requesting compliance information for this product always refer to this regulatory model number The regulatory model number is not the marketing name or model number of the product Product specific information HP Regulatory model number FCC and CISPR classification These products contain laser components See Class 1 laser statement in the Laser compliance notices page 204 section Federal Communications Commission notice Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and Regulations has established Radio Frequency RF emission limits to provide an interterence free radio frequency spectrum Many electronic devices including computers generate RF energy incidental to their intended function and are therefore covered by these rules These rules place computers and related peripheral devices into two classes A and B depending upon their intended installation Class A devices are those that may reasonably be expected to be installed in a business or commercial environment Class B devices are those that may reasonably be expected to be installed in a residential environment for example personal computers The FCC
455. ycled Failure effect Check disk when rebooting Data loss data that finished copying survived Switch failure SAN switch disabled Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Repeated error messages on console no access to CDE System reboot causes loss of data on disk Must newfs disk Controller failure Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Repeated error messages on console no access to CDE System reboot causes loss of data on disk Must newfs disk Controller restart Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Repeated error messages on console no access to CDE System reboot causes loss of data on disk Must newfs disk Server path failure Short term Data transfer stops Possible I O errors Long term Repeated error messages on console no access to CDE System reboot causes loss of data on disk Must newfs disk Storage path failure Short term Job hung data lost Long term Repeated error messages on console no access to CDE System reboot causes loss of data on disk Must newfs disk OpenVMS Server failure host power cycled Nonclustered Processes fail Clustered Other nodes running processes that used devices served from the single path HBA failed over access Failure scenarios 165 Fault stimulus Failure effect to a different served path When the single path node crashes only the pro
456. you want to remediate and then click Next c Make sure that the HP EVA VAAI extension is selected and then click Next d Fill in the related information and then click Next e Click Finish Installing the VAAI Plug in is complete View the display for a summary of which ESX ESXi hosts are compliant with the vCenter patch repository VMware 79 NOTE e In the Tasks amp Events section the following tasks should have a Completed status Remediate entry Install and Check e If any of the above tasks has an error click the task to view the detail events information Verifying VAAI status 1 From the vCenter Server click the Home Navigation bar and then click Hosts and Clusters 2 Select the target VMware host from the list and then click the Configuration tab 3 Click the Storage Link under Hardware Table 15 Possible VAAI device status values Value Description Unknown The array volume is hosted by a non supported VAAI array Supported The array volume is hosted by a supported VAAI array such as the HP P6000 and all three VAAI commands completed successfully Not supported The array volume is hosted by a supported VAAI array such as the HP P6000 but all three VAAI commands did not complete successfully Uninstalling the VAAI Plug in Procedures vary depending on user preference and environment Uninstalling VAAI Plug in using the automated script hpeva pl 1 Enter maintenan
457. ystem error unrecoverable firmware error 42069 QLFC_HandleTeb Driver Fatal App Error Event notification FC driver encountered a fatal Error error 42072 QLFC_HandleTeb Driver Fatal App Error Event notification FC port logged out Error 42242 QLIS AllocateSessionObject App Error Failed to allocate object for iSCSI session out of Out of session resources session resources 42252 QLIS EnqueueiScsiPdu App Error Received iSCSI PDU with duplicate command Duplicate PDU CmdSN d sequence number CmdSN Command PDU will be 0x x dropping it dropped 42258 QLIS InstantiateSession App Error Unable to allocate iSCSI initiator object while Can t add Initiator to the instantiating session database 42259 QLIS InstantiateSession App j Error iSCSI session login rejected because the maximum Maximum number d of number of allowed hosts are already logged in allowed hosts already logged in 42404 QLIS InstantiateSession App Error Failed to execute iSCSI Command PDU because its Maximum number d of CmdSN is outof range Log message contains the allowed hosts already logged incorrect CmdswN the valid CmaSN range the first in byte of the CDB and the data length 42648 QLIS HandleTeb Driver Fatal App Error Event notification iSCSI driver encountered a fatal Error error 42649 QLIS HandleTeb Unload App _ Error Event notification an IOCTL request was received Driver to unload the iSCSI driver 42654
458. yvetewerss AGeaa ah mein Sosa 13 Contents LINX VERSION ssesdaacdecci sa cteicstaaslinsae ds dewanialn ted adavetewssdesasasedededuasadavee ebaswleusdde Taree suv osdeassdabaa eds 132 ATTO Macintosh Chap restrictions cee de nc oraioedt ae intesdyeeesvactindiecedvonnnseradesna sit ponisdebaeoateysvesaeden 132 Recommended CHAP policies uciecrsersctuscatnetvaiaentiedrevideneunielaieewavieieiatiacieedela 132 iSCSI SESSION types sixacovssyaensaaddanddees Sanincertidvets nara Onan ETE EE EEr EO EESE ET EEE 132 The iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE controller CHAP modes ccrcanialasaivacadasinlastieeenernieuaweteinaits 132 Enabling single direction CHAP during discovery and normal session ccscsceeeeesteeeeeneeees 132 Enabling CHAP for the iSCSI or iSCSI FCoE module discovered iSCSI initiator entry 00 134 Enable CHAP tor the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator ic ccocesmesinedeieeninidcannmetiemaaanvenuds 135 Enable CHAP for the open iscsi iSCSI Initiator cccccccccceesecseceeecceseeeeeeeeseenesseeeeeeeessteaeees 135 Enabling single direction CHAP during discovery and bi directional CHAP during normal session SBR renee edie TEA petite E AE E A 136 Enabling bi directional CHAP during discovery and single direction CHAP during normal SESSION snosio er E e aE ob E ES S eE E EE EEE E E 138 Enabling bi directional CHAP during discovery and bi directional CHAP during normal session 140 Enable CHAP for the open iscsi iSCSI Mnitlatoteccseasessvetercctd oo
459. zxvf hp qla2x00 yyyy mm dd tar gz Change directory to the hp_qla2x00 yyyy mm dd directory Execute the INSTALL command The INSTALL command syntax varies depending on your configuration If a previous driver kit is installed you can invoke the INSTALL command without any arguments To use the currently loaded configuration INSTALL To force the installation to failover mode use the flag INSTALL f To force the installation to single path mode use the s flag INSTALL s To list all supported arguments use the h flag INSTALL h The INSTALL script installs the appropriate driver RPM for your configuration as well as the appropriate fibreutils RPM Once the INSTALL script is finished you will either have to reload the QLogic driver modules qla2xxx qla2300 qla2400 qla2xxx_conf or reboot your server To reload the driver use one or more of the following commands as applicable opt hp src hp_ qla2x00src unload sh modprobe qla2xxx_conf modprobe gqla2xxx modprobe gqla2300 Linux 55 modprobe gqla2400 To reboot the server enter the reboot command A CAUTION Ifthe boot device is attached to the SAN you must reboot the host 7 To verify which RPM versions are installed use the rpm command with the q option For example rpm q hp qla2x00src rpm q fibreutils Upgrading Linux components If you have any installed components from a previous solution kit or dr

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

3Com Router 3040  Beko CF5834AP  1A Soudage MMA - Saf-Fro  Solution de découpe intégrée  InCoCo-S Business Game User Manual  Livret de santé bilingue (fançais/kurde)  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file